Documente Academic
Documente Profesional
Documente Cultură
・Machining
center Electromagnetic: KETZ
・Material Permanent electromagnetic:
・Milling EP-Q, EP-D
General cutting
machine Permanent electromagnetic
cutting ・General (round): EPC-Z
・Lathe Electromagnetic: ACSHIM KEZF
finishing
Permanent magnetic: RMA
・Turning
machine Electromagnetic: KETN
Electromagnetic: KETW Electromagnetic (round):
Light duty ・Finishing Permanent electromagnetic: KEC-AS
cutting (Straightening) EPTW Permanent electromagnetic
Electromagnetic (round): (round): EPC-AST
KEC-AR Permanent magnetic: RMA-C
Permanent electromagnetic
(round): EPC-AR
・Surface
Electromagnetic: KESL
Electromagnetic: KET
・General grinder Permanent electromagnetic: EPT
Electromagnetic: KETL
General finishing ・Belt
grinding ・Finishing grinder
(Straightening) ・Cylindrical
Permanent
grinder magnetic:
Permanent RMT, RMAW
・Mold magnetic:
Precision ・Precision grinder RMWH Permanent
grinding finishing magnetic
Permanent (round):
magnetic RMC, RMC-X
Permanent (round):
magnetic: RMCW
・Electric
Super thin
Electric ・Mold type RTH
discharge discharge
machining
machining machine
●Very efficient since workpieces can be attached/detached by ●Holds workpieces by action of atmospheric pressure.
switching operation. Vacuum chuck ●Vacuum chucks nonmagnetic materials.
Permanent ●Energy-saving, since electric power is used momentarily for
attaching/detaching workpieces only.
electromagnetic ●High accuracy because of no thermal distortion due to heat ●Secures workpieces to a dedicated chuck using workpiece fixing
PROMELTA
chuck generated during power on. agent.
●No change in the holding power in the event of power failure system ●Secures nonmagnetic materials.
while the workpiece is being held.
2
Holding Power of Magnetic Chucks ■An example of holding power <<Electromagnetic chuck>>
(1N≒0.1kgf)
The holding power varies largely depending on the type of magnetic chucks and
●Relation between attractive area of ● Relation between thickness of
material, thickness and attractive area of workpieces and distribution of mass and workpiece and holding power workpiece and holding power
surface roughness of the attractive face of workpieces. The following graphs show Test piece thickness 25 mm, SS400 ground surface Test piece 50 × 50 mm, SS400 ground surface
typical examples; you can refer to them for tendency. Please note, however, that (N/cm2) (N)
150 6000
values differ slightly among chucks. Always locate workpieces in such a manner
Holding power
100 4000
Holding Power and Pitch between Poles
75 3000 KESL
There is no absolute rule for selection of pitches suitable for workpieces. A
KETZ
general guide, however, is that the best condition for holding is that the thickness 50 2000 KET
of workpieces is 2 to 4 times the pitch. KETN
25 1000
To attract a workpiece firmly, it should be placed over the N pole and S pole, and KET・KEC
accordingly, the attractive face of workpieces must at least be 3 times the pitch.
0 200 400 600(cm2) 0 10 20 30(mm)
Attractive area of test piece Thickness of test piece
■An example of construction of rectangular electromagnetic chuck ■An example of construction of rectangular permanent magnetic chuck
Separator Waterproof layer Magnetic pole Separator
Iron core
Coil Face plate
Face plate
■An example of holding power <<Permanent magnetic chuck>> ■Relation between material and holding power
(1N≒0.1kgf) <<Chucks in general>>
●Relation between thickness of workpiece and holding power
●Difference in holding power due to ●Difference in holding power due to
Test piece 50 × 50 mm, SS400 ground surface Test piece 50 × 50 mm, SS400 ground surface materials (%) attractive surface roughness (%)
(N) (N)
3000 600
RMA 0 25 50 75 100
(%) 0 25 50 75 100
(%)
2500 500
Max. holding power
■An example of holding power <<Permanent electromagnetic chuck>> Selection of grinding fluid
(1N≒0.1kgf)
The separator part of the chuck work faces is made of brass, resin, etc. Select
●Relation between thickness of workpiece and holding power
grinding fluid that does not corrode these materials. For details, please consult
Test piece 50 × 50 mm, SS400 ground surface
(N) with grinding fluid suppliers.
3000
EP-Q
2500
These magnetic chucks employ special resin for
Max. holding power
Environmentally
friendly
bonding attractive face structural members,
2000 instead of solder that is normally used, but is an
1500
environmentally hazardous substance.
EPT
1000
500
3 Note: The standards for the holding power and temperature rise vary depending on models.
OVERVIEW OF MAGNETIC CHUCKS
Chucks of special specifications not listed in this catalog are also available.
4
Electromagnetic chuck for removing distortion ACSHIM* Series
This is an epoch-making chuck that supports a distorted/
warped workpiece with sticks to hold it in its natural state.
CHUCKS
ELECTROMAGNETIC CHUCK
<Model KEZF-WS and KEZF-G> ●A series of operation from supporting a workpiece (raising the sticks) up
●Sticks on the work face support a distorted (warped) workpiece and to holding and securing the workpiece can be done quickly.
hold it in a natural state. Since no measures are necessary to support ●Each stick unit (workpiece support) can be removed easily for easy
such workpieces using shims, etc., the work efficiency can be improved. maintenance.
CONTROLLERS MAGNETIC CHUCKS ELECTROMAGNETIC CHUCKS
friendly
of workpieces quickly in the machining sector including mold
bases in dry milling operations.
[Features]
●The precision flatness machining time can be reduced by 50%.
●The turn-over process in machining is reduced from 3 ‒ 4
PERMANENT
steps to 2 steps.
●The use of sticks requires no skills to machine workpieces
precisely.
●Workpieces of 3 mm distortion max. can be supported.
●Most suitable for milling plates that are 20 mm or thicker.
KEZF-WS4080 Workpiece
FOR MC
BLOCKS
Chuck controller
required additionally 3mm
Stick
■Normal electromagnetic chuck A gap in the center of a warped workpiece that cannot be
reached by shims is supported by sticks.
CHUCKS
VACUUM
■ACSHIM
Prior to holding Holding → machining Magnetic force
released
CHUCKS
SINE BAR
Sticks
Sticks support concave
parts of workpiece. Material After machining
MINI CHUCKS
BLOCKS, HOLDERS,
B1
B
TOOL HOLDERS
MEASURING
H
t
L1
[mm
(in)
]
TOOLS
MAGNETIC
ELECTROMAGNETIC
ELECTROMAGNETIC CHUCKS MAGNETIC CHUCKS CONTROLLERS CHUCKS
Environmentally [Application]
friendly Designed for grinding operations and milling operations
requiring higher accuracy.
[Features]
●Deformation that occurs when light weight or thin
workpieces are held can be reduced substantially.
CHUCK
●The amount of spring back after grinding is reduced, which
contributes to improvement of finished surface accuracy.
●Wet grinding is possible.
●Workpieces of 3 mm distortion max. can be supported.
PERMANENT
●Works well for relatively large workpieces or thin sheets
(t12 or over).
Chuck controller
KEZF-G3060 required additionally
PERMANENT
ding
Single Hydraulic hose Power Cord Grin ation
stopper oper
Wet tion
ifica
spec
BLOCKS
FOR MC
B1
B
VACUUM
CHUCKS
Work support N pieces
L
PROMELTA*
H
SYSTEM
t
L1
[mm(in)
]
Work Face Mounting Face Height Number of Dedicated
Model Nominal Size Mass
₁ ₁ Sticks Control Unit
SINE BAR
CHUCKS
KEZF-G 3060 300(11.8)
× 600
(23.6) 300
(11.8) 600(23.6) 310
(12.2) 620(24.4) 21 130kg/286 lb
KEZF-G 4080 400(15.7)
× 800
(31.5) 400
(15.7) 800(31.5) 410
(16.1) 820
(32.2) 36 230kg/507 lb
30
(1.18) 105(4.13) EH-VFW205A
KEZF-G50100 500
(19.6)
×1000
(39.4) 500
(19.6) 510
(20.0) 55 360kg/793 lb
1000
(39.4) 1020
(40.1)
KEZF-G60100 600
(23.6)
×1000
(39.4) 600
(23.6) 610
(24.0) 66 430kg/948 lb
BLOCKS, HOLDERS,
Model EH-VFW CONTROL UNIT FOR ACSHIM* FOR HIGH-PRECISION CUTTING/GRINDING
MINI CHUCKS
Controls ACSHIM Series precisely by simple operation!
HOLDING
[Application]
TOOLS
This is a dedicated unit equipped with functions to control the
magnetic force of the ACSHIM and movement of sticks.
[Features]
●A series of operation can be performed automatically with
TOOL HOLDERS
①Start ② ③ ④
Auto ON Sticks up Magnetization Workpiece holding complete
⑧End ⑦ ⑥ ⑤
Sticks down Demagnetization Auto OFF Machining
EH-VFW205A <Operation box>
MAGNETIC
[mm(in)
]
TOOLS
6
ELECTROMAGNETIC CHUCKS
Model KEZX SUPER POWERFUL ELECTROMAGNETIC CHUCK WITH T-SLOTS
[Application]
CHUCKS
ELECTROMAGNETIC CHUCK
KEZX-50100B
An example of vertical usage (An example of special fabrication) Model KEZX comes both in the flat type and vertical type.
Side stopper [Features]
Power cord 5m
Back stopper ●Super powerful electromagnetic chuck specially designed for
(Protective spring 0.6 m attached)
heavy duty cutting.
●Small and irregularly shaped workpieces can be held firmly by
PERMANENT
2
a combination of a magnet and clamping by use of T-slots.
B2
B1
●Since a nonmagnetic workpiece can be secured by clamping
2
by use of T-slots, such steps as mounting and demounting
L1
the electromagnetic chuck to and from the machine table are
not required.
Number of T-grooves in 18 ●With the vertical type, effective usage of T-grooves with the
FOR MC
BLOCKS
n
longitudinal direction “ ”
1 1
magnetic force of the electromagnetic chuck reduced (or
t
L2 12±1
Number of Electro
Work Face Mounting Face Height
Model Nominal Size T-slots Voltage Current Mass Chuck
₁ ₁ ℓ₁ ℓ₂ X Y ₂ ₂ Master
KEZX-50100B 500(19.6)×1000(39.4) 1000(39.4) 242(9.52) 3 1000(39.4) 4.2A 442kg/ 974 lb 5A Series
500(19.6) 50 200(7.87) 490(19.2) 20 130
KEZX-50150B 500(19.6)×1500(59.0) 1500(59.0) (238)(9.36) 3 5 1500(59.0) 90 VDC 6.1A 663kg/1462 lb
(1.96) (0.78) (5.11) EH-VE210D
SYSTEM
PROMELTA*
KEZX-60100B 600(23.6)×1000(39.4) 600(23.6) 1000(39.4) 242(9.52) 250(9.84) 3 590(23.2) 1000(39.4) 5.7A 530kg/1168 lb
※ 5A Series refers to Chuck Masters in general the rated output current of which is 5A. ※The chuck controller and clamp parts are not included. The KANETEC chucks work best when a KANETEC
chuck controller is used.
Environmentally
Side
stopper
Back
stopper
Power cord
3‒5m
[Application]
friendly Designed for heavy duty cutting by a milling machine
and planomiller. Most suitable for powerful chucking of
thick workpieces and high-speed cutting where a large
G
Be
B2
B1
[Features]
P1 P2
Le ●Super powerful electromagnetic chucks specially
L1 designed for heavy duty cutting.
L2
●Various measures provided for easy mounting, easy
wiring and quick elimination of residual magnetism.
KETZ-2550B ●Very effective holding power for workpieces that are
TOOLS
HOLDING
Work Face Pole Pitch No.of Mounting Face Height Mounting Electro
Model Nominal Size Hole Voltage Current Mass Remarks
Poles Chuck Master
₁ ₁ e e ₁ ₂ ₂ ₂
TOOL HOLDERS
MEASURING
KETZ- 1530B 150(5.90)× 300(11.8) 150 300(11.8) 240(9.44) 90 228(8.97) ̶̶ 156 350(13.7) 18 90 0.45A 28kg/ 61lb
1 14
KETZ- 1545B 150(5.90)× 450(17.7)(5.90) 450(17.7) 390(15.3)(3.54) 378(14.8) ̶̶ (6.14) 500(19.6)(0.70)(3.54) 0.66A 42kg/ 92lb
KETZ- 2050B 200(7.87)× 500(19.6) 500(19.6) 422(16.6) 62(2.44)54(2.12) 4 520(20.4) 0.90A 68kg/ 149lb
200 160 206 100 ※ES-M103B
KETZ- 2060B 200(7.87)× 600(23.6) 600(23.6) 520(20.4) 60(2.36)52(2.04) 5 620(24.4) 0.95A 79kg/ 174lb ES-M305B
(7.87) (6.29) (8.10) (3.93)
KETZ- 2080B 200(7.87)× 800(31.5) 800(31.5) 718(28.2) 58(2.28)50(1.96) 7 820(32.2) 1.42A 115kg/ 253lb EH-V305A ※For types
EH-VE305A with a
KETZ- 2550B 250(9.84)× 500(19.6) 250 500(19.6) 422(16.6) 200 62(2.44)54(2.12) 4 256 520(20.4) 1.16A 94kg/ 207lb combination of
HOLDERS
MAGNETIC
KETZ- 2560B 250(9.84)× 600(23.6)(9.84) 600(23.6) 520(20.4)(7.87) (10.0) 1.26A 118kg/ 260lb a rectifier and
60(2.36)52(2.04) 5 620(24.4) demagnetizer,
KETZ- 3060B 300(11.8)× 600(23.6) 300 600(23.6) 520(20.4) 240 306 90 VDC 1.64A 143kg/ 315lb see pages of
KETZ- 3090B 300(11.8)× 900(35.4)(11.8) 900(35.4) 817(32.1)(9.44) 67(2.63)56(2.20) (12.0) 920(36.2) 20 Clamping
3.04A 203kg/ 447lb Chuck
7 (0.78) (No hole) Above models Controllers.
KETZ- 4080B 400(15.7)× 800(31.5) 400 800(31.5) 718(28.2) 340 58(2.28)50(1.96) 410 820(32.2) 110 3.23A 240kg/ 529lb except for
KETZ-40100B 400(15.7)×1000(39.4)(15.7) 1000(39.4) (13.3) (16.1) (4.33) 3.69A 300kg/ 661lb the one P17̶P20
917(36.1) 55(2.16) 8 1020(40.1) marked by ※.
KETZ-50100B 500(19.6)×1000(39.4) 500 1000(39.4) 430 510 3.95A 375kg/ 826lb
TOOLS
MAGNETIC
◎KETZ-50150C 500(19.6)×1500(59.0)(19.6) 750(29.5)×2 1417(55.7)(16.9) 65(2.55)52(2.04) 6×2 (20.0) 1520(59.8) 2.69A×2 552kg/1217lb
KETZ-60100B 600(23.6)×1000(39.4) 600 1000(39.4) 917(36.1) 530 55(2.16) 8 610 1020(40.1) 5.30A 414kg/ 912lb EH-VE210D
◎KETZ-60150C 600(23.6)×1500(59.0)(23.6) 750(29.5)×2 1412(55.5)(20.8) 52(2.04) 6×2 (24.0) 1520(59.8) 3.51A×2 650kg/1433lb
※The power cord is 3 m for KETZ-1530B and 1545B and 5 m for others. ※If the magnetic force needs not be adjusted, use ES-M. ※Sizes not listed above are also available.
※The chuck controller and clamp parts are not included. The KANETEC chucks work best when a KANETEC chuck controller is used.
7 ※The models marked by ◎ are of duplex type. Please provide information such as a center connecting hole position. Also the terminal box TB-2PD is required for connection to the Chuck Master.
KEZX / KETZ / KETN / KETN-U
Model KETN POWERFUL WAVEFORM ELECTROMAGNETIC CHUCK
[Application]
ELECTROMAGNETIC
Environmentally
friendly A chuck for cutting by a milling machine, planomiller, etc. The
wavy pattern of the separator helps distribute the magnetic force
CHUCK
●Specially designed to minimize influence of magnetism on cutters.
KETN-4080A
●For heavy duty cutting, Model KETZ, super powerful
electromagnetic chuck, is available, but this model has a wider
application range that includes workpieces thinner than 15 mm,
PERMANENT
Chuck controller required additionally for which Model KETZ is not suitable.
Side Back
An example of mounting on machine stopper stopper Power cord 3‒5m
G
B1
Be
B2
PERMANENT
P1 P2 L e
BLOCKS
FOR MC
L1
L2
t
H
h
[mm(in)
]
VACUUM
CHUCKS
Work Face Pole Pitch Mounting Face Height Mounting Electro
Model Nominal Size Hole Voltage Current Mass Remarks
Chuck Master
₁ ₁ e e 1 2 ₂ ₂
KETN- 1530A 150(5.90)× 300(11.8) 300(11.8) 20 248(9.76) 28 (1.10) 344(13.5) 18 100 0.49A 27kg/ 59lb
150(5.90) 112(4.40) 146(5.74)
KETN- 1545A 150(5.90)× 450(17.7) 450(17.7)(0.78) 404(15.9) 26 (1.02) 494(19.4)(0.70)(3.93) 14 0.87A 41kg/ 90lb
※ES-M103B
PROMELTA*
KETN- 2050A 200(7.87)× 500(19.6) 500(19.6) 440(17.3) 22 (0.86) 544(21.4) 1.09A 80kg/ 176lb
200(7.87) 152(5.98) 196(7.71) ES-M305B
KETN- 2060A 200(7.87)× 600(23.6) 600(23.6) 523(20.5) 22.5(0.88) 600(23.6) Clamping 1.18A 98kg/ 216lb ※For types with a
SYSTEM
EH-V305A
combination of a
KETN- 2550A 250(9.84)× 500(19.6) 250(9.84) 500(19.6) 208(8.18) 440(17.3) 22 (0.86) 246(9.68) 544(21.4) 14 1.42A 102kg/ 224lb EH-VE305A
rectifier and
KETN- 3060A 300(11.8)× 600(23.6) 600(23.6) 523(20.5) 22.5(0.88) 16 600(23.6) 1.59A 130kg/ 286lb demagnetizer, see
90 VDC
KETN- 3080A 300(11.8)× 800(31.5) 300(11.8) 800(31.5) 25 246(9.68) 722(28.4) 26 (1.02)(0.62) 294(11.5) 800(31.5) 20 2.21A 173kg/ 381lb pages of Chuck
120
Controllers.
KETN-30100A 300(11.8)×1000(39.4) 1000(39.4)(0.98) 919(36.1) 26.5(1.04) 1000(39.4)(0.78)(4.72) 3.35A 240kg/ 529lb Above models
except for
P17̶P20
SINE BAR
KETN- 4080A 400(15.7)× 800(31.5) 800(31.5) 722(28.4) 25 (0.98) 800(31.5) Clamping 3.05A 230kg/ 507lb
CHUCKS
400(15.7) 342(13.4) 390(15.3) the one
KETN-40100A 400(15.7)×1000(39.4) 919(36.1) 26.5(1.04) 4.17A 288kg/ 634lb marked by ※.
KETN-50100A 500(19.6)×1000(39.4) 500(19.6) 1000(39.4) 432(17.0) 920(36.2) 23 (0.90) 490(19.2) 1000(39.4) 5.86A 400kg/ 881lb
EH-VE210D
KETN-60100A 600(23.6)×1000(39.4) 600(23.6) 522(25.5) 924(36.3) 31 (1.22) 590(23.2) 5.66A 470kg/1036lb
※The power cord is 3 m for KETN-1530A and 1545A and 5 m for other models. ※If the magnetic force needs not be adjusted, use ES-M.
※The chuck controller and clamp parts are not included. The KANETEC chucks work best when a KANETEC chuck controller is used.
BLOCKS, HOLDERS,
Model KETN-U POWERFUL TILT TYPE ELECTROMAGNETIC CHUCK
MINI CHUCKS
Chuck controller 8-φ17 Back stopper
[Application]
required additionally P1 P2
Suitable for heavy duty grinding and light duty cutting of inclined
HOLDING
surfaces of jigs/fixtures and metal molds.
TOOLS
Environmentally
Be
B2
B3
B1
friendly
[Features]
Le ●Strong holding power.
20 80 L3 80 20
●Easy mounting and an angle can be set as desired in a range
TOOL HOLDERS
Power cord 2m
of 90°forward and 90°backward.
MEASURING
80 5 L1 13 80
●The rotary shaft with scale facilitates angle setting.
H1
N.P.
H2
h2
h1
20
MAGNETIC
HOLDERS
120 120
L2
[mm(in)
]
Work Face Pole Pitch Tilt Base Length Height Electro
Model Nominal Size Voltage Current Mass Remarks
₁ ₁ e e ₁ 1 2 ₂ 3 3 1 2 2 2
Chuck Master
KETN-1530U 150(5.90)×300(11.8) 150 300(11.8) 116 248(9.76) 28 (1.10) 352(13.8) 552(21.7) 0.49A ※For types with a combination
56kg/123 lb
MAGNETIC
KETN-2050U 200(7.87)×500(19.6) 200 500(19.6) 152 440(17.3)(4.33) 22 (0.86)(0.62)(7.48)(5.90) 552(21.7)(4.72)(6.41) 752(29.6)(6.89) 1.26A 96kg/211 lb EH-V305A Chuck Controllers.
EH-VE305A
KETN-2060U 200(7.87)×600(23.6)(7.87) 600(23.6)(5.98) 530(20.8) 22.5(0.88) 652(25.6) 852(33.5) 1.17A 110kg/242 lb P17̶P20
※If the magnetic force needs not be adjusted, use ES-M.
※The chuck controller and clamp parts are not included. The KANETEC chucks work best when a KANETEC chuck controller is used.
※The scaled ring can be used to set an angle roughly. When it is necessary to set the angle accurately, use a sine bar or other suitable device.
8
ELECTROMAGNETIC CHUCKS
Model KESL LATERAL FINE PITCH ELECTROMAGNETIC CHUCK
[Application]
CHUCKS
ELECTROMAGNETIC CHUCK
These are versatile electromagnetic chucks with poles in the longitudinal direction
capable of holding workpieces, thin and thick, in grinding and light duty cutting. In
particular, these chucks are suitable for grinding and light duty cutting of long thin
workpieces and buff and belt grinding of large quantities of workpieces, which are difficult
to hold by standard type electromagnetic chucks.
CONTROLLERS MAGNETIC CHUCKS ELECTROMAGNETIC CHUCKS
[Features]
●A fine pole pattern is arranged in the longitudinal direction.
●The N-S magnetic force lines are spaced relatively wide for good holding via a belt. (Note,
however, that because the distribution of the holding power is not uniform, this model may
not be suitable for grinding small workpieces arranged over the whole surface.)
Chuck controller
PERMANENT
P
Be
B2
B1
PERMANENT
L1
t
8 8
H
h
L2
)
]
FOR MC
BLOCKS
[mm
(in)
]
Work Face Pole Pitch Mounting Face Height Power Electro
Model Nominal Size Voltage Current Mass
₁ ₁ ₂ ₂ Cord Chuck Master
KESL-1025A-1 100(3.93)×250(9.84) 100
(3.93) 77
(3.03) 98(3.85) 0.36A 12kg/ 26 lb
250(9.84) 250
(9.84)
KESL-1325A-1 125(4.92)×250(9.84) 125
(4.92) 101(3.97) 123(4.84) 0.26A 14kg/ 31 lb
KESL-1530A-1 150(5.90)×300(11.8) 300(11.8) 300
(11.8) 0.48A 2m 19kg/ 42 lb ES-M103B
CHUCKS
VACUUM
[Application]
Environmentally
friendly
Suitable for grinding and cutting of thin workpieces. However, workpieces
should have an attractive face longer than 80 mm in the longitudinal direction.
[Features]
●In addition to grinding of thin workpieces that meet the above conditions,
MINI CHUCKS
BLOCKS, HOLDERS,
B1
B2
KETW-N1530 L1
Le
TOOL HOLDERS
MEASURING
〈Information〉
H
L2
[mm
(in)
]
HOLDERS
MAGNETIC
9 ※The chuck controller and clamp parts are not included. The KANETEC chucks work best when a KANETEC chuck controller is used. ※Only the side stopper is included. (The back stopper is not included.)
KESL / KETW-N / KET
Model KET STANDARD RECTANGULAR ELECTROMAGNETIC CHUCK
ELECTROMAGNETIC
Environmentally
friendly
[Application]
Most widely used electromagnetic chucks for grinding operations.
PERMANENT
Side stopper Power cord
[Features] (Not included with KET-614F.) 2 ‒ 5m
■High rigidity, high reliability and high accuracy!
BLOCKS
FOR MC
KANETEC’ s original machining technology is used to realize a lavish body-to-case one
piece hollow construction, instead of a welded construction, to enhance the rigidity,
minimize secular change and improve accuracy of the chucks.
G
■KANETEC’
s original light weight design! B1
B2
VACUUM
CHUCKS
The chuck weight has been reduced as much as possible in consideration of driving
the table of grinders. This design helps contribute to a longer service life of grinders.
PROMELTA*
medium types and 85 mm for large types, thus various types of workpieces can be
SYSTEM
t
SINE BAR
CHUCKS
[mm(in)
]
BLOCKS, HOLDERS,
13 8(2+6) 67
KET- 614F 60(2.36)× 140(5.51) 63(2.48) 140(5.51) 106(4.17) 60(2.36) 170(6.69)12(0.47) 8 0.12A 3.5kg/ 7 lb
(0.51) (0.31) (2.63)
MINI CHUCKS
KET- 1025F 100(3.93)× 250(9.84) 100(3.93) 211(8.30) 11(2+9)(0.43) 96(3.78) 10 0.16A 12kg/ 26 lb
250(9.84) 294(11.5)
KET- 1325F 125(4.92)× 250(9.84) 125(4.92) 212(8.34) 119(4.68) 0.19A 15kg/ 33 lb
2m(78.7)
KET- 1530F 150(5.90)× 300(11.8) 300(11.8) 240(9.44) 344(13.5) 0.20A 21kg/ 46 lb
KET- 1535F 150(5.90)× 350(13.7) 150(5.90) 350(13.7) 20 296(11.6) 144(5.66) 394(15.5) 18(0.70) 70 0.22A 25kg/ 55 lb
14(2+12) 14
KET- 1545F 150(5.90)× 450(17.7) 450(17.7)(0.78) 408(16.0) 494(19.4) (2.75) 0.29A 32kg/ 70 lb
HOLDING
(0.55)
KET- 2040F 200(7.87)× 400(15.7) 400(15.7) 352(13.8) 444(17.4) 0.43A 38kg/ 83 lb
TOOLS
KET- 2050F 200(7.87)× 500(19.6) 200(7.87) 500(19.6) 464(18.2) 194(7.63) 544(21.4) 0.34A 47kg/ 103 lb
KET- 2060F 200(7.87)× 600(23.6) 600(23.6) 548(21.5) 600(23.6) 0.47A 57kg/ 125 lb
KET- 2550F 250(9.84)× 500(19.6) 500(19.6) 451(17.7) 500(19.6) 0.56A 67kg/ 147 lb
250(9.84) 240(9.44) 3m(118)
※ES-M103B ※For types with a
TOOL HOLDERS
Clamping
HOLDERS
20(0.78) 5m(196)
KET-40100F 400(15.7)×1000(39.4) 1000(39.4) 25 958(37.7) 19.5(2.5+17) 1000(39.4) (no hole) 1.74A 228kg/ 502 lb
(0.98) (0.76)
KET- 5050F 500(19.6)× 500(19.6) 500(19.6) 451(17.7) 500(19.6) 0.93A 142kg/ 313 lb
KET- 5060F 500(19.6)× 600(23.6) 600(23.6) 529(20.8) 600(23.6) 85 1.06A 3m(118) 171kg/ 377 lb
500(19.6) 490(19.2)
KET- 5065F 500(19.6)× 650(25.5) 650(25.5) 607(23.9) 650(25.5) (3.34) 1.30A 185kg/ 407 lb
KET-50100F 500(19.6)×1000(39.4) 1000(39.4) 958(37.7) 1000(39.4) 1.71A 5m(196) 285kg/ 628 lb
MAGNETIC
KET- 6060F 600(23.6)× 600(23.6) 600(23.6) 529(20.8) 600(23.6) 1.48A 3m(118) 205kg/ 451 lb
600(23.6) 590(23.2)
KET-60100F 600(23.6)×1000(39.4) 1000(39.4) 958(37.7) 1000(39.4) 3.10A 5m(196) 342kg/ 754 lb Above models
TOOLS
KET- 7075F 700(27.5)× 750(29.5) 700(27.5) 750(29.5) 685(26.9) 690(27.1) 750(29.5) 2.87A 3m(118) 299kg/ 659 lb except for
the one
KET-80100F 800(31.5)×1000(39.4) 800(31.5) 1000(39.4) 958(37.7) 790(31.1) 1000(39.4) 4.23A 5m(196) 456kg/1005 lb marked by ※.
※If the magnetic force needs not be adjusted, use ES-M. ※The chuck controller and clamp parts are not included. The KANETEC chucks work best when a KANETEC chuck controller is used.
※Except for KET-614F, only the side stopper is included. (The back stopper is not included.) ※Chucks for electric discharge machining are also available. Please contact us. (Model KET-ED)
10
ELECTROMAGNETIC CHUCKS
Model KET-U TILT TYPE ELECTROMAGNETIC CHUCK
CHUCKS
ELECTROMAGNETIC CHUCK
B1
B2
G
P
CONTROLLERS MAGNETIC CHUCKS ELECTROMAGNETIC CHUCKS
L1
Le
KET-1545UF
H1
N.P.
H2
Chuck controller required additionally
h1
h2
PERMANENT
[Application] 2 2
a1 a2
Suitable for grinding inclined faces of jigs/fixtures and metal molds. 1
L2
1
[Features]
●Easy mounting and an angle can be set as desired in a range of 90°forward and 90°backward.
●The rotary shaft with scale facilitates angle setting.
PERMANENT
●A resin-bonded structural face plate having little environmental burden is employed. [mm
(in)
]
Work Face Pole pitch Tilt Base Length Height Electro
Model Nominal Size Voltage Current Mass Remarks
₁ ₁ ₁ ₂ ℓ₁ ℓ₂ ₁ ₂ ₁ ₂ ₂ ₂ Chuck Master
60 8(2+6) 60 48 20 8.5 55 13 4 12 85
KET- 614UF 60(2.36)
×140(5.51) 60(2.36)140(5.51)106(4.17) 242(9.52) 0.09A 4kg/ 8 lb
(2.36) (0.31) (2.36)(1.89)(0.78)(0.33)(2.1)(0.51)(0.15)(0.47) (3.34)
KET-1025UF 100(3.93)
×250(9.84) 250(9.84)211(8.30) 382(15.0) 0.16A 21kg/ 46 lb
11(2+9) 95 75 16 125 ※For types with a
KET-1030UF 100(3.93)
×300(11.8) 100(3.93) 300(11.8)255(10.0) 432(17.0) 0.21A 23kg/ 50 lb
FOR MC
BLOCKS
KET-2050UF 200(7.87)
×500(19.6) 500(19.6)464(18.2) 120 59 16 120 20 642(25.2) 170 0.34A 76kg/167 lb
200(7.87)
KET-2060UF 200(7.87)
×600(29.6) 600(23.6)548(21.5) (4.72)(2.32) (0.62)(4.72)(0.78) 742(29.2) (6.69) 0.47A 89kg/196 lb
※If the magnetic force needs not be adjusted, use ES-M. ※The chuck controller and clamp parts are not included. The KANETEC chucks work best when a KANETEC chuck controller is used.
※The scaled ring can be used to set an angle roughly. When it is necessary to set the angle accurately, use a sine bar or other suitable device.
[Application]
An example of fabrication
An electromagnetic chuck with a hardened attractive face. The
face plate is less susceptible to damage and the frequency of
self-grinding can be reduced. Also for self-grinding, the grinding
wheel needs not be replaced, thus shortening the setup time.
CHUCKS
SINE BAR
KEZ-H1138UF
MINI CHUCKS
BLOCKS, HOLDERS,
10
H
h
KETV-3060F
See“Vacuum Chucks”on pages P42 to P45 also.
[mm
(in)
]
Nominal Work Face Pole pitch Mounting Face Height Grid Applicable
Model Voltage Current Mass
Size ₁ ₁ ₁ ₂ ₂ ₃ ₂ ₄ ₂ Pitch Vacuum System
300
(11.8)× 300 600 543 580 240 280 180 290
1.3A 110kg/242 lb
TOOLS
MAGNETIC
KETV- 3060F
600
(23.6) (11.8)
(23.6) (21.3)(22.8) (9.44)(11.0) (7.08) (11.4)
20
400
(15.7)× 400 800 743 780 320 380 280 390
KETV- 4080F (0.78) 1.9A 190kg/418 lb VPU-D20
(31.5) (15.7)
800 (31.5) 30 (29.2) (30.7) 80 (12.5)(14.9) 60 (11.0) 20
(3+17)(15.3) 20 90
× 90 VDC VPU-E10
500
(19.6)× 500 (1.18) (3.14) 480 (2.36) 380 (0.78) 490 (0.78)(3.54)
KETV-50100F 20 2.3A 300kg/661 lb VPU-E20
1000(39.4)(19.6) 1000 943 980 440 (18.8) (14.9) (7.08)
(0.78)
600
(23.6)× 600 (39.4) (37.1)(38.5) (17.3) 580 480 580
KETV-60100F 3.4A 360kg/793 lb
1000(39.4)(23.6) (22.8) (18.8) (19.2)
11 ※Seal rubber φ6, 10 m is included. ※The chuck controller and vacuum system are not included. ※The KANETEC chucks work best when a KANETEC chuck controller is used.
KET-U / KEZ-H / KETV / KET-UTS
Model KET-UTS LARGE CONNECTING TILT TYPE ELECTROMAGNETIC CHUCK
ELECTROMAGNETIC
Environmentally
friendly
PERMANENT
KET-UTFS
PERMANENT
BLOCKS
FOR MC
Fig. 1 [Application]
This model is used with grinders of wood slice cutters and
Lead Tilting shaft Key width 8 × depth 5
shaft most suitable for angle grinding of edges. It can also be used
100 L1 40 L1 40 L1 100 840 200
for uniform grinding in the longitudinal direction.
Le Intermediate 750 90
φ50
p shaft
φ90
[Features]
VACUUM
CHUCKS
200
40
170
Main unit Main unit Main unit Tilting base lead shaft, intermediate shaft, tilting shaft, tilting base and
Intermediate intermediate tilting base. When one unit is used, it is used
170 180 180 170 200
tilting base as shown in Fig. 2 and when three units are used, they are
connected as shown in Fig. 1.
PROMELTA*
(The above figure shows 3 standard units connected.)
●As the tilting torque is large, the shaft has been made long
SYSTEM
Fig. 2 L1 to increase the reduction ratio on your machine side. (The
scaled ring and tilting device are not included. Provide
them on your machine side.)
●The chuck-to-chuck connecting clearance is as small as
SINE BAR
40 mm.
CHUCKS
L2
〈When ordering〉
If you want to connect units as shown in Fig. 1, please order the number of main units to be connected
BLOCKS, HOLDERS,
MINI CHUCKS
An example of mounting Indicating plate
Worm wheel Scaled ring
HOLDING
TOOLS
TOOL HOLDERS
MEASURING
Worm
[mm(in)
]
Work Face Pole pitch Length
MAGNETIC
Electro
HOLDERS
KET-20160UTJFS 200(7.87)
×1600
(62.9) 1600
(62.9) 1520
(59.8) 1940
(76.3) 1.35A Approx.445kg/ 981 lb P17–P20
to places.
KET-20170UTJFS 200(7.87)
×1700
(66.9) 1700
(66.9) 1620
(63.7) 2040
(80.3) 1.33A Approx.465kg/1025 lb
TOOLS
※The chuck controllers in this table are for single unit and when two or more units are connected, use current × number of units connected to select a suitable model.
※If the magnetic force needs not be adjusted, use ES-M.
※The chuck controller and clamp parts are not included. The KANETEC chucks work best when a KANETEC chuck controller is used.
※The above models include the main unit, right/left tilting bases, lead shaft and tilting shaft.
※The face plate of KET-UTJFS types is of split construction and no magnetic force may be generated in the center part.
12
ELECTROMAGNETIC CHUCKS
Model KEC-AR/AS ROUND ELECTROMAGNETIC CHUCK
[Application]
CHUCKS
ELECTROMAGNETIC CHUCK
Environmentally
Suitable for grinding and cutting operations with the chuck
friendly
mounted on such machine tools as rotary grinders, lathes,
turning machines and rotary milling machines that rotate
workpieces to machine. This model comes in two types; ring
pole and star pole according to the patterns on the chuck
CONTROLLERS MAGNETIC CHUCKS ELECTROMAGNETIC CHUCKS
work face. The ring pole type is used for general grinding
operations and the star pole type for cutting operations also.
[Features]
●Relatively thin workpieces that are likely to be distorted by
mechanical clamping can be held by uniform holding power of
the ring pole type for highly precise machining.
PERMANENT
KEC-40ARE ●For such operations as cutting thick workpieces, the star pole
type is recommended that generates strong holding power.
KEC-32ASE
Chuck controller required additionally
An example of installation on a vertical grinder
Feeder required additionally (See below)
PERMANENT
d!
Distorte
〈Lathe wiring diagram〉
Slip ring Round chuck
FOR MC
BLOCKS
Mechanical Workpiece
clamping
Electro
Chuck Master Brush
holder
CHUCKS
VACUUM
pages of Chuck
K
P17̶P20
800 800 748 630 710 370kg/
Dp KEC- 80ARE (31.5) (31.5)(29.4) 70 14(3+11) (24.8) (27.9) 110 5.10A 815 lb
8
MINI CHUCKS
BLOCKS, HOLDERS,
EH-VE210D
KEC-100ARE 1000 1000 944 (2.75) (0.55) 800 (0.31) M16 900 (4.33)
6.55A 580kg/
(39.4) (39.4)(37.1) (31.5) (0.62)(35.4) 1278 lb
KEC- 16ASE 160 160 135 (1.14) 125 140 85 0.08A 12kg/
De (6.29) (6.29)(5.31) (4.92) M 8 (5.51)
(3.34) 26 lb
8 (0.31) 178
KEC- 20ASE 200 200 161 40 160 0.13A 19kg/
(7.87) (7.87)(6.33)(1.57) (6.29) (7.00) 41 lb
250 250 223 200 224 33kg/
KEC- 25ASE (9.84) (9.84)(8.77) (7.87) (8.81) 0.40A 72 lb ※ES-M103B ※For types with a
4
315 315 271 250 (0.15) M10 280 52kg/ ES-M305B combination of a
D1 KEC- 32ASE 0.44A
TOOL HOLDERS
MEASURING
Dp 12
1000 1000 944 (2.75) 800 (0.31) M16 900 (4.33) 580kg/ Above models except for
HOLDERS
MAGNETIC
KEC-100ASE 3.92A
(39.4) (39.4)(37.1) (31.5) (0.62)(35.4) 1278 lb the one marked by ※.
※If the magnetic force needs not be adjusted, use ES-M.
※The chuck controller and clamp parts are not included. The KANETEC chucks work best when a KANETEC chuck controller is used.
φ84
φ24
50
via a slip contact between the carbon brush on the power 2-M4(R32) 2-M6
source side and the slip ring attached to the chuck.
●The φ24 mounting hole of the slip ring (SR-1) can be 90゜
40
46
expanded up to φ40. 5 10 5
13
10 10 20
KEC-AR / AS / SR / BH / KETB / ES-VB
Model KETB AIRUP*
[Application]
ELECTROMAGNETIC
Pneumatic floating type Air is jetted through air holes provided on the chuck work face to float
a workpiece for easy positioning, demounting and movement. The
chucks can be air cooled by adding a cooling device. This model is for
CHUCK
material, size and shape of workpieces by increasing/decreasing
the air pressure supplied from the control unit.
●As a small amount of air is constantly jetted through air holes during
KETB-3060B
grinding, intrusion of grinding fluid and ground powder can be
PERMANENT
prevented.
●The air circuit in the chuck has a construction specially developed
Control unit required additionally
by KANETEC to minimize clogging.
〈Air pressure and side slip force〉 ●The control unit is an easy-to-operate special unit incorporating an
300
N air regulator, rectifier and demagnetizer.
200 150 250
N H Power cord 2 ‒ 5 m Air hose
N Side stopper
PERMANENT
H Back stopper
200 0
150 0 30
Side slip force
15
Side slip force
G
150
BLOCKS
B1
B2
FOR MC
100
100 H=104
H=74(13kg) H=256.5 H=50
(45kg) (73kg)
(35kg) P
50 Le
H=20.5 50 L1
(3.6kg) H=29
L2
(20kg)
t
0 100 200 300 400 500 kPa 0 50 100 150 200 kPa
VACUUM
CHUCKS
H
Air pressure Air pressure
h
[mm(in)
]
Mounting
Work Face Pole Pitch Mounting Face Height
Model Nominal Size Hole Voltage Current Power Mass
Control
Remarks
Cord Unit
₁ ₁ ₂ ₂
KETB- 2050B 200(7.87)× 500(19.6) 500(19.6) 464(18.2) 14(2+12) 544(21.4) 18(0.70) 14 0.34A 64kg/ 141 lb
PROMELTA*
200(7.87) 194(7.63) 92(3.62)
KETB- 2060B 200(7.87)× 600(23.6) 600(23.6) 548(21.5) (0.55) 600(23.6) 0.47A 77kg/ 169 lb
SYSTEM
KETB- 2550B 250(9.84)× 500(19.6) 250(9.84) 500(19.6) 451(17.7) 244(9.60) 500(19.6) 0.56A 84kg/ 185 lb
97(3.81) 3m(118)
KETB- 3060B 300(11.8)× 600(23.6) 300(11.8) 600(23.6) 529(20.8) 290(11.4) 600(23.6) 1.06A 121kg/ 266 lb
KETB- 4050B 400(15.7)× 500(19.6) 500(19.6) 451(17.7) 500(19.6) 0.96A 141kg/ 310 lb The control unit
KETB- 4060B 400(15.7)× 600(23.6) 400(15.7) 600(23.6) incorporates an
42 529(20.8) 390(15.3) 600(23.6) 1.09A 169kg/ 372 lb
Clamping 90 VDC ES-VB305A air regulator,
KETB-40100B 400(15.7)×1000(39.4) 1000(39.4)(1.65) 919(36.1) 19.5(2.5+17) 1000(39.4) 20(0.78) 1.74A 5m(196)281kg/ 619 lb rectifier and
SINE BAR
(No hole)
CHUCKS
KETB- 5050B 500(19.6)× 500(19.6) 500(19.6) 451(17.7) (0.76) 500(19.6) 0.93A 3m(118)175kg/ 385 lb demagnetizer.
500(19.6) 490(19.2) 102(4.01)
KETB-50100B 500(19.6)×1000(39.4) 1000(39.4) 919(36.1) 1000(39.4) 1.71A 5m(196)351kg/ 773 lb
KETB- 6060B 600(23.6)× 600(23.6) 600(23.6) 529(20.8) 600(23.6) 1.48A 3m(118)253kg/ 557 lb
600(23.6) 590(23.2)
KETB-60100B 600(23.6)×1000(39.4) 3.10A 422kg/ 930 lb
1000(39.4) 919(36.1) 1000(39.4) 5m(196)
KETB-80100B 800(31.5)×1000(39.4) 800(31.5) 790(31.1) 4.23A 562kg/1239 lb
BLOCKS, HOLDERS,
Model ES-VB CONTROL UNIT FOR AIRUP*
MINI CHUCKS
〈Dimensions of remote control box〉 [Application]
115
60
70 This control unit is computer controlled to create the most effective
demagnetizing patterns within a short period of time, thus providing the
HOLDING
consistent demagnetizing effect constantly. The operation is quite simple. No
TOOLS
complicated adjustment is necessary and an electric valve control circuit for
floating is also incorporated. During grinding of workpieces, air at low pressure
[about 20 kPa (0.2 kg/cm2)] is jetted through holes provided on the chuck
110
170
TOOL HOLDERS
work face to prevent intrusion of waste fluid/oil and fine particles. When
unloading the workpieces after the end of grinding, the circuit is automatically
MEASURING
4 -φ6
switched over to the high pressure [about 150 kPa (1.5 kg/cm2)] in response
600 4 -φ10 200
400 to the demagnetizing command to float the workpieces.
[Features]
●The demagnetizing time is as short as 6 to 15 seconds and consistent
MAGNETIC
480
also.
●The noise resistance feature ensures consistent performance in certain noisy
environment.
●A compact air unit is incorporated.
MAGNETIC
[mm(in)
]
TOOLS
G
B1
B2
CONTROLLERS MAGNETIC CHUCKS ELECTROMAGNETIC CHUCKS
p
Le
L1
L2
t
H
[Features]
h
PERMANENT
●Cooling water flows inside the chuck, but KANETEC’s original design
[Application] protects the internal coils from damage.
Since no heat is generated when the power is on, this model is suitable ●Most suitable for dry grinding operations as heat of workpieces is also removed.
for high precision grinding. ●A resin-bonded structural face plate having little environmental burden is employed.
[mm
(in)
]
Mounting
Work Face Pole Pitch Mounting Face Height Hose Power Electro
Model Nominal Size Hole Voltage Current Mass Remarks
FOR MC
BLOCKS
(0.55)
※For types with
KCT-2040F 200(7.87)×400(15.7) 400(15.7) 352(13.8) 444(17.4) φ8 0.43A 46kg/101 lb
a combination
KCT-2050F 200(7.87)×500(19.6) 200(7.87) 500(19.6) 464(18.2) 194(7.63) 544(21.4) (0.31) 0.34A 57kg/125 lb
※ES-M103B of a rectifier and
KCT-2060F 200(7.87)×600(23.6) 600(23.6) 548(21.5) 600(23.6) 25 0.47A 66kg/145 lb ES-M305B demagnetizer,
90 VDC see pages of
KCT-2550F 250(9.84)×500(19.6) 500(19.6) 451(17.7) 500(19.6)(0.98) 0.56A 80kg/176 lb EH-V305A
250(9.84) 240(9.44) EH-VE305A Chuck
KCT-2560F 250(9.84)×600(23.6) 600(23.6) 529(20.8) 600(23.6) 95 0.72A 97kg/213 lb Controllers.
SYSTEM
PROMELTA*
※If the magnetic force needs not be adjusted, use ES-M. ※A cooler unit is required additionally.
※The chuck controller and clamp parts are not included. The KANETEC chucks work best when a KANETEC chuck controller is used. ※Only the side stopper is included. (The back stopper is not included.)
[Features]
G
B2
●Cooling water flows inside the chuck, but KANETEC’s original design
B1
P
protects the internal coils from damage.
●Since the cooling hose is connected to the shaft, a desired tilting range can be set.
TOOLS
HOLDING
L1
Le ●The hose does not become an obstacle regardless of tilting angles of the
0
work face. Grinding at a tilted angle can be carried out without paying
attention to the hose location.
H1
H2
●The tilting angle can be set as desired in a range of 90°forward and 90°backward.
h1
h2
TOOL HOLDERS
MEASURING
ℓ2 ℓ2
●Cooling water is let flow inside the chuck to cool the coils directly and
KCT-1535UF
ℓ1 a1
L2
a2 ℓ1
grinding fluid cools the top surface. This design minimizes temperature
rise, thus minimizing accuracy change of the chuck.
●A resin-bonded structural face plate having little environmental burden is
Chuck controller required additionally
employed. [mm (in) ]
Work Face Pole Pitch Tilt Base Length Height Hose Electro
HOLDERS
MAGNETIC
KCT-1530UF
(3.93) 14(2+12) 100 (0.98) 91 18 (0.31)(0.62) EH-V305A see pages of
KCT-1535UF 150(5.90)×350(13.7) 150(5.90) 350(13.7) 296(11.6) (3.93) (3.58)(0.70) 482(18.9)(5.55) 0.22A 41kg/ 90 lb EH-VE305A Chuck
(0.55)
Controllers.
KCT-1545UF 150(5.90)×450(17.7) 450(17.7) 408(16.0) 582(22.9) 0.29A 51kg/112 lb
KCT-2050UF 200(7.87)×500(19.6) 500(19.6) 464(18.2) 120 59 16 120 20 642(25.2) 170 0.34A 76kg/167 lb
P17̶P20
200(7.87)
KCT-2060UF 200(7.87)×600(23.6) 600(23.6) 548(21.5) (4.72)(2.32) (0.62)(4.72)(0.78) 742(29.2)(6.69) 0.47A 89kg/196 lb
※If the magnetic force needs not be adjusted, use ES-M. ※A cooler unit is required additionally.
15 ※The chuck controller and clamp parts are not included. The KANETEC chucks work best when a KANETEC chuck controller is used.
KCT / KCT-U / KCC-AR / LCU
Model KCC-AR WATER-COOLED ROUND ELECTROMAGNETIC CHUCK
ELECTROMAGNETIC
[Application]
Suitable for grinding by rotary grinders.
[Features]
CHUCK
130 2PT1/8(Cooling water outlet)
30
PERMANENT
(Cooling water inlet)
P
Power cord 2m
5
φ100
De
de
Dp
D2
D1
KCC-35AR
φ12
PERMANENT
Chuck controller required additionally
n-M
BLOCKS
FOR MC
[mm(in)
]
Nominal Work Face Pole Pitch Mounting Face Electro
Model Height Voltage Current Mass Remarks
Size ₁ ₂ Chuck Master
KCC-35AR 350(13.7) 350(13.7) 316(12.4) 145(5.70) 200(7.87) 250(9.87) M10 0.75A 82kg/ 180 lb ※For types with a
ES-M103B
KCC-40AR 400(15.7) 400(15.7) 341(13.4) 139(5.47) 250(9.87) 300(11.8)(0.39) 1.00A 108kg/238 lb ES-M305B combination of a
4 pcs rectifier and
KCC-50AR 500(19.6) 500(19.6) 441(17.3) 183(7.20) 14(3+11) 350(13.7) 400(15.7) 130 1.70A 168kg/370 lb EH-V305A
VACUUM
CHUCKS
90 VDC demagnetizer, see
EH-VE305A
KCC-60AR 600(23.6) 600(23.6) 541(21.3) 171(6.73) (0.55) 450(17.7) 500(19.6) M12 (5.11) 2.30A 250kg/551 lb pages of Chuck
Above models Controllers.
KCC-70AR 700(27.5) 700(27.5) 641(25.2) 159(6.26) 550(21.6) 600(23.6)(0.47) 3.20A 330kg/727 lb
8 pcs except for the one P17̶P20
KCC-80AR 800(31.5) 800(31.5) 741(29.1) 147(5.78) 650(25.5) 700(27.5) 3.90A 430kg/948 lb marked by ※.
※A cooler unit is required additionally. ※If the magnetic force needs not be adjusted, use ES-M.
※The chuck controller and clamp parts are not included. The KANETEC chucks work best when a KANETEC chuck controller is used.
PROMELTA*
SYSTEM
Model LCU COOLER UNIT
SINE BAR
CHUCKS
[Application]
An air cooler unit to cool and circulate coolant in
water-cooled type chucks.
[Features]
BLOCKS, HOLDERS,
●The flow rate can be adjusted with a valve.
MINI CHUCKS
●Simple and compact for easy installation.
●Synchronized with room temperature by an air-
cooled oil cooler.
HOLDING
TOOLS
400 300
TOOL HOLDERS
Outlet
MEASURING
PS3/8
OFF
ON
Inlet
PS3/8
480
554
MAGNETIC
HOLDERS
Oil gage
LCU-2
Drain1B
74
MAGNETIC
[mm(in)
]
TOOLS
Model Discharge Amount Total Lift Power Source Required Power Dimensions Tank Capacity Mass Accessories
Single phase
LCU-2 30ℓ/43ℓ/ min(50/60hz) 2m(78.7) 70W (11.8)
300 ×400
(15.7)
×554(21.8) 20ℓ 30kg/66 lb Power cable 3 m
(118)
100 VAC(50/60Hz)
※The recommended coolant is automotive long life coolant.
※The electromagnetic chucks to use must be those that consume less than 300 W (90V, 3.3 A).
16
EH-V / ES-M / EST-1 / ES-V / KR / ESR / S-2A
Model ES-V ELECTRO CHUCK MASTER*
〈Connection of Model ES-V〉 [Application]
ELECTROMAGNETIC
An input from an AC power source is rectified to DC, which is output to electromagnetic chucks. The
Power Chuck W D
output voltage can be varied to control the holding power of electromagnetic chucks. The automatic
source
demagnetization function is activated to reduce the residual magnetism of the electromagnetic chucks.
H
●Suitable for large sized electromagnetic chucks and connecting type electromagnetic
ES-V220A chucks that require a relatively large electric capacity.
●The low voltage range for variable output is very stable. [mm(in) ]
Output Dimensions Mounting Hole Pitch Mountig Remote Operation Box
Model Power Source Mass
CHUCK
Voltage Current Width Height Depth Widht Height Hole Width Height Depth Cord
ES-V220A Single-phase 20A 600
(23.6) 550(21.6) 250 400 596(23.4) 4−φ10 60kg/133 lb 100 155 70
0̶90 VDC 5m
(196.8)
ES-V230A 200 VAC,50/60Hz 30A (25.5) 600(23.6) (9.84) (15.7) 646(25.4) (φ0.39) 80kg/177 lb
650 (3.93) (6.10) (2.75)
PERMANENT
KR-T203
W D
H
ON
3A
act!
PERMANENT
Very comp
H
D
W
KR-N103A
BLOCKS
FOR MC
[Application] [Application]
These rectifiers rectify an input from an AC power source to direct current and output it to These rectifiers rectify an input from an AC power source
electromagnetic chucks via a demagnetizer. They can also be used as a source to supply DC to direct current and output it to electromagnetic chucks
to electromagnetic holders. via a demagnetizer. The output voltage can be varied to
[Features] control the holding power of electromagnetic chucks.
●The very compact size (volume reduced by 50% from our conventional models) saves [Features]
VACUUM
CHUCKS
installation space and can be installed in a control panel, too. ●Both 100 VAC and 200 VAC can be used.
●Since this is connected to a magnet on the backside, connection time can be reduced substantially. ●An output voltmeter is provided.
●External control terminals are provided as standard features for automatic operation by ●The output can be varied in a wide range to provide a
means of external contacts, etc. wide range of adjustment of the holding power.
●Power cable (2 m) and plug included. ●Power cable (2 m) included.
PROMELTA*
[mm(in)
]
Output Dimensions
SYSTEM
Model Power Source Mass
Voltage Current Width Height Depth
KR-N101A 1A
Single-phase 100 VAC,50/60Hz 90 VDC 100
(3.93) 77
(3.03) 106(4.17) 1.0kg/2.2 lb
KR-N103A 3A
KR-T201 1A 5.5kg/ 12 lb
280
(11.0) 140(5.51) 184(7.24)
KR-T203 Single-phase 100/200 VAC,50/60Hz 0̶120 VDC 3A 8.5kg/ 18 lb
SINE BAR
CHUCKS
KR-T205 5A 400
(15.7) 170
(6.69) 290(11.4) 14.0kg/ 31 lb
※The output voltage of Model KR-T is stable when above 30 V.
BLOCKS, HOLDERS,
Model ESR-N102 rectifies an input from an AC power source to DC and outputs
it to electromagnetic chucks. For demagnetization, the attenuating alternating
MINI CHUCKS
output is operated manually. A rectifier is built in.
H
150
Model ESR-5A relays DC output to electromagnetic chucks and for
demagnetization, the attenuating alternating output is operated manually. A
rectifier needs to be installed in the preceding stage.
[Features]
HOLDING
4-φ6.5
90 D
●Turning the dial repeats reversal of the circuit and changing over of resistance
TOOLS
Mounting
W hole
values for easy demagnetization.
Chuck Master
●Thanks to the manual type, this can be applied to diversified workpieces by
ESR-N102 simply turning the dial. AC power
[mm (in)
] 〈Connection source
TOOL HOLDERS
Model
Electrical Rating Dimensions Mounting Hole Pitch Mounting
Mass of ESR-5A〉
MEASURING
[Application]
A switch to relay DC output from the rectifier to electromagnetic chucks and
is operated manually to select the output for demagnetization.
[Features]
S-2A
●Easy installation and light weight. Simple and robust construction. O
-N
MAGNETIC
O FF
140
O+
TOOLS
Selector Model KR
Electromagnetic chuck switch rectifier [mm
(in)
]
Electrical Rating Dimensions Mounting Hole Pitch 4-φ5
Model Mounting Hole Mass 40 50 24 3
Voltage Current Width Height Depth Width Height Mounting
S-2A Max. 120 VDC 2A 60
(2.36) 121(4.76) 152
(5.98) 40(1.57) 140(5.51) 4−φ5
(φ0.19) 0.4kg/0.8 lb 60 121 hole
18
CHUCK CONTROLLERS
Selection Guide
CHUCKS
ELECTROMAGNETIC CHUCK
automatic demagnetization by button operation. After studying whether the output required for magnetization may be constant or must be variable,
select a model suitable for the rating of the electromagnetic chuck.
demagnetization
② When selecting a Chuck Master or rectifier dedicated to
demagnetization having an output voltage exceeding the rated voltage Diagram 3 Power source→
Electro
Chuck
Chuck master
(90 V) of the electromagnetic chuck, special attention must be paid to
the selection of the current capacity.
〈Example〉Electromagnetic chuck 90 VDC, 4.5 A
■Selecting a demagnetizer
Rectifier output 0 to 120 V
FOR MC
BLOCKS
EH-V305A Single-phase 3
100 VAC‒220 VAC 5A 4.5A
EH-VE305A 50/60 Hz
dedicated to
demagnetization Max. 120 VDC
ESR-5A 4A Manual 3.2A
50/60 Hz
Max.120 VDC KR-N,KR-T
Max. 120 VDC
Selector switch S-2A 2A 1.6A
50/60 Hz
Single-phase 100 VAC
KR-N101A 90 VDC 0.9A
50/60 Hz
1A S-2A
Single-phase 100/200 VAC 2
TOOLS
HOLDING
※The max. current of the applicable chuck must be the Chuck Master s rated current × 0.9 or less. However, for the output voltage 120V, the max. current must be rated current × 0.8 or less.
ES-V ⃝ ⃝ ⃝ ̶̶ ⃝ ̶̶ <DC27.0A
EH-V,VE ⃝ ⃝ ⃝ ̶̶ ⃝ ̶̶ <DC 9A
ESR-5A
19
TB
Trouble? ■If the Chuck Master does not function properly, check it referring to the following table.
EH-V305A
ELECTROMAGNETIC
If your electromagnetic chuck failed, refer to Symptom Electromagnetic Chuck Master Demagnet- Alarm
Check and
chuck does not does not Fuse blows. ization is not indicator lamp
this page. Symptoms, possible causes and Cause
hold workpiece. output voltage. performed. lights up.
Corrective Action
are presented here. Please follow these Remove the fuse from the fuse
Fuse has blown. ● ●
holder and replace it with a new one.
instr uctions pr ior to asking for repair or Power source is exceeding Check the power source voltage and use
● ●
the rated voltage. the power source at the rated voltage.
purchasing parts.
Output voltage adjust variable
● ● Adjust the output voltage again.
resistor has been turned CCW fully.
CHUCK
Wiring to electromagnetic If measurement of resistance of
chuck has been broken ● ● ● electromagnetic chuck is ∞ Ω,
or shorted. wiring broken. If 0 Ω, wiring shorted.
Disconnect the cord from the output
Insulation of terminal of Chuck Master and measure
insulation resistance of electromagnetic
PERMANENT
electromagnetic chuck
● ● ● ● chuck. OK when it is above 5 MΩ. If
and its wiring is poor
below 5 MΩ, check wiring. If insulation
(ground) of electromagnetic chuck is poor,
please request for repair.
ES-M305B/103B
Symptom Electromagnetic Demagnet-
EH-V305A ES-M305B chuck does not Fuse blows. ization is not Check and Corrective Action
Cause
hold workpiece. performed.
PERMANENT
◇Residual holding power is large. Power is not being supplied. ● Check the power source.
Remove the fuse from the fuse holder and replace it with
●Turn the demagnetization adjust variable resistor to a Fuse has blown. ●
a new one.
point where the maximum demagnetization effect can Power source is exceeding Check the power source voltage and use the power
●
BLOCKS
FOR MC
be obtained. the rated voltage. source at the rated voltage.
Wiring between Chuck Disconnect the cord from the output terminal of Chuck
◇Holding power is weak. Master and electromagnetic Master and measure insulation resistance of
chuck is defective or ● ● ● electromagnetic chuck. OK when it is above 5 MΩ. If
●Set the excitation voltage adjust variable resistor electromagnetic chuck is below 5 MΩ, check wiring. If insulation of electromagnetic
at the maximum. faulty. chuck is poor, please request for repair.
●If the holding power is still weak, the magnet being ※Note: ・Prior to checking/investigating causes, be sure to turn off the power and disconnect the power
VACUUM
CHUCKS
used may not be adequate for the shape, material cable from the Chuck Master.
or holding direction of workpieces. ・Measure the insulation resistance of the electromagnetic chuck with an insulation resistance
tester. Be sure it is above 5 M at a test voltage of 500 VDC.
※Note: Since ES-M Series outputs a constant excitation voltage, it ・If the electromagnetic chuck failed, place an appropriate warning (such as attaching a tag of “Out
does not have the excitation voltage adjust variable resistor.
of Order. Use Prohibited.”). If the cause cannot be identified, please contact the manufacturer.
PROMELTA*
Model TB TERMINAL BOX
SYSTEM
An example of integrating wires by use of a terminal box
② ①
① Electro Chuck Master
SINE BAR
CHUCKS
② Terminal box
③ Electromagnetic chucks
connected
③
BLOCKS, HOLDERS,
MINI CHUCKS
TB-6PC
[Application]
HOLDING
When several electromagnetic chucks are connected and are
TOOLS
to be controlled together by one unit of the Chuck Master, a
terminal box is required that integrates wires from the chucks. [mm
(in)
]
No. of Dimensions
Terminal boxes for 2 circuits up to 10 circuits are available. Model Input Capacity
Outputs ₁ ₂ ₃
TOOL HOLDERS
W1
W2 TB- 2PD 2
MEASURING
INPUT
TB- 8PC 8 330
(12.9) 316(12.4) 300(11.8)
TB-10PC 10 380
(14.9) 366(14.4) 350(13.7)
120
120
110
90
N.P.
MAGNETIC
HOLDERS
Ground(*2)
E
4-φ5.5
175
OUT2
2
185
OUT1 OUT3
MAGNETIC
INPUT
1
Ground(*2)
Ground(*2)
100
OUT2 OUT4
TOOLS
E
69
OUT1
2
INPUT(*1)
〈 − 〉 〈 − 〉
1
※The number of OUT in the above figures varies according to the number of branches.
20
PERMANENT MAGNETIC CHUCKS
Model RMA SUPER POWERFUL PERMANENT MAGNETIC CHUCK FOR CUTTING
Usable for a wide range of applications from heavy duty cutting to heavy
duty grinding. Also suitable for certain small workpieces and thin
workpieces.
[Features]
●Super powerful permanent magnetic chucks developed by special design
for heavy duty cutting.
PERMANENT
handle is light and safe. The handle is detachable for space saving.
●Usable in wet conditions.
(N)
Single Stopper×n Single Stopper×m 12000
10000
B1
B2
Holding power
W
8000
6000
CHUCKS
VACUUM
Socket (Hex.)
ON-OFF handle (Ratchet type) RMA
L1 4000
RMT
28 Le
(P=4+11) (Conventional model)
2000
t
15
H
OFF
0
ON
RMA-3060A and RMA-4060A require two places 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5
12
L2
Gap (mm)
SYSTEM
PROMELTA*
RMA-1530A 150(5.90)
×300
(11.8) 300(11.8) 229(9.01) 296(11.6) 2 pcs 24kg/ 53 lb
150
(5.90) 146
(5.74) 115(4.52) 69
(2.71)
RMA-1545A 150(5.90)
×450
(17.7) 450(17.7) 379(14.9) 446(17.5) 3 pcs 36kg/ 79 lb
CHUCKS
SINE BAR
RMA-2050A 200(7.87)
×500
(19.6) 500(19.6) 424(16.6) 496(19.5) 2 pcs 4 pcs 56kg/123 lb
200
(7.87) 196
(7.71) 165(6.49)
RMA-2060A 200(7.87)
×600
(23.6) 600(23.6) 23(0.90) 529(20.8) 596(23.4) 5 pcs 68kg/150 lb
RMA-2550A 250(9.84)
×500
(19.6) 250
(9.84) 500(19.6) 424(16.6) 246
(9.68) 496(19.5) 215(8.46) 73
(2.87) 4 pcs 71kg/156 lb
RMA-3060A 300(11.8)
×600
(23.6) 300
(11.8) 296
(11.6) 265(10.4) 3 pcs 102kg/225 lb
600(23.6) 544(21.4) 596(23.4) 5 pcs
RMA-4060A 400(15.7)
×600
(23.6) 400
(15.7) 396
(15.5) 365(14.3) 4 pcs 136kg/299 lb
※The ratchet handle (with socket) is included.
MINI CHUCKS
BLOCKS, HOLDERS,
B1
20 80 80 20
28 Le(P=4+11) cutting.
●A drop in magnetic force due to air gaps is
80 5 L1 (13)
80
minimal to make this type suitable for cutting of
OFF
0
mill scale steel.
●The tilting angle can be set as desired in a
ON
163
RMA-1545U
H1
H2
E
120
HOLDERS
MAGNETIC
120 120
L2 ●A 200-mm wide type is also available.
[mm
(in)
]
Work Face Length Height Handle Hole
Model Nominal Size Mass
₁ ₁ ₁ ₂ ₂
150(5.90)
×300
(11.8) 300
(11.8) 229
(9.01) 552
(21.7) 66kg/ 145 lb
TOOLS
MAGNETIC
RMA-1530U Hex. 8
150(5.90)
RMA-1545U 150(5.90)
×450
(17.7) 450
(17.7) 379
(14.9) 702(27.6) (0.31) 79kg/ 174 lb
112
(4.40) 177(6.96)
RMA-2050U 200(7.87)
×500
(19.6) 500
(19.6) 424
(16.6) 752(29.6) Hex.10 108kg/ 238 lb
200(7.87)
RMA-2060U 200(7.87)
×600
(23.6) 600
(23.6) 529
(20.8) 852(33.5) (0.39) 125kg/ 275 lb
※The ratchet handle (with socket) is included.
※The scaled ring can be used to set an angle roughly. When it is necessary to set the angle accurately, use a sine bar or other suitable device. Note
An example of machining
21 that when it is tilted forward, the ON-OFF operation will become difficult.
RMA / RMA-U / RMA-C / RMA-V / RMAW
Model RMA-C POWERFUL ROUND PERMANENT MAGNETIC CHUCK
[Application]
ELECTROMAGNETIC
Strong holding power for various cutting applications.
[Features]
●The magnetic force adjust feature ensures efficient positioning of workpieces for
■R e l a t i o n b e t w e e n Holding power(%)
CHUCK
100
handle turning angle
and holding power
50
RMA-C20
71 (in the center of the attractive face) 0
0 60 120 180 240 300 360 420 480
23 4−d OFF← Handle turning angle →ON
PERMANENT
[mm(in)
]
Work Face Mounting Face
4 Model Nominal Size Mass
Le(P=4+11)
₁ ₂
φD2
Dp
RMA-C20 200(7.87) 200
(7.87)139(5.47) 160
(6.29) 180
(7.08) 17kg/ 37.4 lb
RMA-C25 250(9.84) 250
(9.84)184(7.24) 200
(7.87) 224
(8.81) 27kg/ 59.5 lb
RMA-C32 315(12.4) 315
(12.4)244(9.60) 250
(9.84) 280
(11.0) M10
(0.39) 43kg/ 94.8 lb
PERMANENT
RMA-C40 400(15.7) 400
(15.7)319(12.5) 315
(12.4) 355
(13.9) 69kg/ 152 lb
※The ratchet handle (with socket) is included.
Model RMA-V VICE CLAMP TYPE PERMANENT MAGNETIC CHUCK FOR CUTTING
BLOCKS
FOR MC
[Application]
Heavy duty application Strong holding power for various cutting applications.
[Features]
●Direct clamping in a vice by use of a block for easy
VACUUM
CHUCKS
removal of the chuck.
●By securing a workpiece overhanging, 5 faces can be
machined in one chucking.
●The setup work is done more efficiently than when
setting a workpiece in a vice.
PROMELTA*
Single stopper
SYSTEM
Grip
RMA-V1530
W1
W2
A
SINE BAR
CHUCKS
[mm(in)
]
ON-OFF handle (Ratchet type)
L1
Dimensions Holding Le(P=4+11)
Model Mass
₁ ₁ ₂ ₂ Power
(99)
69
BLOCKS, HOLDERS,
B
※The ratchet handle (with socket) is included. ※For higher accuracy, the work face needs to be re-ground. (30) L2 (30)
MINI CHUCKS
Model RMAW FINE PITCH POWERFUL RECTANGULAR PERMANENT MAGNETIC CHUCK
A new construction and finer pole pitch to generate
Back stopper 27.5 60 60 27.5
(1 face)
HOLDING
strongest holding power on small workpieces!
27.5
TOOLS
50
B
[Application]
27.5
Suitable for grinding small and thin workpieces. Side stopper (1 face)
[Features]
L1
TOOL HOLDERS
●Holding performance greater than conventional models on hardened parts around molds. 8
H
L2
to sup p ly
magnetic materials Center ‒ thickness
Center ‒ holding power (□25: S15C test piece)
(□50 × t25:SKH2, HRC60 hardened test piece)
600 -RMAW-1018
-RMWH-X1018
Holding power (N)
500
MAGNETIC
900 400
850 ■ RMT-1018
[mm(in)
]
TOOLS
300
800
Dimensions 750
200
Model Mass 700 100
₁ ₂
650
RMAW-1018 105(4.13)175(6.88)134(5.27) 50(1.96) 191(7.51) 10(0.39) 7kg/15.4 lb 600 0 1 2 3
22
※As for the handle, a hex wrench key is included. 550 Thickness (mm)
PERMANENT MAGNETIC CHUCKS
Model RMT POWERFUL RECTANGULAR PERMANENT MAGNETIC CHUCK
[Application] [Features]
CHUCKS
ELECTROMAGNETIC CHUCK
Powerful permanent magnetic chucks ●Light weight and thin, yet robust construction. Highly precise
for a wide range of applications from chucks minimizing influence of handle operation on accuracy.
heavy duty grinding to light duty ●Usable for a wide range of workpieces, from thick to thin.
cutting. Usable in liquid also.
Special sizes available.
CONTROLLERS MAGNETIC CHUCKS ELECTROMAGNETIC CHUCKS
[mm
(in)
]
Handle
Work Face Pole Pitch Mounting Face Height
Model Nominal Size Hole Mass
RMT-2035
₁ ₂
RMT-1018 100(3.93)×175(6.89) 175(6.89)137(5.39) 195(7.67) 7kg/ 15 lb
Back stopper
RMT-1025 100(3.93)×250(9.84) 100(3.93)250(9.84)210(8.26) 100(3.93)270(10.6) 9.5kg/ 21 lb
PERMANENT
(1 face)
Side stopper RMT-1030 100(3.93)×300(11.8) 300(11.8)253(9.96) 320(12.6) 11.5kg/ 25 lb
(1 face)
RMT-1325 125(4.92)×250(9.84)125(4.92)250(9.84)210(8.26) 125(4.92)270(10.6) 12kg/ 26 lb
RMT-1515 150(5.90)×150(5.90) 150(5.90)108(4.25) 170(6.69) 8.5kg/ 18 lb
RMT-1530 150(5.90)×300(11.8) 300(11.8)253(9.96) 320(12.6) 17kg/ 37 lb
150
(5.90) 150(5.90)
RMT-1535 150(5.90)×350(13.7) 350(13.7)296(11.6) 370(14.5) 20kg/ 44 lb
14.5 50
RMT-1545 150(5.90)×450(17.7) 450(17.7)354(13.9) 470(18.5) 25kg/ 55 lb
PERMANENT
(1.5+3.2+ 15 (1.96)Hex. 8
RMT-2035 200(7.87)×350(13.7) 350(13.7)296(11.6) 370(14.5) 26kg/ 57 lb
1.5+8.3) (0.59) (0.31)
RMT-2040 200(7.87)×400(15.7) 400(15.7)354(13.9) (0.57) 420(16.5) 30kg/ 66 lb
RMT-2045 200(7.87)×450(17.7) 200(7.87)450(17.7)398(15.6) 200(7.87)470(18.5) 33kg/ 73 lb
Le RMT-2050 200(7.87)×500(19.6) 500(19.6)441(17.3) 520(20.4) 37kg/ 82 lb
L1 RMT-2060 200(7.87)×600(23.6) 600(23.6)543(21.3) 620(24.4) 45kg/ 99 lb
L2 RMT-2525 250(9.84)×250(9.84) 250(9.84)209(8.22) 270(10.6) 23kg/ 51 lb
P 250
(9.84) 250(9.84)
RMT-2530 250(9.84)×300(11.8) 300(11.8)253(9.96) 320(12.6) 28kg/ 62 lb
FOR MC
BLOCKS
OFF ON
※ As for the handle, a hex wrench key is included with Models up to RMT-1515, and a dedicated handle is included with Models RMT-1530
h
Back stopper
[Application]
Suitable for angle grinding on grinders. The strong
holding power enables angle grinding of various
B1
B2
G
workpieces regardless of whether they are thin, small
SYSTEM
PROMELTA*
or thick.
P L1
[Features] Le
●The rotary shaft with scale facilitates angle
setting. (An angle can be set as desired between
90°forward and 90°backward)
H1
H2
h1
RMT-1325U
h2
2
1
L2
[mm
(in)
]
Work Face Pole Pitch Tilt Base Length Height Handle Hole
Model Nominal Size Mass
₁ ₁ ₁ ₂ ℓ₁ ℓ2 ₁ ₂ ₂
MINI CHUCKS
BLOCKS, HOLDERS,
66 70 40 24 55 10
RMT- 713U 70
(2.75)
×130
(5.11) 70(2.75) 130(5.11) 91(3.58) 225
(8.85) 101
(3.97) 8kg/ 17 lb
(2.59) (2.75) (1.57) (0.94) (2.16) (0.39)
RMT-1018U 100
(3.93)
×175
(6.89) 175(6.89) 137(5.39) 290
(11.4) 20kg/ 44 lb
14.5 80
RMT-1025U 100
(3.93)
×250
(9.84) 100(3.93) 250(9.84) 210(8.26) 365
(14.3) 136
(5.35) 25kg/ 55 lb
(1.5+3.2+ 14 (3.15) Hex. 8
RMT-1030U 100
(3.93)
×300
(11.8) 300(11.8) 253(9.96) 415
(16.3) 29kg/ 64 lb
86 1.5+8.3) 100 50 29 (0.55) 15 (0.31)
RMT-1325U 125
(4.92)
×250
(9.84) 125(4.92)250(9.84) 210(8.26) 365
(14.3) 29kg/ 64 lb
(3.38) (0.57) (3.93) (1.96) (1.14) (0.59)
RMT-1530U 150
(5.90)
×300
(11.8) 300(11.8) 253(9.96) 95 415
(16.3) 37kg/ 82 lb
TOOLS
HOLDING
151
(5.94)
RMT-1535U 150
(5.90)
×350
(13.7) 150(5.90) 350(13.7) 296(11.6) (3.74) 465
(18.3) 40kg/ 88 lb
RMT-1545U 150
(5.90)
×450
(17.7) 450(17.7) 398(15.6) 565
(22.2) 49kg/108 lb
※As for the handle, a hex wrench key is included. ※Larger sizes are available also. ※The scaled ring can be used to set an angle roughly. When it is necessary to set the angle accurately, use a sine
bar or other suitable device. Note that when it is tilted forward, the ON-OFF operation will become difficult.
Light duty cutting Most suitable for holding thin Side stopper
[Features] P
●Direct clamping in a vice by use
L1
Le
of a block for easy removal of
12
RMT-V1018
the chuck.
H
Nameplate
15
8
h
Clamp block
L2 B2
TOOLS
MAGNETIC
[mm
(in)
]
Dimensions
Model Mass
₁ ₁ ₂ ₂
RMT-V1018 100(3.93) 175(6.89) 136.7
(5.38) 14.5 120(4.72) 8.4kg/18 lb
53 50 30
RMT-V1325 125(4.92) 250(9.84) 209.2
(8.23)(1.5+3.2+1.5+8.3) 140(5.51) 13.5kg/30 lb
(2.08)
(1.96) (1.18)
RMT-V1515 150(5.90) 150(5.90) 107.7
(4.24) (0.57) 95(3.74) 9.5kg/21 lb
23 ※As for the handle, a hex wrench key is included. ※For higher accuracy, the work face needs to be re-ground.
RMT / RMT-U / RMT-V / RMWH / RMWH-X / RMWH-A-H
Model RMWH RECTANGULAR PERMANENT MAGNETIC MICROPITCH CHUCK
[Application]
ELECTROMAGNETIC
Suitable for grinding thin, thick and small workpieces.
[Features]
CHUCK
L1
Le allows the handle to be detached when it is not used.
P ●A micropitch type having very fine pole-to-pole pitches. This
design provides effective holding power not only on thick
t
B
H
workpieces but also on thin and small workpieces.
PERMANENT
L2 ●Drip-proof specification.
E
View Z
Z
[mm(in)
]
Work Face Pole Pitch Mounting Face Height Handle Hole
Model Nominal Size Mass
₁ ₂
RMWH- 713C 75
(2.95)
×130(5.11) 75(2.95) 130(5.11) 103(4.05) 75
(2.95) 146
(5.74) 3.8kg/ 8 lb
RMWH-1018C 105(4.13)
×175(6.89) 175(6.89) 142(5.59) 191
(7.52) 7kg/ 15 lb
PERMANENT
RMWH-1025C 105(4.13)
×250(9.84) 105(4.13) 250(9.84) 208(8.18) 105
(4.13) 266
(10.4) 9.5kg/ 20 lb
RMWH-1030C 105(4.13)
×300(11.8) 300(11.8) 256(10.0) 316
(12.4) 11.5kg/ 25 lb
RMWH-1325C 130(5.11)
×250(9.84) 130(5.11) 250(9.84) 208(8.18) 130
(5.11) 266
(10.4) 12kg/ 26 lb
10 45
RMWH-1515C 150(5.90)
×150(5.90) 150(5.90) 118(4.64) 166
(6.53) 8.5kg/ 18 lb
BLOCKS
FOR MC
(0.39) (1.77)
RMWH-1530C 150(5.90)
×300(11.8) 300(11.8) 256(10.0) 316
(12.4) 16.5kg/ 36 lb
150(5.90) 150
(5.90)
RMWH-1535C 150(5.90)
×350(13.7) 350(13.7) 298(11.7) 366
(14.4) 19kg/ 41 lb
18 3
(1+2) 8
RMWH-1545C 150(5.90)
×450(17.7) 450(17.7) 394(15.5) 466
(18.3) 24.5kg/ 53 lb
(0.70) (0.11) (0.31)
RMWH-2035C 200(7.87)
×350(13.7) 350(13.7) 298(11.7) 366
(14.4) 26kg/ 57 lb
RMWH-2040C 200(7.87)
×400(15.7) 400(15.7) 346(13.6) 416
(16.3) 29.5kg/ 64 lb
200(7.87) 200
(7.87)
VACUUM
CHUCKS
RMWH-2050C 200(7.87)
×500(19.6) 500(19.6) 442(17.4) 516
(20.3) 14 50 40kg/ 88 lb
RMWH-2060C 200(7.87)
×600(23.6) 600(23.6) 541(21.3) (24.2) (0.55) (1.97)
616 48kg/105 lb
RMWH-2525C 250(9.84)
×250(9.84) 250(9.84) 208(8.18) 266
(10.4) 10 45 24kg/ 52 lb
250(9.84) 250
(9.84)
RMWH-2530C 250(9.84)
×300(11.8) 300(11.8) 256(10.0) (12.4) (0.39) (1.77)
316 28kg/ 61 lb
RMWH-3050C 300(11.8)
×500(19.6) 500(19.6) 442(17.4) 516
(20.3) 14 50 60kg/132 lb
300(11.8) 300
(11.8)
300(11.8)
×600(23.6) 600(23.6) 541(21.3) (24.2) (0.55) (1.97)
616 72kg/158 lb
PROMELTA*
RMWH-3060C
※As for the handle, a hex wrench key is included. ※寸法図はRMWH形を参照願います。
SYSTEM
Model RMWH-X RECTANGULAR PERMANENT MAGNETIC SUPER MICROPITCH CHUCK
[Application]
SINE BAR
CHUCKS
Suitable for grinding thin workpieces. Usable for electric discharge machining also.
[Features]
●Super micropitch of 1.2 (0.2 +1).
●Thin sheet holding performance superior to that of Model RMWH-A-H and Model
RMWH-C.
BLOCKS, HOLDERS,
MINI CHUCKS
RMWH-X713
[mm(in)
]
Work Face Pole Pitch Mounting Face Height Handle Hole
Model Nominal Size Mass
₁ ₂
RMWH-X 713 75
(2.95)
×130
(5.11) 75
(2.95) 130(5.11) 102.2(4.02) 75(2.95) 146(5.74) 3kg/6.61 lb
HOLDING
RMWH-X1018 105
(4.13)
×175(6.89) 105(4.13) 175(6.89) 144.2(5.67) 105(4.13) 191(7.52) 5.5kg/12.1 lb
TOOLS
RMWH-X1325 130
(5.11)
×250(9.84) 130(5.11) 250(9.84) 209 (8.22) 18
(0.70) 0.2+1
(0.04) 130(5.11) 266(10.4) 10
(0.39) 40
(40.0) 8(0.31) 10kg/22.0 lb
RMWH-X1515 150
(5.90)
×150(5.90) 150(5.90) 117.8(4.63) 166(6.53) 7kg/15.4 lb
150(5.90) 150(5.90)
RMWH-X1530 150
(5.90)
×300(11.8) 300(11.8) 257 (10.1) 316(12.4) 14kg/30.8 lb
※As for the handle, a hex wrench key is included. ※寸法図はRMWH形を参照願います。
TOOL HOLDERS
[Application]
These chucks can be used for a wide range of applications such as securing very small
workpieces and securing workpieces during grinding and electric discharge machining.
They can be used in liquid also.
MAGNETIC
HOLDERS
[Features]
●Compared with Model RMWH-C, these chucks are capable of holding thinner and
smaller workpieces.
RMWH-1018A-H
[mm(in)
]
MAGNETIC
RMWH-1018A-H 105
(4.13)
×175(6.89) 105(4.13) 175
(6.89) 143
(5.63) 105(4.13) 191
(7.52) 6.5kg/14 lb
RMWH-1325A-H 130
(5.11)
×250(9.84) 130(5.11) 250
(9.84) 209(8.22) 1.5
(0.5+1) 130(5.11) 266
(10.4) 11kg/24 lb
18(0.70) 10(0.39) 40
(1.57) Hex. 8
(0.31)
RMWH-1530A-H 150
(5.90)
×300(11.8) 150(5.90) 300(11.8) 257(10.1) (0.05) 150(5.90) 316
(12.4) 14.5kg/31 lb
RMWH-2035A-H 200
(7.87) ×350(13.7) 200(7.87) 350(13.7) 299(11.7) 200(7.87) 366
(14.4) 22kg/48 lb
※As for the handle, a hex wrench key is included. ※寸法図はRMWH形を参照願います。
24
PERMANENT MAGNETIC CHUCKS
Model RMWH-2F DOUBLE-FACE HOLDING PERMANENT MAGNETIC CHUCK
[Application]
CHUCKS
ELECTROMAGNETIC CHUCK
B
●A micro pole-to-pole pitch on the chuck work
CONTROLLERS MAGNETIC CHUCKS ELECTROMAGNETIC CHUCKS
t1
RMWH-2F1530B
turned on and off. Thus, no mechanical
Both sides are magnetic.
H
PERMANENT
t2
L ●The changeover handle is of side insert type
E E
Mounting face Work face and can be kept detached when it is not used
Face
changeover changeover after ON/OFF operation.
[mm
(in)
]
PERMANENT
Work Face Face Plate Pole Mounting Face Mounting Face Pole Height Handle Hole
Model Nominal Size Mass
e₁ ₁ ₁ e2 2 2
[Application]
Suitable for securing workpieces for high speed and
20mm light duty grinding. (To use these chucks in liquid or
in wet conditions, use machining fluid of rust-
CHUCKS
VACUUM
B
B1
150
(5.90)× 150 200 130 117 220 150 4.5kg/
H
h
RTH-1515A
150
(5.90) (5.90)(7.87)(5.11)(4.60) (8.66)(5.90) 9.9 lb
L2
※As for the handle, a hex wrench key is included.
●The permanent magnetic chucks that do not require electricity can be mounted
Drive
easily without troublesome wiring. They also contribute to energy saving.
shaft ●Usable in wet conditions.
※RMC-X20B and RMC-X30B have the
drive shaft in a place off the center ●Model RMC-X-B chucks are equipped with a magnetic force adjust function.(The
RMC-X40
ON-OFF operating angle is about 630 degrees and the magnetic force is
HOLDERS
MAGNETIC
Standard Mag. force adjust ₁ ₂ No. of poles“ ” ₃ Standard Mag. force adjust Standard Mag. force adjust
P.C.D.DP
φD 3
ELECTROMAGNETIC
H H
B is magnetic t
E
4-d t 4-d
Permanent magnetic chucks using a high-performance
force adjust type. magnet for grinding operations on rotary grinders,
D2
D2
●The“B”type can be used in such a way that it first
D1
Le
Dp
Dp
D1
Le
holds a workpiece by a weak magnetic force and after
E
K K
finely adjusting its holding position, it is changed to a
CHUCK
strong magnetic force to secure the workpiece firmly.
P
P
(Fig. 1) (Fig. 2) ●Can be used for both grinding and cutting operations.
●Work well on thin workpieces to thick workpieces.
●Highly precise chucks with little accuracy change.
PERMANENT
RMC-32
<An example of machining on lathe>
[mm(in)
]
PERMANENT
Face Plate Height Handle Hole
Model Figure Work Face Pole Pitch Mounting Face Mass
Nominal Thickness
Size
Mag. force Mag. force Mag. force Mag. force Mag. force
Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard
adjust adjust adjust adjust adjust
BLOCKS
FOR MC
125 125 88 100 112 M 6 4.5kg/ 6kg/
RMC-13 RMC-13B
(4.92)(4.92)(3.46) (3.93) (4.40)(0.23) 9.92 lb 13.2 lb
160 160 118 125 140 7.5kg/ 9kg/
RMC-16 RMC-16B
(6.29)(6.29)(4.64) (4.92) (5.5) M 8 □8 16.5 lb 19.8 lb
200 200 149 15.2 160 180 (0.31) (0.31) 12kg/ 15kg/
(7.87)(7.87)(5.86) (1.5+9+1.5+3.2) (6.29) 4 (7.08)
RMC-20 RMC-20B
24 55 65 Hex. 8 26.4 lb 33 lb
1 2 0.59
250 250 194 (0.05+0.35+ 200 (0.15) 224 (0.94) (2.16) (2.55) (0.31) 20kg/ 23kg/
RMC-25 RMC-25B
VACUUM
CHUCKS
(9.84)(9.84)(7.63) 0.05+0.12) (7.87) (8.81) 44 lb 50.7 lb
315 315 255 250 280 M10 29kg/ 35kg/
RMC-32 RMC-32B
(12.4)(12.4)(10.0) (9.84) (11.0)(0.39) □10 63.9 lb 77.1 lb
400 400 331 315 355 (0.39) 47kg/ 62kg/
RMC-40 RMC-40B
(15.7)(15.7)(13.0) (12.4) (13.9) 103 lb 138 lb
※ As for the handle, a hex wrench key is included with Models RMC-13 to 20, and a dedicated handle is included with Models RMC-25 and above.
PROMELTA*
Model RMCB ROUND PERMANENT MAGNETIC CHUCK WITH TAPPED HOLE IN CENTER OF FACE PLATE
SYSTEM
Round permanent magnetic chucks with a
tapped hole for easy mounting of various
SINE BAR
jigs/fixtures introduced!
CHUCKS
[Application] [Features]
Permanent magnetic chucks to hold workpieces ●Two types; standard type and magnetic force adjust
during grinding operations on rotary grinders, type are available.
BLOCKS, HOLDERS,
cylindrical grinders, internal grinders and cutting ●As a standard feature, a tapped hole is provided in the
MINI CHUCKS
operations on lathes. center of the attractive face. This facilitates mounting
H H of jigs/fixtures for workpiece alignment.
t t E
※The tapped hole in the center is allowed to be M10
RMCB-32B 4-d2 4-d2
max. for the chuck size φ160 and M12 max. for φ
200 or over. (For the φ125 size only, a tapped hole
HOLDING
must not be worked on.)
TOOLS
●There is a 9-mm additional work allowance from the
D2
Dp
D2
Dp
D1
Le
Le
d1 d1
E
according to jigs/fixtures.
●The permanent magnetic chucks that do not require
TOOL HOLDERS
K K
P
250 250 194 0.59 200 (0.15) 224 (1.14) (2.36) (2.75) (0.31) 21kg/ 25kg/
RMCB-25 RMCB-25B (0.31)
(7.63)(0.05+0.35 (7.87)
(9.84)(9.84) (8.81) Depth12 46.3 lb 55.1 lb
255 +0.05+0.12) 250
TOOLS
P
Suitable for grinding a wide range of workpieces, small and large, thin and
thick on grinders. Since these chucks are thin, they can be used in a wide
De
range of applications including securing workpieces temporarily.
[Features]
●Thin; 43 mm to 60 mm.
CONTROLLERS MAGNETIC CHUCKS ELECTROMAGNETIC CHUCKS
●Micro pole pitch; can be used with any sizes of workpieces, small and large
30° and thin and thick.
Le
D1
●The handle is a hex wrench key. It can be operated lightly. A half turn turns
t on and off the magnetic force.
H
●The changeover handle can be set at an angle to generate a weak magnetic
K
E
RMCW-50B n-d
PERMANENT
RMCW- 6C 60
(2.36) 60
(2.36) 51
(2.00) 38(1.49) 2.5(0.5+2) 30(1.18) 44 ※1
(1.73) 2(0.07) 1kg/ 2 lb
80
(3.14) 80
(3.14) 71
(2.79) 53(2.08) (0.09) 40(1.57) 60 ※1
(2.36) 3(0.11) 1.6kg/ 3 lb
PERMANENT
RMCW- 8C
M 6
(0.23)
RMCW-10B 100
(3.93) 100
(3.93) 90
(3.54) 64(2.55) 60(2.36) 76
(2.99) 2.5kg/ 6 lb
RMCW-13B 125
(4.92) 125
(4.92) 99
(3.89) 67(2.63) 80(3.15) 2(0.07) 112(4.40) 43
(1.69) 3kg/ 9 lb
RMCW-16B 160
(6.29) 160
(6.29) 134(5.27) 88(3.46) 125(4.92) 140(5.51) 18
(0.70) 6.5kg/ 14 lb
M 8
(0.31) Hex. 8
RMCW-20B 200
(7.87) 200
(7.87) 172(6.77) 121(4.76) 160(6.29) 180(7.08) 10kg/ 22 lb
3(1+2) (0.31)
RMCW-25B 250
(9.84) 250
(9.84) 220(8.66) 184(7.24) 200(7.87) 224(8.81) 4(0.15) 15kg/ 33 lb
(0.12)
RMCW-30B 300
(11.8) 300
(11.8) 272(10.7) 220(8.66) 230(9.05) 260(10.2) M10(0.39) 25kg/ 56 lb
45
(1.77)
FOR MC
BLOCKS
RMCW-40B 400
(15.7) 400
(15.7) 370(14.5) 319(12.5) 315(12.4) 355(13.9) 45kg/ 99 lb
3(0.11)
RMCW-50B 500
(19.6) 500
(19.6) 466(18.3) 358(14.1) 350(13.7) 400(15.7) 90kg/198 lb
M12(0.47) 25
(0.98) 60
(2.36)
RMCW-60B 600
(23.6) 600
(23.6) 566(22.2) 457(18.0) 450(17.7) 500(19.6) 115kg/253 lb
※1…For the location of mounting holes of 6C, 8C and 10B, please contact us. ※As for the handle, a hex wrench key is included.
L1 t1
Le t 2 20
An example of mounting P Changeover handle hole
E
SYSTEM
PROMELTA*
B
H
h
27 (Mounting hole) 14 (Mounting hole)
[Application] L Right/Left T 2
These chucks are suitable for applications where when securing a workpiece on the table of a machine,
it needs to be held vertically due to its shape or it needs to be secured from sides additionally when it
CHUCKS
SINE BAR
Work Face Pole Pitch Mounting Face Thickness Height Handle Hole
Model Nominal Size Mass
₁ ₂ ₁ ₂
SKM-1018 100
(3.93)
×175
(6.89) 100(3.93) 175(6.89) 137(5.39) 145
(5.70) 130
(5.11) 13kg/28 lb
14.5
(1.5+3.2+1.5+8.3) 130 70 50 20 Hex. 8
SKM-1325 125
(4.92)
×250
(9.84) 125(4.92) 250(9.84) 209(8.22) 0.57 210
(8.26) 160
(6.29) 22kg/48 lb
(5.11) (2.75) (1.96) (0.78) (0.31)
SKM-1530 150
(5.90)
×300
(11.8) 150(5.90) 300(11.8) 253(9.96) (0.05+0.12+0.05+0.32) 260
(10.2) 180
(7.08) 30kg/66 lb
※One set of stoppers is included. As for the handle, a hex wrench key is included.
TOOLS
HOLDING
L
A new powerful model added to
permanent magnetic chucks forsecuring
TOOL HOLDERS
MEASURING
16 12
[Features]
23 d
SKAW-1018 ●Compared with Model SKM, this model can hold smaller and
thinner (3 mm) workpieces.
The standard material of the angle plate is SS400, but it ●The rigid construction facilitates maintenance such as
TOOLS
MAGNETIC
may be made of SKD-11 (HRC60). recovering the original accuracy. [mm (in)]
Work Face Pole Pitch Thickness Height Mounting Face Handle Hole
Model Nominal Size Mass
SKAW-1018 105(4.13)
×175
(6.89) 105
(4.13) 175
(6.89) 134(5.27) 2+4
(0.07+0.15) 75
(2.95) 135
(5.31) 23
(0.90) 12
(0.47) Hex. 8
(0.31) 14kg/30 lb
27 ※One set of stoppers is included. As for the handle, a hex wrench key is included.
RMCW / SKM / SKAW / RMT-ED / RMWH-ED / RMC-ED
Model RMT-ED RECTANGULAR PERMANENT MAGNETIC CHUCK WITH JET HOLE
[Application]
ELECTROMAGNETIC
Suitable for securing workpieces during electric
discharge machining.
B
●Can be used in liquid.
●With extra powerful holding, these chucks are suitable
for applications that require strong holding power.
●A jet hole is provided for jet-stream machining. Le
●The bottom face is made flat to allow providing tapped
CHUCK
L1
L2
holes for clamp fixtures.
P φ5
●Counter boring around the jet hole on the attractive
face is possible.
H
●The water-tightness performance has been improved
PERMANENT
RMT-ED2525 over the standard type. E
PT 1/4 thread, depth 12
[mm
(in)
]
Work Face Pole Pitch Mounting Face Height Handle Hole
Model Nominal Size Mass
₁ ₂
RMT-ED2020 200
(7.87)
×200(7.87) 200(7.87) 200
(7.87) 149
(5.86) 15.2
(1.5+9+1.5+3.2) 200
(7.87) 220(8.66) Hex. 8 16kg/35 lb
15
(0.59) 55
(2.16)
RMT-ED2525 250
(9.84)
×250(9.84) 250(9.84) 250
(9.84) 210
(8.26) (0.59) 250
(9.84) 270(10.6) (0.31) 25kg/55 lb
PERMANENT
※As for the handle, a hex wrench key is included. ※An electromagnetic type (special specification) is also available.
Model RMWH-ED RECTANGULAR PERMANENT MAGNETIC CHUCK FOR ELECTRIC DISCHARGE MACHINING
BLOCKS
FOR MC
[Application]
Suitable for securing workpieces during
electric discharge machining.
[Features]
●Can be used in liquid.
VACUUM
CHUCKS
B
An example of usage Le
PROMELTA*
L1
L2
SYSTEM
P
H
h
E
[mm
(in)
]
SINE BAR
CHUCKS
Work Face Pole Pitch Mounting Face Height Handle Hole
Model Nominal Size Mass
BLOCKS, HOLDERS,
RMWH-ED2020 200(7.87)×200(7.87)200(7.87)200(7.87)160(6.29) (1+2) (8.50)(0.39)(1.57)
200(7.87)216 Hex. 8 13kg/ 28.6 lb
RMWH-ED2040 200(7.87)×400(15.7)200(7.87)400(15.7)346(13.3) 0.11 200(7.87)416
(16.3) (0.31) 25kg/ 55.1 lb
MINI CHUCKS
(0.03+0.07)
RMWH-ED2525 250(9.84)×250(9.84)250(9.84)250(9.84)208(8.18) 250(9.84)266
(10.4) 20kg/ 44.0 lb
RMWH-ED3050 300(11.8)×500(19.6)300(11.8)500(19.6)442(17.4) 300(11.8)516
(20.3) 14 45 53kg/116.8 lb An image of usage on electric
RMWH-ED3060 300(11.8)×600(23.6)300(11.8)600(23.6)541(21.2) (24.2)(0.55)(1.77)
300(11.8)616 63kg/138.8 lb discharge machine
※As for the handle, a hex wrench key is included.
Model RMC-ED ROUND PERMANENT MAGNETIC CHUCK WITH JET HOLE HOLDING
TOOLS
[Application]
Suitable for securing workpieces during electric discharge
TOOL HOLDERS
machining.
MEASURING
[Features]
●Can be used in liquid.
●With extra powerful holding, these chucks are suitable for
MAGNETIC
Le
●The bottom face is made flat to allow providing tapped holes for
t
clamp fixtures.
H
RMC-ED20
[mm(in)
]
Work Face Pole Pitch Face Plate Thickness Height Handle Hole
TOOLS
RMC-ED16 160
(6.29) 160(6.29) 118(4.64) 15.2
(1.5+9+1.5+3.2) Hex. 8 8.5kg/18 lb
29
(1.14) 60
(2.36)
RMC-ED20 200
(7.87) 200(7.87) 149(5.86) 0.59
(0.05+0.35+0.05+0.12) (0.31) 14kg/31 lb
※As for the handle, a hex wrench key is included.
28
PERMANENT MAGNETIC CHUCKS
Model CMR NON-CHANGEABLE PERMANENT MAGNETIC CHUCK FOR CEMENTED CARBIDE
[Application]
CHUCKS
ELECTROMAGNETIC CHUCK
P
Be
B
PERMANENT
CMR-1018
L
15
FOR MC
BLOCKS
CMR-1010 100(3.93)
×100
(3.93) 100(3.93) 5
(2+3) 210N(21kgf) on 3 kg/ 6.6 lb
100
(3.93) 72
(2.83) 40
(1.57)
CMR-1018 100(3.93)
×180
(7.08) 180(7.08) 0.19
(0.07+0.11) □50×t25 carbide test piece 5.5kg/12.1 lb
CHUCKS
VACUUM
●The holding power has been increased 1.5 times max. from the conventional chucks.
●The separator part is made of stainless steel to enhance accuracy stability.
CMR-HW
●Works well on small and thin workpieces that cannot be held by conventional pitches.
●The holding power is 2 times max. (depending on materials) the conventional chucks.
MINI CHUCKS
BLOCKS, HOLDERS,
(kgf)6
5
4
3
2
1
TOOL HOLDERS
MEASURING
0
Side slip measuring CMR-1010 CMR-H0709 CMR-HW0709
direction (P=2+3) (P=3+3) (P=1+1)
(kgf)
25
15 CMR-H0709(P=3+3)
[mm
(in)
]
TOOLS
MAGNETIC
CMR-1010(P=2+3)
Model Nominal Size Height Pole Pitch Mass
10
CMR-H0709 30 6(3+3) 0.23
(0.11+0.11)
65
(2.55)
× 90
(3.54) 1.3kg/2.8 lb
CMR-HW0709 (1.18) 2(1+1) 0.07
(0.03+0.03)
5
CMR-H1215 6(3+3) 0.23
(0.11+0.11) CMR-HW0709(P=1+1)
33
120
(4.72)
×150
(5.90) 3.6kg/7.9 lb
CMR-HW1215 (1.29) 2(1+1) 0.07
(0.03+0.03) 0
0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 Gap(mm)
29
CMR / CMR-H / CMR-DL / YS
Model CMR-DL CHANGEABLE PERMANENT MAGNETIC CHUCK FOR CEMENTED CARBIDE
ELECTROMAGNETIC
Long-awaited compact type! [Application]
These chucks are designed for grinding workpieces of materials having
relatively weak magnetic properties such as cemented carbide on small
CHUCK
●Residual magnetism has been reduced by employing a unique
construction. (CMR-DL1319B)
●The effective attractive face area relative to the external dimensions has
been increased 30% over the conventional model. (CMR-DL0915B)
PERMANENT
〈CMR-DL0915B〉
CMR-DL0915B
85
Comparison of magnetic
poles with conventional model
Conventional
PERMANENT
145
(20) 105(P=3+3) (20)
BLOCKS
FOR MC
55
OFF ON
New type
8
(18)
VACUUM
CHUCKS
132
96
(18)
PROMELTA*
SYSTEM
(40.5) 135 (14.5)
190
62.5 105(P=3+3) 22.5
48
OFF ON
SINE BAR
CMR-DW1319
CHUCKS
8
[mm(in)
]
Model Nominal Size Height Pole Pitch Effective Pole Width Holding Power※ Handle Select Angle Mass Features
CMR-DL0915B 85
(3.34)
×145(5.70) 55
(2.16) 162N 4.5kg/9.92 lb Compact
6(3+3)0.23
(0.11+0.11) 105
(4.13) 90°
CMR-DL1319B 175N Standard
BLOCKS, HOLDERS,
CMR-DW1319 132(5.19)
×190
(7.48) 48
(1.89) 4(2+2)0.15
(0.07+0.07) 106(4.17) 190N 60° 9kg/19.8 lb Fine
CMR-DS1319 8(4+4)0.31
(0.15+0.15) 100(3.94) 200N 120° Powerful
MINI CHUCKS
The holding power is based on a test piece of □50 × t25 carbide (G5). ※As for the handle, a dedicated handle is included.
steel which cannot be held by magnetic chucks. They are held by a strong
MEASURING
YS-15A
MAGNETIC
[mm
(in)
]
Dimensions
TOOLS
Model Mass
Length Width Thickness
YS-10 100(3.93) 100g/0.22 lb×2
45(1.77) 4
(0.15)
YS-15A 150(5.90) 165g/0.36 lb×2
30
※For all models, two pieces make one set. Workpiece Magnetic chuck
PERMANENT ELECTROMAGNETIC CHUCKS
Model EP-Q PERMANENT ELECTROMAGNETIC CHUCK FOR CUTTING
A Line-up of products selectable according to machining methods and workpieces.
CHUCKS
ELECTROMAGNETIC CHUCK
■Considerable power saving and reduction in size of the Chuck Master by the renewed design.
■The detachable connector type is employed to respond to pallet changing.
■Electricity is used only when mounting and demounting workpieces. Workpieces can be held firmly in the event of power failure.
CONTROLLERS MAGNETIC CHUCKS ELECTROMAGNETIC CHUCKS
[Application]
Suitable for securing workpieces during cutting on milling machines and machining centers.
[Features] ●Magnetization and demagnetization in a very short time.
●The power cord is of detachable connector type for easy use. The ●Tapped holes on the attractive face can be used to install various blocks to
FOR MC
BLOCKS
connector cap is of waterproof type. hold workpieces by various methods according to machining operations.
●Can be used in wet machining operations. ●Straightening blocks are also available that are mounted on the chuck work
●The chuck is very thin, 70 mm in height, and light weight. face to hold workpieces by an induction field. These optional products are
●Less accuracy change and highly rigid construction. very useful for workpieces having irregular attractive faces that for example
●Considerable power saving compared with conventional products. have steps and distortion and for machining the bottom and side faces of
CHUCKS
VACUUM
(□70: 50% reduction, □50: 70% reduction) workpieces. (See ■Options on page 32.)
■EP-QN Series
Le Connector cable: 5 m
P L2 10
P
SYSTEM
PROMELTA*
We
W
W2
Power
saving Minimal
heat N -M
L
generation Environmentally
EP-QN7-50100A friendly
CHUCKS
SINE BAR
70
L1
[mm
(in)
]
Standard Work Face Pole Dimensions Mounting Face Tapped Hole on Attractive Face Applicable
Mass
Size Model No. of poles ₂ ₂ ₁ Chuck Master
3060A 300
(11.8) 610
(24.0) 252
(9.92) 570(22.4) 24 18
(0.70) 16(0.63) 630(24.8) 24(0.94) 90kg/198 lb
MINI CHUCKS
BLOCKS, HOLDERS,
■EP-QS Series P L2
Le
10
Connector cable: 5 m
P
TOOL HOLDERS
MEASURING
We
W
10
Power
saving Minimal
heat N -M
L
EP-QS5-3060A generation
Environmentally
70
friendly
HOLDERS
MAGNETIC
L1
[mm
(in)
]
Standard Work Face Pole Dimensions Mounting Face Tapped Hole on Attractive Face Applicable
Mass
Size Model No. of poles ₂ ₁ Chuck Master
3060A 300
(11.8) 610(24.0) 252(9.92) 570(22.4) 32 16
(0.55) 630
(24.8) 32
(1.26) 90kg/198 lb
EPS-P2100B
4080A 420
(16.5) 800
(31.5) 372(14.6) 760(29.9) 60 25
(0.98) 820
(32.2) 60
(2.36) 160kg/352 lb
TOOLS
MAGNETIC
EP-QS5 50
(1.96) 8(0.31)
50100A 500(19.6) 432(17.0) 84 84
(3.31) 230kg/507 lb
960
(37.8) 917(36.1) (1.02)
26 980
(38.5) EPS-P2100B-2
60100A 600(23.6) 552(21.7) 108 108
(4.25) 280kg/617 lb
3060A 300(11.8) 600
(23.6) 252(9.92) 562(22.1) 18 25
(0.98) 620
(24.4) 18
(0.70) 86kg/189 lb
EPS-P2100B
4080A 390(15.3) 800
(31.5) 332(13.0) 760(29.9) 32 24
(0.94) 820
(32.2) 32
(1.26) 150kg/330 lb
EP-QS7 (2.75)
70 10
(0.39)
50100A 470(18.5) 412(16.2) 50 50
(1.96) 220kg/485 lb
1000
(39.4) 960(37.8) (0.98)
25 1020
(40.1) EPS-P2100B-2
60100A 620(24.4) 572(22.5) 70 70
(2.75) 300kg/661 lb
31 ※Turning the permanent electromagnetic chucks on and off must be limited to once per several minutes. If on/off operations are repeated frequently, the chucks may be damaged by overheat.
EP-Q / EPS-P / KT-Q
■Model designation ■EP-Q type holding power characteristic
Chuck size 1. Relation between workpiece thickness and holding power
ELECTROMAGNETIC
CHUCK:E P - Q N 5 - 3 0 6 0 A Test piece held by 4 poles
(kN)
Holding power
20
<Ordering information>
15 □50type
●Sizes other than the standard sizes listed on page 31 are also available.
CHUCK
●The recommended maximum one-piece size is W1200 × L1500 mm. 10
For other larger sizes, please contact us. 5
●Round chucks are also available. Thickness(mm)
0
●When workpieces are hardened steel or special steel, they 0 10 20 30 40 50
may be difficult to demount due to strong residual magnetism.
PERMANENT
In these cases, Model EP-D (P. 34) is recommended. 2. Relation between gap and holding power
Holding on whole face.
■A guide for selection (kN) EP-QS7-4080A
Good holding conditions EP-QS5-4080A
General milling
such as plate machining. QN 200
EP-QN7-4080A
EP-QN5-4080A
Holding power
PERMANENT
Planomiller, horizontal M/C, use Poor holding conditions
of straightening blocks, etc. such as heavy duty cutting QS 150
BLOCKS
FOR MC
●The □70 size is superior in the absolute holding power and gap characteristic. 100
●The □50 size is recommended for relatively small and thin workpieces. (The plate
thickness of magnetic saturation is 20 to 25 mm for □50 and 30 to 35 mm for □70.) Gap(mm)
50
■Relation between chuck models and holding power 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5
VACUUM
CHUCKS
Powerful
PROMELTA*
QN5
ith T-slots
Model w
SYSTEM
■Holding power
□50 generates the max. holding power of 2.94 kN (300 kgf) or over per pole
and □70 generates 5.88 kN (600 kgf) or over per pole.
SINE BAR
CHUCKS
〈An example of calculation〉
Max. holding power on whole attractive face of EP-QS5-4080A ※For more information, EP-QX50-S
2.94kN×60(number of poles)
=176.4kN{18000kgf} please contact us.
BLOCKS, HOLDERS,
MINI CHUCKS
190
165
120 4−φ7 [mm
(in)
]
Model EPS-P2100B EPS-P2100B-2
Dimensions(W×H×D) 190(7.48)
×165(6.5)
×255(10.0)
EP CHUCK MASTER
HOLDING
MODEL EPS−P2100B
INPUT AC200V
Output capacity
TOOLS
OUTPUT 90V
AMP. 100A
10 VDC ‒ 90 VDC pulse 100 A
POWER MAG/DEM
4 5 6 4 5 6
Output switchover No switchover 2
255
280
300
3 7 3 7
1 sec. 3 sec.
0 10 0 10
MAG ADJ. DEM ADJ.
MAG DEM
Breaker capacity (ref.) 30A
MEASURING
KANETEC CO.,LTD. JAPAN
Mass 7.5kg
(16.5) 7.6kg(16.7)
EPS-P2100B-2 ※The power cable must be larger than 3.5 mm2 and less than 10 m.
disconnection.
MAGNETIC
[mm
(in)
]
Model
TOOLS
Type
□50
(1.96)×H28(1.10) □70
(2.75)×H37 (1.45)
KT-Q50 KT-Q70 Stationary
KT-Q50M KT-Q50M KT-Q70M Movable
※The H dimension is the standard height.
32
PERMANENT ELECTROMAGNETIC CHUCKS
Model EP-QD DEMAGNETIZING FUNCTION-EQUIPPED PERMANENT ELECTROMAGNETIC CHUCK FOR CUTTING
Weakness of checker board pattern type permanent
CHUCKS
ELECTROMAGNETIC CHUCK
Chuck controller
Connector
Environmentally Minimal L3 20 L3 cable: 5 m
friendly heat
required additionally
CONTROLLERS MAGNETIC CHUCKS ELECTROMAGNETIC CHUCKS
Side stopper
generation
We
W1
W
10
PERMANENT
P
P 10
N−M
L2
5
PERMANENT
85
20±1
L1
EP-QD7-3469
(Mounting size equivalent to 400 × 800)
Holding power ‒ thickness characteristic
[Application] (4-pole holding, SS400 ground surface)
Used for securing workpieces during cutting by milling machines, machining centers, etc.
FOR MC
BLOCKS
30
[Features]
25
●An optimum combination of KANETEC’s original magnetic pole construction and a
Holding power【kN】
construction dedicated to demagnetization has reduced residual holding power 20
significantly.
15
●Hardened steel and special steel workpieces having large residual magnetism can be EP-QD7
CHUCKS
VACUUM
[mm
(in)
]
Mounting Tapped Hole on
Work Face Pole Dimensions Electro Chuck
Model Mounting Size Face Height Attractive Face Mass
Master
₁ ₂ No.of Poles ₂ ₁
CHUCKS
SINE BAR
Model EP-QL SUPER POWERFUL PERMANENT ELECTROMAGNETIC CHUCK FOR LONG WORKPIECE
A permanent electromagnetic chuck specialized in securing
TOOLS
HOLDING
[Features]
●The employment of magnetic pole arrangement
B2
Be
B1
B
20
B2
B1
105 L1
attractive face.
●A magnet for side-face attraction may be mounted
(3)
EP-QL-24111A
●In place of a side-face attraction magnet, clamp
25
20 20
B L2 parts may be used.
[mm
(in)
]
TOOLS
MAGNETIC
※The chuck controller and clamp parts are not included. ※The KANETEC chucks work best when a KANETEC chuck controller is used.
※Turning the permanent electromagnetic chucks on and off must be limited to once per several minutes. If on/off operations are repeated frequently, the chucks may be damaged by overheat.
33
EP-QD / EP-QL / EP-QZ / EP-D
Model EP-QZ SUPER POWERFUL PERMANENT ELECTROMAGNETIC CHUCK FOR LONG WORKPIECE
Chuck controller [Features]
ELECTROMAGNETIC
Environmentally
friendly
required additionally ●The gap characteristic is superior to that of the current Model EP-QN/
QS. These chucks are suitable for workpieces that have poor flatness
CHUCK
●A type with a separator made of brass is also available.
EP-QZ8-1550A
An example of special fabrication
PERMANENT
[mm(in)
]
Model Max. Holding Power per Pole Pole Size No. of Poles Features Electro Chuck Master
EP-QZ8-15100A □75
(□2.95)
750kgf □75
(□2.95) 5 Single type EPS-P2100B
EP-QZW-30100A □50
(□1.96)
300kgf □75
(2.95)
+□50
(1.96) 10
(□75)
+14
(□50) Double type EPS-P2100B-2
※The chuck controller and clamp parts are not included. ※The KANETEC chucks work best when a KANETEC chuck controller is used.
※Turning the permanent electromagnetic chucks on and off must be limited to once per several minutes. If on/off operations are repeated frequently, the chucks may be damaged by overheat.
PERMANENT
Model EP-D DEMAGNETIZING FUNCTION-EQUIPPED PERMANENT ELECTROMAGNETIC CHUCK FOR CUTTING
Strong holding power and good release performance realized!
BLOCKS
FOR MC
Chuck controller [Application]
Environmentally Minimal Used for securing workpieces during cutting by milling machines,
friendly heat
required additionally
generation machining centers, etc.
[Features]
VACUUM
CHUCKS
●A coil dedicated to demagnetization has significantly improved the
workpiece release performance when the chuck is turned off.
●The magnetic pole arrangement to concentrate magnetism on the
workpiece provides strong holding power.
●Hardened steel and special steel workpieces having large residual
PROMELTA*
magnetism can be released quicker than the conventional chucks.
SYSTEM
●Electricity is used only when mounting and demounting workpieces,
thus minimal heat is generated and electricity is saved.
●Can be used in wet operations.
SINE BAR
CHUCKS
EP-D3060
[mm(in)
]
BLOCKS, HOLDERS,
Work Face Dimensions Mounting Face
Electro Chuck
W2
Model Mass
We
W1
W
Master
MINI CHUCKS
₁ ₂ ₁
304 618 264 558
EP-D 3060 240
(9.44) 232(9.13) 638(25.1) 110kg/242 lb
(11.9)(24.3)(10.3)(21.9)
EPS-D2100A
404 786 364 726 12 30
EP-D 4080 340
(13.3) 332(13.0) 806(31.7) 185kg/407 lb Le
(15.9)(30.9)(14.3)(28.5)
HOLDING
504 464 L
EP-D50100 440(17.3) 432(17.0) 305kg/672 lb
(19.8) 1038 (18.2) 978
TOOLS
1058
(41.6) EPS-D2100A-2
604 (40.8) 564 (38.5)
EP-D60100 240(9.44)×2 232
(9.13)
×2 365kg/804 lb
(23.7) (22.2)
85
※Turning the permanent electromagnetic chucks on and off must be limited to once per several minutes. If on/off operations are
20±1
L1
repeated frequently, the chucks may be damaged by overheat.
TOOL HOLDERS
MEASURING
EP-D EP-QS7
25 500
Holding power【KN】
20 400
15 300
MAGNETIC
10 200
TOOLS
5 100
0 0
SS400 S50C SUS420J2 SS400 S50C SUS420J2
34
PERMANENT ELECTROMAGNETIC CHUCKS
Model EP-DV POWERFUL PERMANENT ELECTROMAGNETIC CHUCK WITH VACUUM FUNCTION
generation
●The strong holding power makes these chucks
Suction port
Vacuum coupler (3/8 ) suitable for cutting of magnetic materials.
(2 places)
●Electricity is used only when mounting and
demounting workpieces, thus minimal heat is
B4
generated and electricity is saved.
PERMANENT
B1
B3
B2
dedicated to demagnetization, they have good
42
42
workpiece release performance when they are
EP-DV3060 L3 turned off.
L1 ●The vacuum chuck can be set to a desired area
by use of seal rubber according to workpieces.
Le
PERMANENT
P42(2+8+2+30)
※The chuck controller, vacuum system and clamp parts are not included. ※The KANETEC chucks work best when a KANETEC chuck controller is used.
※Turning the permanent electromagnetic chucks on and off must be limited to once per several minutes. If on/off operations are repeated frequently, the chucks may be damaged by overheat.
Model EP-DWM POWERFUL PERMANENT ELECTROMAGNETIC CHUCK FOR HEAVY DUTY CUTTING
Strong magnetic force & good release
SYSTEM
PROMELTA*
Chuck controller
required additionally
performance & high water-tightness!
[Application]
Suitable for such precision machining of relatively large load as heavy duty grinding
and cutting and for securing workpieces having steps such as linear motion guides.
CHUCKS
SINE BAR
[Features]
●Capable of holding relatively small workpieces, workpieces having a small
attractive area and concave workpieces.
●The addition of a construction dedicated to demagnetization has improved the
B
●Hardened steel and special steel workpieces having large residual magnetism
P=2+8+2+16
L1
can be released quickly.
Le ●Electricity is supplied momentarily for mounting and demounting workpieces,
Power
Environmentally saving Minimal thus minimal heat is generated and electricity is saved.
t
friendly heat ●The chucks can be used in wet operations and have improved water-tightness.
H
generation
h
L2
[mm
(in)
]
Work Face Mounting Face Height Electro
Model Mass
Chuck Master
EP-DWM2050 200
(7.87) 490(19.2) 432
(17.0) 490
(19.2) 70kg/154 lb
EP-DWM3060 300
(11.8) 600(23.6) 544
(21.4) 25
(0.98) 600(23.6) 20
(0.78) 105
(4.13) 125kg/275 lb EPS-D2100A
TOOL HOLDERS
MEASURING
EP-DWM4080 400
(15.7) 820(32.2) 768
(30.2) 820(32.2) 230kg/507 lb
※The chuck controller, vacuum system and clamp parts are not included. ※The KANETEC chucks work best when a KANETEC chuck controller is used.
※Turning the permanent electromagnetic chucks on and off must be limited to once per several minutes. If on/off operations are repeated frequently, the chucks may be damaged by overheat.
Model EPS-D CHUCK MASTER* DEDICATED TO DEMAGNETIZING FUNCTION-EQUIPPED PERMANENT ELECTROMAGNETIC CHUCK
[Application]
190
HOLDERS
MAGNETIC
POWER MAG/DEM
Output capacity 10 VDC ‒ 90 VDC pulse 100 A
255
280
300
Mass 7.5kg
(16.5) 8kg(17.6)
35 EPS-D2100A
EP-DV / EP-DWM / EPS-D / EPT / EPT-LW / EPT-H
Model EPT/EPT-LW PERMANENT ELECTROMAGNETIC CHUCK (STANDARD/LOW MAGNETIC FORCE CONTROL)
[Application]
ELECTROMAGNETIC
Environmentally
Power
saving Minimal
Chuck controller
friendly heat required additionally Suitable for high precision grinding and slicing.
generation [Features]
CHUCK
in the event of power failure and cable breakage.
●A resin-bonded structural face plate having little environmental burden is employed.
PERMANENT
Model EPT-LW is equipped with a low magnetic
force (weak attraction) control function that is
difficult with conventional permanent electromagnetic
B
chucks and therefore facilitates strain relieving and
workpiece positioning at the same level as
P L electromagnetic chucks. (When the low magnetic
Le
force control is active, the power is supplied
PERMANENT
t
continuously.)
H
h
L2 10 Please note that a dedicated Chuck Master (Model
EPT-3060F
NOTE:The L2 dimension has not been machined EPH-LW) (see page 38) needs to be used together.
together with L and therefore, there may
BLOCKS
FOR MC
be some variation.
[mm(in)
]
Model Work Face Pole Pitch Mounting Face Height Voltage Current Power Electro Chuck Master
Nominal Size Mass
Standard Low mag. force control Standard Low mag. force control Standard Low mag. force control Cord Standard Low mag. force control
300 240 300 24kg/
EPT- 1530F EPT-LW 1530F 150(5.90)× 300(11.8) 1.91A 0.80A
(11.8)
(9.44) (11.8) 52 lb
150 350 296 350 2m 28kg/
VACUUM
CHUCKS
EPT- 1535F EPT-LW 1535F 150(5.90)× 350(13.7) 2.43A 0.93A
(5.90)(13.7)
(11.6) (13.7) (78.7) 61 lb
14(2+12)
450 380 20.5 450 80 36kg/
EPT- 1545F EPT-LW 1545F 150(5.90)× 450(17.7) 0.55 2.64A 1.17A EPH-LW205B
(17.7)
(14.9)(0.80) (17.7) (3.15) 79 lb
(0.07+0.47) EPH-LWE205B
500 436 500 53kg/
EPT- 2050F EPT-LW 2050F 200(7.87)× 500(19.6) 5.88A 3.31A
200 (19.6)
(17.1) (19.6) 116 lb
(7.87) 548 3m 65kg/
PROMELTA*
EPT- 2060F EPT-LW 2060F 200(7.87)× 600(23.6) 7.87A 3.82A
600(21.5) 600 20 90 180 (118) 143 lb
EPS-215B
SYSTEM
300 (23.6) 529 (23.6)
(0.78) VDC VDC 140kg/
EPT- 3060F EPT-LW 3060F 300(11.8)× 600(23.6) 6.14A 2.55A
(11.8) (20.8) 308 lb
800 724 800 211kg/
EPT- 4080F EPT-LW 4080F 400(15.7)× 800(31.5) 11.0A 6.59A
400 (31.5)
(28.5) (31.5) 465 lb
(15.7) 1000 919 25.0 19.5(2.5+17) 1000 100
EPT-40100F EPT-LW40100F 400(15.7)×1000(39.4) 0.76 12.5A 6.45A
(39.4) (0.98)
(36.1) (39.4) (3.93) 5m 265kg/
SINE BAR
(0.09+0.66) EPH-LWE210B
CHUCKS
800 724 800 (196) 584 lb
EPT- 5080F EPT-LW 5080F 500(19.6)× 800(31.5) 9.01A 5.41A
500 (31.5)
(28.5) (31.5)
(19.6) 1000 919 1000 330kg/
EPT-50100F EPT-LW50100F 500(19.6)×1000(39.4) 11.7A 6.00A
(39.4)
(36.1) (39.4) 727 lb
※The chuck controller and clamp parts are not included. ※The KANETEC chucks work best when a KANETEC chuck controller is used.
※Turning the permanent electromagnetic chucks on and off must be limited to once per several minutes. If on/off operations are repeated frequently, the chucks may be damaged by overheat.
BLOCKS, HOLDERS,
MINI CHUCKS
Model EPT-H POWERFUL PERMANENT ELECTROMAGNETIC CHUCK
Power
Chuck controller [Application]
Environmentally saving Minimal Side stopper Back stopper Power cord
friendly heat required additionally Suitable for high precision grinding and
slicing.
HOLDING
generation
[Features]
TOOLS
●Compared with the standard type (EPT),
B
Le machining load.
●A resin-bonded structural face plate having
t
L2 10
EPT-H3060F
together with L and therefore, there may
(An example of special fabrication)
be some variation.
[mm(in)
]
Work Face Pole Pitch Mounting Face Height Power Electro
Model Nominal Size Voltage Mass
Cord Chuck Master
EPT-H1530F 150(5.90)
× 300
(11.8) 150(5.90) 300
(11.8) 240(9.44) 14(2+12) 300
(11.8) 2m(78.7) 30kg/ 66.1 lb
MAGNETIC
EPT-H2050F 200(7.87)
× 500
(19.6) 200(7.87) 500
(19.6) 436(17.1) 0.55(0.07+0.47) 500
(19.6) 83kg/ 183 lb
30 20 100 3m
(118)
300(11.8)
× 600
(23.6) 300(11.8) 600
(23.6) 529(20.8) 600
(23.6) 180 VDC 142kg/ 313 lb EPS-W215B
TOOLS
EPT-H3060F
(1.18) 19.5
(2.5+17) (0.78) (3.93)
EPT-H4080F 400(15.7)
× 800
(31.5) 400(15.7) 800
(31.5) 724(28.5) 0.76 800
(31.5) 215kg/ 474 lb
(0.09+0.66) 5m
(196)
EPT-H50100F 500
(19.6)
×1000
(39.4) 500(19.6) 1000
(39.4) 919(36.1) 1000(39.4) 335kg/ 738 lb
※The chuck controller and clamp parts are not included. ※The KANETEC chucks work best when a KANETEC chuck controller is used.
※Turning the permanent electromagnetic chucks on and off must be limited to once per several minutes. If on/off operations are repeated frequently, the chucks may be damaged by overheat.
36
PERMANENT ELECTROMAGNETIC CHUCKS
Model EPTW PERMANENT ELECTROMAGNETIC MICROPITCH CHUCK
Power [Application]
Chuck controller
CHUCKS
ELECTROMAGNETIC CHUCK
saving Minimal
required additionally Suitable for precision grinding on grinders and for holding thin
heat
generation and thick workpieces having a large area.
Side stopper Back stopper Power cord 2 ‒ 3m [Features]
●Thanks to finer pole pitches on the chuck work face, these
chucks hold thin and wide workpieces firmly.
P
CONTROLLERS MAGNETIC CHUCKS ELECTROMAGNETIC CHUCKS
Be
B2
B1
magnetomotive force when mounting/demounting a workpiece,
little heat is generated internally to maintain accuracy.
L1 ●Since electricity needs not be supplied continuously even
while holding a workpiece, the running cost is very low.
t
EPTW-1530 ●Since the holding power is maintained in the event of power
H
PERMANENT
h
8 L2 8 failure and cable breakage, safety is secured.
[mm(in)
]
Work Face Pole Pitch Mounting Face Height Power Electro
Model Nominal Size Voltage Mass
Cord Chuck Master
EPTW-1530 150
(5.90)
×300(11.8) 300(11.8) 20 300
(11.8) 18 95 29kg/ 63 lb
150
(5.90) 125(4.92) 148(5.82) 2m
EPTW-1545 150
(5.90)
×450(17.7) 450(17.7)(0.78) (17.7) (0.70) (3.74)
45044kg/ 97 lb
(78.7)
PERMANENT
4
(0.8+3.2)
EPTW-2040 200
(7.87)
×400(15.7) 400(15.7) 400
(15.7) 65kg/143 lb
200
(7.87) 173(6.81)
0.15 198(7.79) 90 VDC EPS-215B
EPTW-2050 200
(7.87)
×500(19.6) 500(19.6) 25 500
(19.6) 20 120 82kg/180 lb
(0.03+0.12) 3m
EPTW-2560 250
(9.84)
×600(23.6) 250
(9.84) (0.98) 217(8.54) 248(9.76) (0.78) (4.72) 123kg/271 lb
600(23.6) 600
(23.6) (118)
EPTW-3060 300
(11.8)
×600(23.6) 300
(11.8) 269(10.5) 298(11.7) 147kg/324 lb
※The chuck controller and clamp parts are not included. ※The KANETEC chucks work best when a KANETEC chuck controller is used.
※Turning the permanent electromagnetic chucks on and off must be limited to once per several minutes. If on/off operations are repeated frequently, the chucks may be damaged by overheat.
FOR MC
BLOCKS
used.
t
L2
employed.
[mm(in)
]
Work Face Pole Pitch Mounting Face Height Power Electro
CHUCKS
SINE BAR
Power [Application]
saving Minimal Environmentally Power cord 2 m Back stopper Suitable for angle grinding on grinders. Easy to install.
heat friendly
generation [Features]
●The rotary shaft with scale facilitates angle setting. (An
Be
B1
B2
P Le and 90°backward.)
●Since electricity is supplied momentarily only to control
L1
the magnetomotive force when mounting/demounting a
workpiece, little heat is generated internally to enable
H1
EPZ-1030UF
HOLDERS
MAGNETIC
Chuck controller L2 ●Since the holding power is maintained in the event of power
1
37 ※Turning the permanent electromagnetic chucks on and off must be limited to once per several minutes. If on/off operations are repeated frequently, the chucks may be damaged by overheat.
EPTW / EPTW-N / EPZ-U / EPS / EPH-LW
Model EPS EP CHUCK MASTER*
ELECTROMAGNETIC
Control unit for permanent
〈EPS-230B〉 <EPS-GW(B)230A common operation box>
Cord 5 m
electromagnetic chucks
190 400 Cord 5 m
4-φ10
290
125
155
446
400
480
2 8 2 8
150
100
1 9 1 9
0 10 0 10
MAX−MAG
EP CHUCK−MASTER KANETEC CO.
,
LTD.
JAPAN
70 100
2-φ7 70 140
CHUCK
〈EPS-GW230A〉 〈EPS-GWB230A〉
210 2−φ7 (167) (213) 2−φ7 (165)
Opening 145 145
Electric parts
mounted N.
P. N.
P.
Acrylic
plate
(284)
PERMANENT
F1 F2 F3
320
300
320
300
280
1
PCB.
RSENPE
注意
31
145
316
417
518
619
711
821
92
012 12 感電注意
01
E
1
7 7
7 7 145
145
Opening
[Application]
PERMANENT
Rectifies an input from an AC power source to DC and momentarily outputs exciting current to permanent electromagnetic chucks. The automatic
demagnetization circuit is activated to reduce residual magnetism of permanent electromagnetic chucks.
[Features]
BLOCKS
FOR MC
●The EP Chuck Master* is dedicated to permanent electromagnetic chucks and can be used for EPT, EPT-H, EPTW and EPZ-U.
●The microcomputer control ensures very effective automatic demagnetization.
●The holding power is adjustable.
●Model EPS-GW (B) is of external operation type.
<Major features>
・EPS-GW is installed inside the machine panel and EPS-GWB is installed outside the panel and both of them are equipped with a remote operation box.
VACUUM
CHUCKS
・Compared with the conventional type, the volume has been reduced to about a third.
・The workability and operability such as wiring, fuse replacement, switchover of voltage between 200 VAC and 220 VAC and output voltage/demagnetizing
time adjustment have been improved.
PROMELTA*
Rated Output Dimensions Mounting Dimensions Operation box
Model Power Source Mass
SYSTEM
Voltage Current Width Depth Height Width Height Hole Width Depth Height Cord
EPS-215B 15A 180
(7.08)130(5.11)250
(9.84) 120(4.72) 275
(10.8) 4-φ 7
(0.27) 4.7kg/10.3 lb ̶̶ ̶̶ ̶̶ ̶̶
Single-phase 200 VAC 20‒ 90 VDC
EPS-230B 30A 400
(15.7)190(7.48)400
(15.7) 290(11.4) 446
(17.5) 4-φ 10(0.39) 18.3kg/40.3 lb 100
(3.93) 70(2.75) 155
(6.10) 5m
(196)
(50/60Hz)
EPS-W215B 15A 180
(7.08)130(5.11)250
(9.84) 120(4.72) 275
(10.8) 4-φ 7
(0.27) 4.7kg/10.3 lb ̶̶ ̶̶ ̶̶ ̶̶
EPS-GW230A Single-phase 200/220 VAC 40‒180 VDC 210
(8.26)167(6.57)280
(11.0) 2-φ 7 (0.27) 7.0kg/15.4 lb
30A 145(5.70) 300
(11.8) 140
(5.51) 70
(2.75) 150
(5.90) 5m
(196)
(50/60Hz) (2 ‒ width 7)
SINE BAR
EPS-GWB230A 213(8.38)165
(6.49)284(11.1) 9.0kg/19.8 lb
CHUCKS
※The applicable models are EPT, EPT-H, EPTW and EPZ-U only. ※EPS-GW (B) 230A is used as a control unit for the connection of same models or specially ordered large chucks.
BLOCKS, HOLDERS,
[Application]
Low magnetic force control function The use of the low magnetic force control function enables straightening
MINI CHUCKS
operations as with electromagnetic chucks.
The use of the low magnetic force control function facilitates positioning of
workpieces. (The low magnetic force control requires electricity to be supplied
〈EPH-LW205B〉 continuously. When used with the low magnetic force control function activated
HOLDING
5
5
for long hours, accuracy change due to heat generated in the permanent
TOOLS
electromagnetic chuck itself may slightly affect the machining accuracy.)
3
2
1 0 1
2
3
EP・CHUCK−MASTER
[Features]
These Chuck Masters enable it to control the low magnetic force (weak
4 4
(18)
− 5 5 + POWER ALARM
LOW−VOLT ADJ.
4 5 6
3 7
2 8
TOOL HOLDERS
1 9
0 10 MAG DEM
VOLT ADJ.
250
260
4 5 6
3 7 AUX OFF
MEASURING
2 8
1 9
175
KANETEC CO.,
LTD JAPAN
CAUTION ; 注意
turn it on again in order to set a low magnetic force for straightening
−−−−−−
(73)
−−−−−
−−−− grinding operations. These Chuck Masters have a control function by which
the power can be applied continuously only in the low output region, which
View Z makes it possible to finely and continuously adjust the low magnetic force
MAGNETIC
80
HOLDERS
110
140 region as with electromagnetic chucks. They offer a possibility of
EPH-LW205B straightening grinding with permanent electromagnetic chucks. Workpieces
Z
can also be positioned smoothly with the low magnetic force control.
[mm(in)
]
MAGNETIC
Patented
Magnetic force adjustable!
10 16 [Application]
Suitable for machining of ring-shaped workpieces such as bearings
8
CONTROLLERS MAGNETIC CHUCKS ELECTROMAGNETIC CHUCKS
18
while rotating them on lathes, turning machines, cylindrical grinders
and rotary grinders.
[Features]
●When used in combination with a dedicated controller equipped
with a magnetic force adjust function, the magnetic force can be
adjusted between strong and weak.
PERMANENT
Minimal
heat de ●Since internal heat generation and thermal distortion are minimal,
generation De
D1 highly precise machining is possible.
n -φ20 Dp ●Can be used in wet operations.
EPC-50AS-S ●These chucks are provided with T-grooves to make them suitable
<An example of special fabrication>
Environmentally for various workpieces.
H
PERMANENT
friendly
Chuck controller n -φ13 A size φ1200 and larger is also available.
K
required additionally D2
[mm
(in)
]
Nominal Work Face No. Mounting Face Height Electro Chuck
Model Voltage Current Mass
Size ₁ of Poles ₂ Master
EPC- 50AST 500
(19.6) 500
(19.6) 460
(18.1)100
(3.93) 200
(7.87) 300(11.8) 125(4.92) 27A Approx. 140kg/ 308 lb EPS-RW230A
8 8
EPC- 70AST 700(27.5) 700
(27.5) 656
(25.8)120
(4.72) 400
(15.7) 5(0.19) 500(19.6) 130(5.11) 32A Approx. 330kg/ 727 lb
FOR MC
BLOCKS
[mm
(in)
]
Output Dimensions
Model Power Source Mass
Voltage Current Width Height Depth
EPS-RW230A 30A 480
(18.8) 190(7.48) Approx. 15kg/33.0 lb
200 VAC 180 VDC
EPS-RW250A 50A 400
(15.7)
(50/60Hz) (16 steps) 725
(28.5) 250(9.84) Approx. 35kg/77.1 lb
SYSTEM
PROMELTA*
EPS-RW275A 75A
can be held.
●By mounting blocks, workpieces can be machined while being lifted. This feature enables it to
machine workpieces from any direction. Also removal of chips and maintenance are easy.
[mm
(in)
]
TOOL HOLDERS
MEASURING
EPC-Z180 φ1850
(72.8)×110
(4.33) 43 800
(31.5) 1800
(70.8) 1580kg/3483 lb EPS-PZ2100A-10
ELECTROMAGNETIC
An example of usage An example of mounting
Held by
PERMANENT
magnetic force
JMC-120
Held by
magnetic force
Table Table
Clamped or bolted to table
PERMANENT
Permanent magnetic blocks to hold workpieces strongly on machines such L 9-M4, depth D
B 1±0.1 L1
as the MC and NC. b1 b1 1 1
Two types of clamping are available; magnet type and mechanical type by
BLOCKS
FOR MC
(Attractive face side) 100
use of threaded holes.
[Features]
●A powerful permanent magnet used generates a strong magnetic force.
●The workpiece mounting and demounting time can be reduced
H1
h3
OFF ON
significantly.
VACUUM
CHUCKS
K 2 × 4-M, depthD
●Iron and nonmagnetic workpieces can be held by a magnet and
mechanical clamping.
h1 h 2
●These blocks can be connected to allow relatively large workpieces to be set.
●The blocks can be mounted vertically by using threaded holes on three
3 3
b2 10
faces (both faces and bottom face) other than the attractive face. B2 6-M, depth D 2 2
[mm
(in)
]
PROMELTA*
Holding Face Mounting Face Side Face Others Height
SYSTEM
Model Holding Power Mass
₁ ₁ ₁ ℓ₁ ₂ ₂ ℓ₂ ℓ₃ ₁ ₂ ₁ ₃
12kN 180 198 78 87 178 100 80 48 (0.39) 16 166 125 264 13 M12 18 192
JMC-120 50kg/110 lb
(1200kgf) (7.08) (7.79)(3.07)(3.42)(7.00)(3.93)(3.15)(1.89) (0.62) (6.53) (4.92) (10.3)(0.51)(0.47)(0.70) (7.55)
SINE BAR
CHUCKS
※1. The holding power is based on a test piece of SS400, 50 mm thick, ground surface held on the whole face. 2. An operating handle is included. The connecting parts are optional.
3. When several blocks are connected and the same faces are used, ground them together after connecting blocks to obtain a required flatness.
BLOCKS, HOLDERS,
saving Minimal Environmentally
heat friendly required additionally Designed for holding workpieces on such machines as machining
MINI CHUCKS
generation centers and NC machine tools. Most suitable for machining workpieces
by 5-face machining centers, etc.
[Features]
●By securing a workpiece overhanging, the setup time on the 5-face
machining center can be shortened.
HOLDING
TOOLS
●These blocks can be used in wet operations and therefore can be
used like normal magnetic chucks.
●Since these blocks are of permanent electromagnetic type, the holding
power is not affected by power failure or cable breakage. Also since
TOOL HOLDERS
[mm
(in)
]
Dimensions Pole No.of Holding Electro
Model Mass
Size Poles Power Chuck Master
W
160
EPB-1F1625A 2 11.8kN 40kg/ 88 lb
(6.29) 250
250 (9.84) 150 70
4 23.5kN 60kg/132 lb EPS-P2100B
MAGNETIC
EPB-1F2525A
(9.84) (5.90) (2.75)
330 330
TOOLS
※Turning the permanent electromagnetic blocks on and off must be limited to once per several minutes. If on/
H
40
※The holding power is based on a test piece of SS400, 50 mm thick, ground surface held on the whole face.
BLOCKS FOR MC EPB-2F / RMA-2F
Model EPB-2F DOUBLE-FACE HOLDING PERMANENT ELECTROMAGNETIC BLOCK
[Application]
CHUCKS
ELECTROMAGNETIC CHUCK
Environmentally
friendly Suitable for various cutting applications such as by the MC.
[Features]
●As a workpiece is held on both faces, no mechanical clamping
is necessary. It can be set on the machine table easily.
●By securing a workpiece overhanging, five faces can be
CONTROLLERS MAGNETIC CHUCKS ELECTROMAGNETIC CHUCKS
L
Power
saving Minimal
heat
generation
[mm
(in)
]
W
※The holding power is based on a test piece of SS400, 50 mm thick, ground surface held on the whole face.
RMA-2F1530
TOOLS
HOLDING
Single stopper
B
TOOL HOLDERS
MEASURING
Ratchet handle
L
Le(P=4+11)
HOLDERS
MAGNETIC
23
H
[mm
(in)
]
TOOLS
MAGNETIC
Dimensions Holding
Model Mass
Power
RMA-2F1325 125(4.92) 250
(9.84) 184
(7.24) 10kN 23kg/ 51 lb
96(3.77)
RMA-2F1530 150(5.90) 300
(11.8) 229
(9.01) 15kN 33kg/ 72 lb
RMA-2F2040 200(7.87) 400
(15.7) 100(3.93) 334
(13.1) 30kN 62kg/137 lb
41 ※The holding power is based on a test piece of SS400, 50 mm thick, ground surface held on the whole face.
VACUUM CHUCKS KVR
Model KVR VACUUM CHUCK
[Application]
ELECTROMAGNETIC
Vacuum system required additionally Chucks to hold workpieces by utilizing atmospheric pressure.
Nonferrous and nonmagnetic materials can be held and machined.
CHUCK
●The suction holes have cross grooves to expand the acting
area. Thus, fewer thread valves are used to improve the work
efficiency.
KVR-2D3060 ●The chuck work face is made of iron to allow self-grinding to
PERMANENT
recover parallelism.
●Since the chuck work face is made of iron, magnetic devices
such as workpiece stoppers can be utilized.
●A special suction hole layout adapter can be installed according
to workpieces and work procedures.
●These chucks can be mounted on magnetic chucks.
●Since no heat source or moving parts are used inside the
PERMANENT
chucks, highly precise machining is ensured.
BLOCKS
FOR MC
KVR-H1530 ●An effective holding area can be set according to shapes of
workpieces by combined adjustment of thread valves and valves.
●Since suction grooves of cross shape are provided on the holding
face, the number of thread valves has been reduced to enhance the
An example of fabrication of special type work efficiency.
VACUUM
CHUCKS
■KVR-H (Small hole type)
●Holes of φ4 are provided on the holding face at 8-mm pitches.
PROMELTA*
<Precautions for use>
SYSTEM
The vacuum chuck is of such construction that the inside of the
chuck is evacuated by a vacuum pump to reduce the internal
pressure and a workpiece is held by atmospheric pressure.
Le Therefore, the holding power is determined by a difference
P between the internal pressure and atmospheric pressure and the
SINE BAR
CHUCKS
holding area. Due to physical restrictions, a difference in pressure
that can be obtained by a pump is about 80 kPa (600 mmHg) in
25
Be
BLOCKS, HOLDERS,
held by a holding power of about 800 N (80 kgf). Note, however,
that if the holding face of workpieces is rough or distorted, even if
MINI CHUCKS
(84)
HOLDING
L1
thin stainless steel sheets deform due to machining heat largely
TOOLS
and are difficult to hold. If you have questions, please contact us.
t
H
h
L2
TOOL HOLDERS
[mm(in)
]
MEASURING
KVR-2D1530 150
(5.90)
×300(11.8) 150
(5.90) 300
(11.8) 125(4.92) 245
(9.64) P=20 146
(5.74) 320
(12.6) 22kg/ 48 lb
20 20 70
(Staggered layout)
KVR-2D1545 150
(5.90)
×450(17.7) (17.7) (0.78)
450 405
(15.9) (0.78) (18.5) (0.78) (2.75) 33kg/ 72 lb
470
KVR-2D2035 200
(7.87)
×350(13.7) 350
(13.7) 305
(12.0) 370
(14.5) 34kg/ 74 lb VPU-E20
200
(7.87) 185(7.28) 196
(7.71)
KVR-2D2050 200
(7.87)
×500(19.6) 500
(19.6) 465
(18.3) 520
(20.4) 49kg/108 lb VPU-D20
KVR-2D3060 300
(11.8)
×600(23.6) 300
(11.8) 600
(23.6) 285(11.2) 545
(21.4) 296
(11.6) 620
(24.4) 88kg/194 lb
MAGNETIC
KVR-H1018 100
(3.93)
×175(6.89) 100
(3.93) 175
(6.89) 72
(2.83) 125
(4.92) 96
(3.78) 195
(7.67) 9kg/19 lb
TOOLS
KVR-H1325 125
(4.92)
×250(9.84) 125
(4.92) 250
(9.84) 92
(3.62) 205
(8.07) 121
(4.76) 270
(10.6) 15kg/33 lb VPU-E10
20 P=8 20 70
VPU-E20
KVR-H1515 150
(5.90)
×150(5.90) (5.90) (0.78)
150 105
(4.13) (0.31) (6.69) (0.78) (2.75) 11kg/24 lb
170 VPU-D20
150
(5.90) 125
(4.92) 146
(5.74)
KVR-H1530 150
(5.90)
×300(11.8) 300
(11.8) 252
(9.92) 320
(12.6) 22kg/48 lb
※Clamp parts are included.
42
VACUUM CHUCKS
Model KVR-AV AUTO VALVE TYPE VACUUM CHUCK
φ7
●Dry operations supported:
H
φ2.5 Evacuate
(2)
shape
used with minimum necessary masking only.
FOR MC
BLOCKS
Ball valve L2
(3 places)
[mm
(in)
]
Work Face Suction Port Pitch No.of Mounting Face Height Applicable
Model Nominal Size Mass
Suction Ports Vacuum System
KVR-AV1018 100(3.93)×175(6.89)100(3.93) 175(6.89)57.5(2.26)132(5.20) 11.5
(0.45) 72 98
(3.86) 195(7.68) 8kg/ 17.6 lb
Model VPU-E-AV VACUUM SYSTEM DEDICATED TO AUTO VALVE TYPE VACUUM CHUCK
SYSTEM
PROMELTA*
Dry/wet [Application]
operations A vacuum system dedicated to the auto valve type vacuum chucks. The
shuck side is evacuated continuously in order to effectively maintain the
atmospheric pressure on the workpiece on the chuck work face.
CHUCKS
SINE BAR
[Features]
●A vacuum evacuation system, filter, vacuum tank and vacuum gage are
incorporated neatly.
●Since connectors are provided, the pipes of vacuum and reverse jet
required for control of the vacuum chuck can be connected easily.
MINI CHUCKS
BLOCKS, HOLDERS,
VPU-E10-AV
Ball
valve
TOOL HOLDERS
MEASURING
Coupler
20PM (Nitto Kohki)
[mm(in)
] Reverse jet connection
※The capacity of a compressor to use must be 2.5 kW or over. φ12 hose, 10 m long, is included as an accessory.
Vacuum system
TOOLS
MAGNETIC
Vacuum Evacuation
(Provide compressor.)
Reverse jet
Drain valve
43
KVR-AV / VPU-E-AV / KVR-GV / KVR-G
Model KVR-GV VACUUM CHUCK WITH BUILT-IN VACUUM SYSTEM
No external vacuum system required!
ELECTROMAGNETIC
Air consumption reduced significantly!
CHUCK
consumption amount can be reduced significantly.
●The chuck can be used by simply connecting a quick-connector type
tube to a compressor in the factory.
●Since no vacuum system is required, the chuck has good response and
PERMANENT
is capable of holding and releasing workpieces quickly.
●The internal parts can be replaced easily by opening the lid on the
chuck mounting face.
KVR-GV1530 ●The material of the main unit can be selected from two kinds; mild steel
and aluminum alloy.
[mm
(in)
]
Single stopper (2 faces) Suction port (1 place)
Main Unit Dimensions Grid Pitch Effective Area
Model Nominal Size Mass
PERMANENT
Material ₁ ₂ ₁ ₂ × ×
150
(5.90) × 300 300 150 120
(4.72)× 17kg/
KVR-GV1530
300(11.8) (11.8)(11.8)(5.90) 20
(0.78)× 280
(11.0) 37 lb
Be
B1
Mild 200
(7.87)× 500 524 200 20
(0.78) 180
(7.08)× 43kg/
KVR-GV2050
steel 500
(19.7) (19.7)(20.6)(7.87) 480
(18.8) 94 lb
P
BLOCKS
FOR MC
300
(11.8)× 600 624 300 25
(0.98)× 275
(10.8)× 82kg/
B2
KVR-GV3060
Air joint 600
(23.6) (23.6)(24.5)(11.8) 65 15 50 25
(0.98) 575
(22.6) 180 lb
P
Le
(20PF)
150
(5.90) × 300 300 150 (2.55)(0.59)(1.96) 120
(4.72)× 6kg/
KVR-GVA1530
Air tube 5 m 300(11.8) (11.8)(11.8)(5.90) 20
(0.78)× 280
(11.0) 13 lb
L1
Aluminum 200
(7.87)× 500 524 200 20
(0.78) 180
(7.08)× 15kg/
KVR-GVA2050
alloy 500
(19.7) (19.7)(20.6)(7.87) 480
(18.8) 33 lb
ON OF F
50
H
KPa
VACUUM
CHUCKS
100 0
Vacuum 300
(11.8)× 600 624 300 25
(0.98)× 275
(10.8)× 29kg/
Cover Ball valve KVR-GVA3060
gage 600
(23.6) (23.6)(24.5)(11.8) 25
(0.98) 575
(22.6) 63 lb
h
Silencer
※Seal rubber φ4, 10 m, air tube 5 m and clamp parts are included. ※The capacity of a compressor to use must be 0.75 kW or over.
L
PROMELTA*
[Application]
SYSTEM
Suitable for grinding by vacuum chucking such nonmagnetic workpieces as aluminum alloy,
copper alloy, stainless steel and plastics.
[Features]
●Workpieces are vacuum chucked in the area defined by seal rubber strings set in the
grid grooves, ensuring good sealing and consistent holding power.
SINE BAR
CHUCKS
●A desired work area can be set by cutting the seal rubber string (φ6 × 5 ‒ 20 m
included) according to workpieces.
●The suction ports are provided in two places on all models to allow setting two
workpieces.
KVR-G1530
●A vacuum coupler to connect to the vacuum system is provided. (Vacuum is turned on
BLOCKS, HOLDERS,
and off with the valve on the vacuum system.)
MINI CHUCKS
●Single stoppers are provided.
●The main unit is made of iron to enable the chuck to be held by an existing magnetic chuck.
Vacuum system required additionally
Single stopper (2 faces) Suction port (2 places) See“Model KETV:ELECTROMAGNETIC CHUCK WITH VACUUM CHUCK”on page 11.
HOLDING
[mm
(in)
]
TOOLS
Nominal Dimensions Grid Pitch Effective Area Applicable
B2
Model Mass
Dimensions ₁ ₂ ₁ ₂ ₃ ₄ × × Vacuum System
B1
Be
(1.96) (0.78×0.78)
TOOL HOLDERS
500(19.7)(19.7)
(20.6)
(7.87) (1.96) (8.66) 480(18.9)
MEASURING
L3 L4 P
VPU-E10
Le 300(11.8)× 600 624 300 60 15 275 275(10.8)×
KVR-G3060 82kg/180 lb VPU-D20
600(23.6)(23.6)
(24.5)
(11.8)
(2.36)
(0.59) (10.8) 575(22.6)
L1 VPU-EG
400(15.7)× 800 824 400 63 63 350 25×25 375(14.7)×
KVR-G4080 146kg/321 lb
800(31.5)(31.5)
(32.4)
(15.7) (2.48)
(2.48)
(13.7)(0.98×0.98) 775(30.5)
H
HOLDERS
KVR-G100140
KVR-GR
An example of KVR-GR
An example of special specification special specification
44
VACUUM CHUCKS VPU / VPU-EG / VPU-OV
Model VPU VACUUM SYSTEM
[Application]
CHUCKS
ELECTROMAGNETIC CHUCK
Dry/wet Dry operation A vacuum system dedicated to the vacuum chucks. The shuck side is evacuated continuously
operations (Wet operation not allowed)
in order to effectively maintain atmospheric pressure on the workpiece on the chuck work face.
Note that this system must not be modified to a pressure container.
[Features]
●A vacuum evacuation system, filter, vacuum tank and vacuum gage are incorporated neatly.
CONTROLLERS MAGNETIC CHUCKS ELECTROMAGNETIC CHUCKS
●Suction and evacuation operations to mount and demount workpieces can be done quickly
and easily with the attached special operating handle.
●A difference in pressure over 80 kPa (600 mmHg) can be obtained continuously.
used for both wet and dry machining operations. However, the use of a lubricator in the air line
VPU-D20 must be avoided.
VPU-E10
<Operating valve>
■Dry pump type VPU-D
A vacuum system to reduce pressure by evacuation by a pump driven by a motor. A power
■Examples of application of vacuum source only is required to obtain an independent vacuum source. Note, however, this is
PERMANENT
(Provide compressor.)
Volume Difference Port Pressure Consumption Supply port Out. dia. Height
VPU-E10 110Nℓ/min 80 kPa (600 mmHG) 500‒600kPa 180Nℓ/min 1/4 φ280(11.0) 425(16.7) 15ℓ 25kg/55 lb
3/8
VPU-E20 220Nℓ/min or over. (5‒6kgf/cm2) 360Nℓ/min 3/8 φ330
(12.9) 600(23.6) 30ℓ 45kg/99 lb
※The capacity of a compressor to use must be 2.5 kW or over for VPU-E10 and 4.5 kW or over for VPU-E20. ※(1) Operating valve and (2) φ12 hose 10 m are included as accessories.
●The vacuum tank has been eliminated to make a very compact size compared with the conventional model
(VPU-E10). This system can be handled easily.
●A function to check the vacuum status is incorporated.
●This is for dry operation.
●Auxiliary functions in consideration of operating status and safety are incorporated. (Vacuum adjustment,
VPU-EG
TOOL HOLDERS
MEASURING
interlock with the machine via vacuum check output signals, etc.) [mm
(in)]
Evacuation Continuous Pressure Compressed Air Dimensions
Model Suction Port Mass
Volume Difference Pressure Consumption Supply port Out. dia. Length Height
80 kPa (600 mmHG) φ8 tube joint (Hose and 500ー600kPa Vacuum coupler 200 250 190
VPU-EG 27Nℓ/min 44Nℓ/min 6kg/13.2 lb
or over. vacuum coupler included) (5ー6kgf/cm2) 20PM (Nitto Kohki) (7.87) (9.84) (7.48)
※The capacity of a compressor to use must be around 0.75 kW.
HOLDERS
MAGNETIC
70
(55)
45 4-6.6 drill, φ11 counterbore 8 deep 40
PROMELTA* SYSTEM
PROMELTA* SYSTEM
ELECTROMAGNETIC
A system to enable a wide range of precision grinding of any
materials; nonferrous, resin or ceramic.
B2
B1
B
775
845
CHUCK
L
PRC-220B
H
〈Controller〉 L1 Drain
L2 450
[mm
(in)
]
<Chuck part> <Controller>
PERMANENT
Dimensions Rated
Model Mass [Features]
₁ ₂ ₁ ₂ Current
PRB-1218A 125(4.92)121(4.76)161(6.33)177(6.96)193(7.59)260(10.2)77(3.03) 3A 14kg/ 30 lb
PRB-1530A 150(5.90)146(5.74)186(8.07)300(11.8)316(12.4) ー
80(3.14)
7A 28kg/ 61 lb ■A wide variety of workpieces!
PRB-2050A 200(7.87)196(7.71)255(10.0)500(19.6)516(20.3) ー 17A 55kg/121 lb Workpieces of such nonmagnetic materials as plastic, aluminum, stainless steel,
※ Three pieces of standard type fixing agent (1 piece: φ30×160) are included. When ceramic and glass that are difficult to hold during grinding can be held easily. In
they have been used up, please purchase them. [mm (in) ] particular, this system is suitable for small workpieces that cannot be held by
Input Output magnetic chucks. ※1
Model Mass
Voltage Voltage Current
PERMANENT
PRC-220B 3-phase 200 VAC, 50/60 Hz 200 VAC 20A 120kg/264 lb ■Significantly improved grinding accuracy!
■Two types of fixing agent; standard type and low- Highly precise grinding in the order of micron achievable!
viscosity type (high precision type) available! ●The bonding film that affects grinding accuracy has been made thinner by using
BLOCKS
FOR MC
“workpiece fixing agent”newly developed by KANETEC to realize a grinding
accuracy in the order of micron. Also it has been made possible to secure
Standard type workpieces at low temperature close to room temperature and a difference in
Melting temperature 65℃ temperature during securing and releasing workpieces has been reduced to
The fixing power is high, but its film thickness is 5 to 10 μm. minimize thermal impact on workpieces. Wet operations are allowed. ※2
●Adverse influence on accuracy due to warping of workpieces, which is
Low-viscosity type (High precision type) unavoidable when mechanical clamps are used, has been eliminated.
VACUUM
CHUCKS
●The work face is made of iron in consideration of accuracy stability and wear
Melting temperature 45℃
Discontinued sale
The fixing power is low, but its film thickness is only 1 to 2 μm, which
resistance. The work face accuracy can be recovered by regrinding the work face.
makes this type suitable for finishing operations. The following graphs ■Easy installation
indicate the holding power of the waxes (per cm2) by materials. The main unit can be installed on a machine by use of T-slots. Also since its
mounting face is made of iron, it can easily be mounted on your magnetic chuck.
PROMELTA*
Fixing power (by materials) Standard type
Low-viscosity
L i i type ■Compact controller
SYSTEM
(kg/cm2)
14
The controller measures as small as 450 mm wide × 450 mm deep × 845 mm
12
Fixing power
10 high and can be installed in any place. It comes with a remote operation box.
8 ※1 Both magnetic and nonmagnetic materials can be secured. In particular, this system
6 is suitable for grinding of cemented carbide, ceramic, stainless steel and aluminum.
However, it cannot be used with the following workpieces in some cases:
SINE BAR
4
CHUCKS
2 ・Workpieces having abrasive-like surface (e.g. plaster)
0 ・Workpieces warped largely (more than 0.5 mm)
SUS304 A5056 Ceramic MC nylon Polypropylene
Material ・Thin (less than 1.0 mm) workpieces such as stainless steel that tend to be
Fixing agent: φ30×160 mm (100 g × 3 pieces/set) distorted by grinding heat
Note: These are sold only to the purchaser of the PROMELTA* SYSTEM. ・Some resins such as Teflon
BLOCKS, HOLDERS,
※2 The wax used with this system is susceptible to impact and therefore cannot
●For removing fixing agent remaining after securing workpieces, be used for cutting as a rule. In dry operations, the temperature of
MINI CHUCKS
a high-performance cleaner and ultrasonic cleaner (optional) are available. workpieces rises to melt the wax and therefore, it cannot be used.
Securing method Magnetic Chuck Mechanical Clamp
PROMELTA System Refrigerating Chuck Vacuum Chuck
Item ( Electromagnetic/
Permanent ) (e.g. Vice)
Magnetic
Workpiece Material ◎ ◎ ◎ ×( )
materials only △(Soft materials
not possible )
HOLDING
Size/plate thickness ◎ ◎ △(Small workpieces
not possible ) △ Thin sheets
△( not possible )
to fix Material distortion ◎ ◎ × ⃝ ◎
TOOLS
Unused hole
Pretreatment △ (Cleaning required) △ △( masking ) ◎ ◎
Fixing time △ △ ◎ ◎ ⃝
Operability
Releasing time △ △ ◎ ◎ ⃝
Post treatment △ (Cleaning required) ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎
Weak to
Grinding Infeed per pass (Fixing power stability) ◎ △(grinding heat) ⃝ ◎ ◎
TOOL HOLDERS
Material Size and shape Method Grinding wheel Fixing agent Flatness Parallelism Material Size and shape Method Grinding wheel Fixing agent Flatness Parallelism
65×65×15
(mm) 10×20×5
(mm)
Surface Diamond Both Surface Diamond Both
Cemented
SKD grinding 2μ grinding sides low 2μ 3μ grinding 2μ grinding sides low 1μ 1μ
carbide
5
15
Ceramic
grinding 2μ grinding sides low 2μ 3μ S50C grinding 2μ grinding sides low 2μ 3μ
(Alumina)
10
100
6
50 12
50×50×5
(mm) 〈Face A〉 φ72×20 φ7 8
GC Standard 2
φ5
GC
Surface 2 μ per pass (mm) Surface
Carbon grinding 〈Face B〉 1.5μ 3μ SUS304 grinding Standard 1μ 3μ
grinding grinding
5
20
※Note: The grinding accuracy is presented for reference only. It varies according to shapes, materials and sizes of workpieces and grinding environment such as machines.
46
SINE BAR CHUCKS
Types of Sine Bar Chucks
■Feature
The sine bar chucks come in various types such as electromagnetic, water-cooled, permanent electromagnetic, permanent
magnetic and in various sizes.
Type Model Features Remarks
PERMANENT
※The rotary tilting sine bar chuck comes with a gauge block (for 0°setting) of 25.882 mm of JIS Class B.
CHUCKS
VACUUM
SYSTEM
PROMELTA*
friendly
Power cord
TOOLS
HOLDING
84
Le
SBE-1131UFR-C
[Application]
90
●The gauge block can be set on either the right side (R) or left side (L) to meet the rotating
R
138
15°
●An angle can be set finely by one try with the clamp system. 25 32
25.882
14
L2 110
●The position can be changed and secured by pulling the lever in the axial direction. 165
●When the dustproof cover of the gauge block is opened beyond about 60 degrees, it is
HOLDERS
MAGNETIC
※The type having the gauge block setting area on the right side is indicated by R and that on the left side indicated by L .
※The chuck controller and clamp parts are not included. The KANETEC chucks work best when a KANETEC chuck controller is used.
47 ※A gauge block (25.882 mm) for 0° is included. For the mechanism of angle setting, see the bottom part on page 51. The conversion table included with the product facilitates angle setting.
SBE-U / SBC-U / SBEP-U
Model SBC-U TILT TYPE WATER-COOLED ELECTROMAGNETIC SINE BAR CHUCK
ELECTROMAGNETIC
Chuck controller required additionally
CHUCK
84
Le
SBC-1131UFL-C
90
P
[Application] 100
PERMANENT
515.5
Constructed to enable real-time internal cooling of heat generated when L1 B1
45°
power is applied to the electromagnet, making these chucks suitable for
R2
higher precision grinding operation.
0
H1
138
15°
80
[Features] 25 32 25.882 14
●Change in accuracy is minimized by supplying coolant at a flow rate of L2 110
PERMANENT
2 to 4 L/min to minimize coil heating. 165
●The mechanical functions and features are almost the same as those
of Model SBE chucks.
[mm(in)
]
BLOCKS
FOR MC
Mounting
Work Face Pole Pitch Height Electro
Nominal Length Tilt Angle
Model Voltage Current Mass Chuck Remarks
Size Angle 0°, Cover fully Angle Accuracy
₁ ₁ ₁ ₂ Master
Min. open, Max.
※For models with a combination
SBC-1131UFR-C 11(3+8) ES-M103B of a rectifier and demagnetizer,
VACUUM
CHUCKS
110(4.33)× 110 315 278 113 492 138 210 ー15°‒ 0.007/100 36kg/
0.43 90 VDC 0.3A ES-M305B see pages of
315(12.4) (4.33)
(12.4)(10.9)
(4.44) (19.3) (5.43) (8.26) +45°
max. 79 lb
SBC-1131UFL-C (0.11+0.31) EH-V305A Chuck Controllers. P17‒P20
※The type having the gauge block setting area on the right side is indicated by R and that on the left side indicated by L . ※A cooler unit is required additionally.
※The chuck controller and clamp parts are not included. The KANETEC chucks work best when a KANETEC chuck controller is used.
※A gauge block (25.882 mm) for 0° is included. For the mechanism of angle setting, see the bottom part on page 51. The conversion table included with the product facilitates angle setting.
PROMELTA*
SYSTEM
Model SBEP-U TILT TYPE PERMANENT ELECTROMAGNETIC SINE BAR CHUCK
SINE BAR
CHUCKS
Chuck controller required additionally
BLOCKS, HOLDERS,
MINI CHUCKS
Power cord
SBEP-1131UFR-C
84
Le
HOLDING
P
90
TOOLS
[Application]
These chucks are recommended for angle grinding of molds and jigs. Since 515.5 100
magnetization is carried out by momentary power application, almost no heat L1 B1
45°
(7)
MEASURING
138
[Features]
15°
80
●The holding power is maintained in the event of power failure during 165
●The mechanical functions and features are almost the same as those of
Model SBE.
[mm(in)
]
Mounting
Work Face Pole Pitch Height
Nominal Length Angle Electro
Model Tilt Angle Voltage Current Mass
Size Angle 0°
, Cover fully Accuracy Chuck Master
MAGNETIC
₁ ₁ ₁ ₂
Min. open, Max.
TOOLS
SBEP-1131UFR-C 110(4.33) 110 315 278 113 11(3+8) 492 138 210 0.007/100
ー15°‒+45° 90 VDC 2.1A 36kg/79 lb EPS-215B
SBEP-1131UFL-C ×315(12.4)
(4.33)
(12.4)
(10.9)
(4.44)0.43
(0.11+0.31) (19.3) (5.43) (8.26) max.
※The type having the gauge block setting area on the right side is indicated by R and that on the left side indicated by L .
※The chuck controller and clamp parts are not included. The KANETEC chucks work best when a KANETEC chuck controller is used.
※A gauge block (25.882 mm) for 0° is included. For the mechanism of angle setting, see the bottom part on page 51. The conversion table included with the product facilitates angle setting.
48
SINE BAR CHUCKS
Model SBP-R.UR TILT TYPE PERMANENT MAGNETIC SINE BAR CHUCK
CHUCKS
ELECTROMAGNETIC CHUCK
CONTROLLERS MAGNETIC CHUCKS ELECTROMAGNETIC CHUCKS
Φ10
90
P Back stopper
100
PERMANENT
L1 B1
45°
SBP-R1130UR-B Le
R
128
H
8
[Application]
95
15 °
80
Suitable for grinding molds and jigs including relatively small and thin ones
PERMANENT
※A gauge block (25.882 mm) for 0° is included. For the mechanism of angle setting, see the bottom part on page 51. The conversion table included with the product facilitates angle setting.
CHUCKS
VACUUM
W type [Application]
SYSTEM
PROMELTA*
[Features]
●When one side is closed, the chuck acts as a single vertical or horizontal type.
●The whole sine bar part is made of special steel, which has been
CHUCKS
SINE BAR
°
50
TOOLS
HOLDING
L1 50
°
Le B1
SBP-R1530LS-A
t
P
H2
TOOL HOLDERS
MEASURING
H1
L2 B2
[mm
(in)
]
HOLDERS
MAGNETIC
Work Face Pole Pitch Mounting Face Height Height at Angle Roller Center
Model Nominal Size Tilt Angle Mass
₁ ₁ ₂ ₂ ₁ ₁ ₂ Max. Tilt Accuracy Distance
0.11 guaranteed
(0.70) (1.57) max.
150 119 (0.03+0.07) 200 210 130 range Upper125(4.92) 25kg/
SBP-R1515LS-A 150
(5.90)
×150
(5.90) (264)(10.3)
(5.90) (4.68) (7.87)(8.26) (5.11) 0゜‒45゜ Lower150(5.90) 55 lb
150
(5.90)
300 257 206 345 345 Upper125(4.92) 45kg/
SBP-R1530LS-A 150
(5.90)
×300
(11.8) (372)(14.6)
(11.8) (10.1) (8.10)
(13.5)(13.5) Lower300(11.8) 99 lb
※A hex wrench key is included. For the mechanism of angle setting, see the bottom part on page 51. The conversion table included with the product facilitates angle setting.
49
SBP-R.UR / SBP-R.LS / SBP-R.S / SBP-R.L
Model SBP-R.S SINGLE TYPE PERMANENT MAGNETIC SINE BAR CHUCK
[Application]
ELECTROMAGNETIC
S type A laterally long type with the long side as the tilting axis for highly
precise grinding and measurement.
CHUCK
●The major parts have been lapped to ensure highly precise
grinding and measurement over a long period of time.
●Since a thin permanent magnetic chuck is used, this model is easy
to handle and provides a wider machining space.
PERMANENT
●These chucks employ a permanent magnet and therefore no heat
is generated, which enables highly precise grinding.
+45° L1
B1
P Le
PERMANENT
H2
OFF ON
SBP-R1018S-B
H1
5
0°
−5°
BLOCKS
h1
FOR MC
35
Gauge block not included. B2 L2
[mm(in)
]
Work Face Pole Pitch Mounting Face Height Height at Angle Roller Center
Model Nominal Size Tilt Angle Mass
₁ ₁ ₂ ₂ ₁ ₁ ₂ Max. Tilt Accuracy Distance
VACUUM
CHUCKS
105 175 142 110 175 20 89 9kg/
SBP-R1018S-B 105(41.3)×175(6.89) (117) (4.60) 75
(2.95)
(4.13)(6.89) (5.59) (4.33)(6.89)(0.78)(3.50) 20 lb
3(1+2)
300 18 256 300 27 96 40 0.007/100 27kg/
SBP-R1530S-B 150(5.90)×300(11.8) 0.11 −5゜‒45゜
(11.8)(0.70)(10.0) (11.8)(1.06)(3.78)(1.57) max. 60 lb
150 (0.03+0.07) 160
(172)
(6.77) 125(4.92)
(5.90) (6.29)
450 394 450 31 100 48kg/
SBP-R1545S-B 150(5.90)×450(17.7)
PROMELTA*
(17.7) (15.5) (17.7)(1.22)(3.93) 106 lb
SYSTEM
※A hex wrench key is included. For the mechanism of angle setting, see the bottom part on page 51. The conversion table included with the product facilitates angle setting.
SINE BAR
L type
CHUCKS
[Application]
A longitudinally long type with the short side as the
tilting axis for highly precise grinding and
measurement. Suitable for highly precise angle
grinding on mold grinders, etc.
BLOCKS, HOLDERS,
MINI CHUCKS
[Features]
●A grip is provided to facilitate angle setting in
the longitudinal direction.
HOLDING
TOOLS
+45°
TOOL HOLDERS
SBP-R1018L-B L1
MEASURING
Le B1
P
t
Reference
H2
plane OFF ON
H1
0°
MAGNETIC
HOLDERS
23
[mm(in)
]
Work Face Pole Pitch Mounting Face Height Height at Angle Roller Center
Model Nominal Size Tilt Angle Mass
₁ ₁ ₂ ₂ ₁ ₂ Max. Tilt Accuracy Distance
MAGNETIC
18 40 0.007/100
0.11 −5゜‒45゜
(0.70) (1.57) max.
150 300 256 (0.03+0.07) 196 300 103 32kg/
SBP-R1530L-B 150
(5.90)
×300(11.8) (272)
(10.7) 250(9.84)
(5.90)(11.8) (10.0) (7.71) (11.8) (4.05) 71 lb
※The tilting base setscrews are 6 mm wide across flats. A hex wrench key is included. For the mechanism of angle setting, see the bottom part on page 51. The conversion table included with the
product facilitates angle setting.
50
SINE BAR CHUCKS SBP-R L / SBP-R
Model SBP-R・L MINI PERMANENT MAGNETIC SINE BAR CHUCK
CHUCKS
ELECTROMAGNETIC CHUCK
[Application]
Designed for easy use in mold grinding and angle grinding of small
workpieces.
[Features]
●Compact and simple construction for easy handling.
●The shaft can be secured to use this chuck for grinding operations also.
CONTROLLERS MAGNETIC CHUCKS ELECTROMAGNETIC CHUCKS
●The magnetic pole micro pitches on the chuck work face enable grinding
of a wide range of workpieces from small workpieces to thick workpieces.
PERMANENT
L1
45°
SBP-R510L-B
Le B1
P
N.P
t
OFF ON
5°
PERMANENT
2-M5
18.5
8
[mm
(in)
]
Work Face Pole Pitch Mounting Face Height Height at Angle Roller Center
Model Nominal Size Tilt Angle Mass
₁ ₁ ₂ ₂ Max. Tilt Accuracy Distance
FOR MC
BLOCKS
45(1.77)
× 45 95 18 79 3(1+2) 75 103 62 0.007/100
SBP-R510L-B (114)
(4.48) −5°
‒ 45° 75
(2.95) 3kg/6.6 lb
95(3.74)
(1.77) (3.74) (0.70) (3.11) 0.11
(0.03+0.07) (2.95) (4.05) (2.44) max.
※A hex wrench key is included. For the mechanism of angle setting, see the bottom part on this page. The conversion table included with the product facilitates angle setting.
Two types are available; longitudinal type (Model SBP-R713S) and lateral type
(Model SBP-R713L) relative to the tilting angle. The accuracy and durability are
equivalent to those of the thin permanent magnetic sine bar chuck.
SYSTEM
PROMELTA*
[Application]
Easy to use for highly precise angle grinding on mold grinders, etc..
[Features]
SBP-R713L-B ●The magnetic pole micro pitches on the chuck work face enable grinding of a
wide range of workpieces from small workpieces to thick workpieces.
CHUCKS
SINE BAR
L1 B1
45
Le
°
P (35)
Tilting
grip
t
N.P
OFF ON
MINI CHUCKS
BLOCKS, HOLDERS,
φ10
H
5°
18.5
2-M5
(Shaft fixing)
Gauge block not included. L2
B2
[mm
(in)
]
TOOLS
HOLDING
Work Face Pole Pitch Mounting Face Height Height at Angle Roller Center
Model Nominal Size Tilt Angle Mass
₁ ₁ ₂ ₂ Max. Tilt Accuracy Distance
SBP-R713L-B 75
(2.95)
×130
(5.11) 75
(2.95) 130
18 (5.11) 3
(1+2) 75 103 86 (124)
(4.88) 0.007/100 75 7kg/
103(4.05) −5°
‒ 45°
SBP-R713S-B 130(5.11)× 75(2.95) 130(5.11) 75(2.95)(0.70) 0.11
(0.03+0.07) (2.95) (4.05) (3.38) (114)
(4.48) max. (2.95) 15.5 lb
※Gange blocks are not included. A hexagonal wrench key is included. For the mechanism of angle setting, see the bottom part of page. The conversion table included with the product facilitates angle setting.
TOOL HOLDERS
MEASURING
center of reference bar on the open/close side) as the hypotenuse (c), as shown.
a
Sinθ° = ̶̶
c
Select an approximate value from Gauge block
the function table for θ°.
When using a certain angle repeatedly, c
TOOLS
MAGNETIC
[Application]
ELECTROMAGNETIC
These chucks are used in combination with a magnetic
P
d
Le
L
These chucks are of drip-proof construction enabling them
to hold workpieces in electric discharge machining fluid.
[Features]
b
MMZ-412
B ●The magnetic force can be turned ON and OFF from
MMZ-614 either the front side or the rear side.
CHUCK
OFF ON
indicates the
H
attractive face. ●The chucks can be used in fluid. [mm(in)
]
Attractive Face Pole Pitch Mounting Face Height
Model Holding Power Handle Hole Mass
ℓ
PERMANENT
MMZ-412 105N
(10.5kgf) 40(1.57) 115(4.52) 29
(1.14) 84
(3.30) 7.5(1.5+6)0.29
(0.05+0.23) 30
(1.18) 75(2.95) 4-M5
(0.19)depth 7
(0.27) 40
(1.57) Nominal 6 1.3kg/2.8 lb
MMZ-614 400N
( 40kgf) 60(2.36) 135(5.31) 47
(1.85) 92
(3.62) 10(2 +8)0.39
(0.07+0.31) 40
(1.57) 80(3.15) 4-M6
(0.23)depth 10
(0.39) 50
(1.96) (0.23) 3.1kg/6.8 lb
※The holding power is based on a test piece of □50 × t25, S15C.
PERMANENT
These chucks are used in combination with a magnetic chuck as
P
BLOCKS
FOR MC
D1
holding workpieces in advance to reduce the setup time. Thus they
MMC-5 can be used for continuous grinding of small and thin workpieces.
FF
O
ON
[Features]
H
VACUUM
CHUCKS
Dp
●Small, but the magnetic force can be turned on and off.
[mm(in)
]
PROMELTA*
MMC-8 500N
( 50kgf) 80(3.15) 54
(2.12) 10(2 +8)0.39
(0.08+0.31) 60
(2.36) 50
(1.96) 4-M6
(0.23)depth 10(0.39) 65
(2.55) (0.31) 2.2kg/4.8 lb
SYSTEM
※The holding power is based on a test piece of □50 × t25, S15C.
SINE BAR
These chucks have three attractive faces and can be used in
CHUCKS
L1
(E)7.5 L2 2
B1 Le combination with a magnetic chuck. They are suitable for setting angles
P
of small workpieces and angle grinding.
[Features]
●Since these chucks have three attractive faces, one face may be
B2
used for mounting the chuck and other faces for holding workpieces.
BLOCKS, HOLDERS,
●They have magnetic poles arranged at micro pitches to hold small workpieces.
MINI CHUCKS
t
MMW-3F70A
indicate the attractive face. ●Drip-proof construction.
[mm
(in)
]
Holding Dimensions Pole Pitch
Model Nominal Size Squareness Parallelism Mass
Power
MMW-3F50A 55
(2.16)
×115(4.52) 600N(60kgf) 55(2.16) 55
(2.16) 125.5 115 20.5
(0.80) 90.5 10 1.5(0.5+1.0) 2.8kg/6.2 lb
HOLDING
0.01 0.02
MMW-3F70A 70
(2.75)
×115(4.52) 900N(90kgf) 70(2.75) 70
(2.75) (4.94) (4.52) (1.00) (3.56) (0.39) 0.05
25.5 (0.02+0.03) 4.0kg/8.8 lb
TOOLS
※ The holding power is based on a test piece of □50 × t25, S15C, ground surface, with nothing held on other faces.
※Note that when workpieces are held on two or more faces simultaneously, the holding power of each face drops.
[Application]
B
These chucks are suitable for holding workpieces in
Le
such operations as grinding, boring, cutting, welding
and assembly. Since four faces can hold workpieces
simultaneously, they can be used as a magnet vice in
H
MAGNETIC
HOLDERS
on one whole face on three whole faces simultaneously. They can also be used as a guide
MMXW-611A
400N(40kgf) 60N(6kgf) 64 112 136 4
(2+2) 64 3.5kg/ stopper to secure workpieces.
or over. or over. (2.52)(4.40)(5.35) 0.15 (0.07+0.07) (2.52) 7.7 lb
●The accuracy is as follows: flatness 0.01 mm,
※ The holding power is based on a test piece of □50 × t25, S15C, ground surface, with nothing held on other faces.
parallelism 0.02 mm, squareness 0.03 mm.
※Note that when workpieces are held on two or more faces simultaneously, the holding power of each face drops.
52
BLOCKS, HOLDERS, MINI CHUCKS
Model RMAW-2F TWO-FACE HOLDING BLOCK FOR SMALL WORKPIECE
[Application]
Suitable for holding workpieces in various operations such as grinding and light
duty cutting, measurement and assembly work.
[Features]
CONTROLLERS MAGNETIC CHUCKS ELECTROMAGNETIC CHUCKS
easily on the machine table or work table to shorten the setup time.
●Since a workpiece can be held on its side face, workpieces can be held
vertically or on three faces. ※When a workpiece is held on the top face or
L B
bottom face and the side face simultaneously, the holding power of each face
P drops.
●By using tapped holes on three side faces and bottom face, stoppers and
PERMANENT
RMAW-2F0812
Holding Dimensions Pole Pitch
Model Mass
Power
Bottom face operation Top face operation
80 120 50 6
(2+4) 3.7kg/
RMAW-2F0812 785N
(80kgf)
(3.15) (4.72) (1.96) 0.23
(0.07+0.15) 8.15 lb
FOR MC
BLOCKS
indicates the attractive face. ※The holding power is the largest value obtained using a test piece of □50 × t25, S15C.
finished together.
●They are of drip-proof and oil-resistant construction
to allow them to be used in fluid.
TOOL HOLDERS
MEASURING
<KPB-1F dimensions>
B L
P
[mm
(in)
]
Holding Dimensions Pole Pitch
Model Nominal Size Mass M8, depth 10
Power
HOLDERS
MAGNETIC
L1
KPB-1F13 50(1.96)×125(4.92) 250N(25kgf) 125(4.92) 85(3.34) 1.5kg/3.3 lb×2
52 35 1.5(0.5+1.0)
KPB-1F18 50(1.96)×180(7.08) 350N(35kgf) 180(7.08) 110(4.33) 2.2kg/4.8 lb×2 <KPB-2F dimensions>
(2.04) (1.37) 0.05(0.02+0.03)
KPB-1F25 50(1.96)×250(9.84) 500N(50kgf) 250(9.84) 150(5.90) 3.1kg/6.8 lb×2 L
B
※The holding power is based on a test piece of SS400, 20 mm thick (ground surface) held on the whole face. P
ELECTROMAGNETIC
[Application]
In addition to using these holders as a fixing jig for small workpieces, they can
CHUCK
efficiency is improved.
●As these holders are of drip-proof construction, they can be used in liquid
such as during electric discharge machining.
PERMANENT
KM-JB0812 B L
KM-JB0709
Additional work
allowed area. F O
(Top/bottom/right/left)
OF
N
Additionally workable up to
H
KM-JB side face
10 mm on each face.
PERMANENT
KA
NE T E C
35
8
[mm(in)
]
➡
BLOCKS
FOR MC
Holding Dimensions
Model Mass
Power
KM-JB0709 392N
(40kgf) 65(2.55) 85
(3.34) 70
(2.75) 2.5kg/ 5.5 lb
KM-JB0812 883N
(90kgf) 80(3.14) 120(4.72) 90
(3.54) 5.5kg/12.1 lb
※ However, avoid making a hole
in the pin and counterbore areas. Pin Counterbore ※The holding power is based on a test piece of □50 × t25, S15C. ※A hex wrench key is included.
VACUUM
CHUCKS
Model MM FREE BLOCK
[Application]
Freely workable permanent magnetic block These blocks are designed to allow deep engraving such as
grooves and steps on the attractive face to fit workpiece shapes
PROMELTA*
when holding workpieces.
SYSTEM
[Features]
●The attractive face can be removed up to 10 mm deep from the
surface of the new block.
●As workpieces can be fitted in grooves, a large machining
SINE BAR
pressure can be used. Also cemented carbide workpieces,
CHUCKS
MM2F-512 which are difficult to hold by a magnetic chuck, can be secured
MM3F-612 by using these blocks to enable grinding.
●These blocks can be mounted on the magnetic chuck work face.
●There are two types; a magnetic force ON-OFF type and a type
not equipped with an ON-OFF function.
BLOCKS, HOLDERS,
MINI CHUCKS
〈MM2F-512〉
L
t
HOLDING
H
MM3F-912
H1
TOOLS
p
MM3Y-1023 B1 t
B 2 attractive faces
〈MM3F-612ー912〉
TOOL HOLDERS
L
MEASURING
t
H
H1
p
MAGNETIC
HOLDERS
t B1 t
[mm
(in)
] B
Nominal Holding Dimensions Pole Pitch Work Allowance Mag. Force 〈MM3Y-1023〉
Model Mass L
Size Power ON/OFF
t B1 t 204
50
(1.96)× 200N 50 2kg/ P
MM2F- 512
(4.72) (20kgf)(1.96)
120 40 4.4 lb N
8(3+5) O
MAGNETIC
50 (1.57) 40
t
60
(2.36)× 400N 60 120 Not 2.5kg/
MM3F- 612 0.31
120
(4.72) (40kgf)(2.36)(4.72)(1.96) (1.57) provided 5.5 lb
H1
H
(0.11+0.19) Max.10
TOOLS
(0.39)
10
90
(3.54)× 600N 90 70 3.5kg/
MM3F- 912
(4.72) (60kgf)(3.54)
120 (2.75) 7.7 lb 50 250
100
(3.93)× 750N 100 230 100 80 90 15.2 20kg/ B 300
MM3Y-1023 Provided
(9.05) (75kgf)(3.93)(9.05)(3.93)(3.15)(3.54) (0.59)
230 44 lb 3 attractive faces
※The holding power is a reference value obtained using a test piece of S15C, □50 × t25, ground surface.
indicates the attractive face.
※Note that when workpieces are held on two or more faces simultaneously, the holding power of each face drops.
54
BLOCKS, HOLDERS, MINI CHUCKS
Model KYA SQUARE TYPE BLOCK
[Application]
CHUCKS
ELECTROMAGNETIC CHUCK
Side face
top (V face) and both side faces.
V groove ②
ON OFF
●The ON/OFF lever is detachable. (The length of
H
the opposite sides of the hex hole is 8 mm.)
●Drip-proof and oil-resistant construction.
End face
●An M8 tapped hole is provided on the top for
Bottom face End face Le
PERMANENT
※The holding power is based on the V face and φ20 round steel bar. ※For accuracy, see the table below.
※Note that when workpieces are held on two or more faces simultaneously, the holding power of each face drops.
Item Standard Special Standard Special Standard Special Standard Special Standard Special Standard Special
Bottom face to top face
15 15 20
Bottom face to V face 10 10 20
Parallelism
End face to end face 7 7 12 8 12 8 15 9 9
Side face to V face 20 20 25 25 30 30
SYSTEM
PROMELTA*
[Application]
Holding tools for marking and light duty machining.
B L
Top face Holding tools for three-dimensional measuring
90°
a Side face instruments and various measuring systems.
Side face [Features]
MINI CHUCKS
BLOCKS, HOLDERS,
180N
(18kgf)or over. φ10
(0.39)
ーφ32
(1.25) 80
(3.14) 80
(3.14) 80
(3.14) 29
(1.02) 2.5kg/5.5 lb
TOOL HOLDERS
MEASURING
KYB- 8A
KYB-10A 343N
(35kgf)or over. 100
(3.93) 100(3.93) 100
(3.93) 6kg/13 lb
φ13
(0.51)
ーφ50
(1.96) 40(1.57)
KYB-13A 400N
(40kgf)or over. 125
(4.92) 125(4.92) 125
(4.92) 8kg/17 lb
KYB-13A KYB-15A 589N
(60kgf)or over. 150(5.90) 150(5.90) 150
(5.90) 12kg/26 lb
KYB-18A 600N
(60kgf)or over. φ14
(0.55)
ーφ66
(2.59) 180
(7.08) 180(7.08) 180
(7.08) 50(1.96) 16kg/35 lb
KYB-20A 785N
(80kgf)or over. 200
(7.87) 200(7.87) 200
(7.87) 22kg/48 lb
HOLDERS
MAGNETIC
※The holding power is based on the V face and φ20 round steel bar. ※For accuracy, see the table below.
55 ■The dimensional accuracy of KYA and KYB is based on KANETEC in-house standards. If you require higher accuracy, please contact us.
KYA / KYB / KVA / KVA-2F
Model KVA MAGNETIC V-HOLDER
[Application]
ELECTROMAGNETIC
Holding tools for round bar marking, drilling, tapping and grinding of
irregularly shaped workpieces.
CHUCK
the hex hole is 8 mm.)
●Drip-proof and oil-resistant construction.
●Ultra-precision finishing is also available. Please contact us.
PERMANENT
KVA-2A
B L
KVA-1A a Side face Top face
PERMANENT
Side face
90°
10
[mm
(in)
]
Dimensions
BLOCKS
FOR MC
Model Holding Power Applicable Diameter Mass
H
KVA-1A 300N
(30kgf)or over. 80
(3.14) 2kg/4.4 lb
10
End face End face
KVA-2A 450N
(45kgf)or over. φ8
(0.31)
ーφ50(1.96) 60
(2.36) 73
(2.87) 125
(4.92) 38
(1.49) 3kg/6.6 lb
10 10 Bottom
face
KVA-3A 700N
(70kgf)or over. 180
(7.08) 4.5kg/10 lb
※The holding power is based on the V face and φ20 round steel bar. ※For accuracy, see the table below.
indicates the attractive face.
VACUUM
CHUCKS
※Note that when workpieces are held on two or more faces simultaneously, the holding power of each face drops.
PROMELTA*
The top and bottom faces can be turned
SYSTEM
First in the
industry! ON/OFF independently!
[Application]
SINE BAR
CHUCKS
An example of usage A holding tool in a wide range of applications such as round bar marking
and cutting.
Also usable as a holding tool for measurement on an iron surface plate.
[Features]
●Only the workpiece can be mounted/demounted without changing the
BLOCKS, HOLDERS,
holder fixing position, improving the work efficiency.
MINI CHUCKS
●The ON/OFF lever is detachable. (The length of the opposite sides of
the hex hole is 8 mm.)
●Drip-proof and oil-resistant construction.
●Ultra-precision finishing is also available. Please contact us.
HOLDING
60 (26) 80
TOOLS
38 Top face
90° Side face
12.5
End face
ver
F le
/OF
ON a le
b
ach
TOOL HOLDERS
ON OFF
KVA-2F1A det
105
MEASURING
[mm
(in)
]
Dimensions ON OFF
KVA-2F1A 392N
(40kgf)or over. φ8
(0.31)
ーφ50
(1.96) 60
(2.36) 105(4.13) 80(3.14) 3.2kg/7.0 lb 10 10 Bottom face
MAGNETIC
※The holding power is based on the V face and φ20 round steel bar. ※For accuracy, see the table below.
HOLDERS
■The dimensional accuracy of KVA and KVA-2F is based on KANETEC in-house standards. If you require higher accuracy, please contact us. 56
BLOCKS, HOLDERS, MINI CHUCKS
Model KVS MAGNETIC V-HOLDER
[Application]
CHUCKS
ELECTROMAGNETIC CHUCK
Suitable for securing irregularly shaped workpieces for grinding and light duty
cutting such as drilling and tapping.
[Features]
●The special construction exerts a strong magnetic force on three faces of top,
bottom and end.
CONTROLLERS MAGNETIC CHUCKS ELECTROMAGNETIC CHUCKS
●Usable for inspection also. Two accuracy grades; standard and special are
available.
●The magnetic force can be turned on and off easily by turning the lever.
●Drip-proof construction.
B
KVS-1B
PERMANENT
a
Top face
90°
(VC groove) L
KVS-2B
25
[mm
(in)
]
Holding Power Applicable Diameter Dimensions
Model Mass
Steel bar VC groove VE groove
H
PERMANENT
25
※The holding power is based on φ20 round steel bar. ※For accuracy, see the table below. 15
5 5
※Note that when workpieces are held on two or more faces simultaneously, the holding power of each Bottom face
90°
face drops.
(VE groove)
(μm)
Model・Accuracy KVS-1B KVS-2B
Item Standard Special Standard Special
Bottom face to top face
Bottom face to VC groove
Parallelism 12 7 20 12
CHUCKS
VACUUM
[Application]
Holding tools for round bar marking and drilling.
Holding tools for three-dimensional measuring
instruments and various measuring systems.
CHUCKS
SINE BAR
[Features]
●Workpieces can be held on the top face (V face)
and end face.
●The ON/OFF lever is detachable. (The length of
the opposite sides of the hex hole is 8 mm.)
MINI CHUCKS
BLOCKS, HOLDERS,
KMV-125D
●Drip-proof and oil-resistant construction.
●Two blocks make one set.
KMV-50D
●Ultra-precision finishing is also available. Please
Top contact us.
face L
B a KMV-80D
End
TOOLS
HOLDING
90° face
Side [mm
(in)
]
Side face
face Dimensions
Model Holding Power Applicable Diameter Mass
150N
(15kgf) 40 50 70 36
H
KMV- 80D
or over. 50 (3.14) (3.93) (2.36)
Bottom 230N
(23kgf) (1.96) 100 150 90
face KMV-125D φ 8(0.31)ーφ125(4.92) 5kg/ 11 lb×2
or over. (3.93) (5.90) (3.54)
indicate the attractive face. ※The holding power is based on the V face and φ20 round steel bar. ※For accuracy, see the table below.
※Note that when workpieces are held on two or more faces simultaneously, the holding power of each face drops.
57 ■The dimensional accuracy of KVS and KMV is based on KANETEC in-house standards. If you require higher accuracy, please contact us.
KVS / KMV / KMV-M / KT.KTV / MV
Model KMV-M PERMANENT MAGNETIC MINI V-BLOCK
[Application]
ELECTROMAGNETIC
These blocks are used to hold small-diameter round bars
on optical measuring equipment. (Non-watertight type)
CHUCK
■KMV-M accuracy (μm) B
B3 B1 B3
Item Model・Accuracy KMV-M020 KMV-M025 KMV-M032
90°
Bottom face to top face L
Top face B2
Bottom face to V face
PERMANENT
Parallelism Side face to side face 10 10 10
Side face
Side face to V face Side face
H
Bottom face to side face
Squareness Bottom face to end face 21 21 21
End face
End face to V face End face
PERMANENT
Bottom face (ON/OFF switchover face)
Difference in height between V face and top face of one set of blocks 7 7 7
※If you require higher accuracy, please contact us.
[mm(in)
]
Applicable Dimensions
Model Holding Power Mass
BLOCKS
Diameter
FOR MC
₁ ₂ 3
KMV-M020 9.8N
(1kgf) φ15(0.59) 20
(0.78) 12
(0.47) 2.0(0.07) 4(0.15) 20
(0.78) 20
(0.78) 0.06kg/0.13 lb×2
KMV-M025 19.6N
(2kgf) φ20
(0.78) 25
(0.98) 15
(0.59) 2.5(0.09) 5(0.19) 25(0.98) 25
(0.98) 0.13kg/0.28 lb×2
KMV-M032 49 N
(5kgf) φ25(0.98) 32
(1.25) 20
(0.78) 3.0(0.11) 6(0.23) 32(1.25) 32
(1.25) 0.24kg/0.53 lb×2
※The holding power is based on φ10 round steel bar. ■The dimensional accuracy of KMV-M is based on KANETEC in-house standards. If you require higher accuracy, please contact us.
VACUUM
CHUCKS
[Application]
These blocks are used in combination with a
magnetic chuck as an auxiliary tool to hold round
PROMELTA*
KT-1 bars and sheet-like workpieces that are difficult to
SYSTEM
hold on the work face alone.
[Features]
●Since these blocks are not magnetized themselves,
they are placed on a magnetic chuck to induce
magnetism to hold workpieces. Magnetism can be
SINE BAR
CHUCKS
KTV-1 KT-4
induced on two faces of the top face and side face
〈KT-1〉 〈KTV-1〉 〈KT-2、3、
4〉 or the V face and side face.
L
L H L H
P1 P2 H
●Workpieces of special shapes can also be held by
P1 P2 P1 P2
use of chuck blocks, thus making it possible to
utilize your chucks in stock.
BLOCKS, HOLDERS,
●One set of two blocks has been finished together.
90°
B
B
B
MINI CHUCKS
(KT-3 and -4 are available individually.)
Nameplate
Tightening bolt
[mm(in)
]
HOLDING
KT-1 70
(2.75) 100
(3.93) 41(1.61) 3.2(0.12) 2.0kg/4.4 lb×2
3.2(0.12)
N S N S N S N S 45
(1.77) 72
(2.83) 22(0.86) 0.37kg/0.8 lb×2
TOOLS
KT-2
3(0.11)
KT-3 150
(5.90) 5.4kg/12 lb
125(4.92) 38(1.49) 4.5(0.17)
KT-4 304
(11.9) 2(0.07) 11.7kg/25 lb
KTV-1 60
(2.36) 65
(2.55) 40(1.57) 3(0.11) 3.2(0.12) 0.78kg/1.7 lb×2
※KTV-1 applicable diameter:φ10‒φ70 mm ※If you require additional working on the blocks, please contact us.
TOOL HOLDERS
MEASURING
Workpiece
HOLDERS
workpieces that cannot be physically mounted directly. (See the figure below.) This adapter
MV−1
is recommended for holding workpieces during grinding, drilling and measurement.
N
[Features]
●The attractive face can be set
MAGNETIC
S
Fo
ld to any angle between 90 and
TOOLS
180 degrees.
ing
dire
Design registered
26
Also usable for holding a mirror, penlight, sensor, etc.
30∼60
360°
CONTROLLERS MAGNETIC CHUCKS ELECTROMAGNETIC CHUCKS
rotation
[Features] 360°
rotation
M5 ●A diversified design of metal parts at the tip makes this holder
Pole B Depth 12 usable in a very wide range of application.
MPV-MF30 In addition to the main clamper, a φ6 shaft and φ8 shaft are mountable.
(267)
Pole A
φ6 shaft Tip of flexible tube: M6 male thread, tip of pole: M5 female thread
mounting
Parts replaceable with other parts that match these thread sizes.
PERMANENT
hole
●The use of a magnetic holder base that is equipped with an ON/
φ8 shaft M6×8 OFF function facilitates mounting and demounting.
mounting
OFF
55
hole
MPV-MF30
(34)
[Application] φ14
φ20
Suitable for soldering of circuit boards of electric parts.
20
31
MAX. 214
100
Suitable for holding parts during assembly.
Suitable for wiring as it can clamp electric cables.
CHUCKS
VACUUM
[Features] φ22
108
●The employment of a powerful ON/OFF selectable
55
magnetic holder facilitates mounting on an iron work
table and work table of machine tools. 50 73
94.6
●The clamp part is equipped with a tough plastic
150°
SYSTEM
PROMELTA*
102
80 50
Parts available individually 50 16 20 (Full open) 16
44
[Application] φ14
φ20
Suitable for temporarily holding workpieces during
31
MINI CHUCKS
BLOCKS, HOLDERS,
30
MAX. 179
61 20
drilling and tapping of nonmagnetic materials. φ22
108
[Features]
●The employment of a powerful ON/OFF selectable
55
73
table and work table of machine tools. 150° 94.6
20
V block
ELECTROMAGNETIC
Ball valve
Parts available individually PS1/4
PT1/4×φ9
(hose nipple)
PS1/8 This holder is used to supply cutting fluid or air to machine tools.
This can also be used to remove chips and particles produced
CHUCK
PT1/4×PF1/8
25.5 25.5
maintained stably even when releasing high pressure air or a
large amount of cutting fluid. In addition, it is highly resistant
NH-M3
Hose nipple(φ9) to thermal damage by chips and its durability has been
Ball valve
NH-M1 improved. (NH-M1, M3)
PERMANENT
PT1/8×PF1/8
●The powerful magnet enables the holder to be mounted in any
An example of NH-M1 usage position easily.
3−PT1/8 PT1/4 ●The nozzle tip cab be positioned in any posture and at any
ON
angle.
OFF
PERMANENT
adding joints. (NH-P) [mm(in) ]
Model Holding Power Nominal Size Inlet Dia. Hose Length No. of Outlets Mass
NH-P1 250N
(25kgf) φ70(2.75)
×27
(1.06) 390
(15.3) 1 pc 0.95kg/2.1 lb
BLOCKS
FOR MC
NH-P1 NH-P3 500N
(50kgf) 48(1.89)
×73
(2.87)
×54(2.12) φ9 420
(16.5) 3 pcs 1.65kg/3.6 lb
NH-M1 245N
(25kgf) φ70(2.75)
×31
(1.22) (0.35) 400
(15.7) 1 pc 0.9kg/1.9 lb
NH-M3 490N
(50kgf) 48(1.89)
×73
(2.87)
×54(2.12) 400
(15.7) 3 pcs 1.9kg/4.1 lb
※Upper limit of pressure …Adjustable hose (NH-P1, P3) : Air pressure 0.34 MPa, liquid pressure 0.2 MPa Metallic flexible hose (NH-
NH-P3 M1, M3) : 0.6 MPa max. (Upper limit of flow rate: 10 litters/minute max.). However, depending on releasing
angles, the posture of the hose may be changed by a jetting pressure even when the air/liquid pressure is
VACUUM
below the upper limit. In such a case, turn the valve to reduce the flow rate.
CHUCKS
※The hose length includes the stainless steel nozzle part (NH-P: 70 mm) at the tip.
※The holding power is based on a test piece of SS400, 10 mm thick, ground surface.
<Tip nozzle> ※The magnet section of NH-M and NH-P is common. Therefore the upper section is interchangeable for mounting between NH-M and NH-P.
(Available separately) ※NH-M1, M3: Flexible part φ11 mm
PROMELTA*
SYSTEM
[Application]
A dressing tool for grinding wheels.
The dresser can be held firmly on a powerful magnetic holder base. Setting
up is easy and reliable.
[Features]
SINE BAR
CHUCKS
●The magnetic force can be turned on and off with the lever to facilitate
mounting to and demounting from the machine table.(For setting on a
magnetic chuck, power OFF the chuck and power ON this Dresser.)
MDR-1C Holding ●The dresser can be mounted at any angles.
power
●The dresser mounting clamp can be secured to either the side or the top of
BLOCKS, HOLDERS,
800N the magnetic holder base. (The photo shows the clamp mounted on the side.)
MINI CHUCKS
The dresser is not included.
[mm(in)
]
Dimensions
Model Holding Power Dresser Shaft Dia. Mass
Width Length Height
MDR-1C 800N(80kgf) 50
(1.96) 58.5
(2.30) 55
(2.16) φ11
(0.43)and φ12(0.47) 1.2kg/2.64 lb
HOLDING
Model MP MAGPAD* TOOLS
30 [Application]
M5 screws can be used to detach the Magpad
TOOL HOLDERS
from the workpiece. The Magpad is a device to prevent wire breakage by heat due to
MEASURING
HOLDERS
[Features]
3 MP-2
30 33 ●The Magpad is made of transparent acrylic plate incorporating
W MP-1
powerful magnets. The Magpad has strong holding power and
3
[mm
(in)
] ●No mechanical clamp is required. Attaching and detaching
can be done efficiently and without a fear of damaging
MAGNETIC
Holding Dimensions
Model Mass workpieces.
Power Width Length Height
TOOLS
Holding Holding
Holding Holding
power power
power power
800N 800N 800N 800N
PERMANENT
Holding
power
PERMANENT
1300N
MB-T3
MB-PSL
Holding
FOR MC
BLOCKS
An example of usage
19
(60)
( )
MB-Z15:150mm
MB-Z15:200mm
φ30
SYSTEM
PROMELTA*
φ38
Sub pole up-down range
power
(180)
MB-Z15 MB-PSL
1230N
MB-Z20 Holding MB-PSL allows the mounting of the test
power indicatorφ6 mm stem only.
(120)
CHUCKS
SINE BAR
1230N
ON OFF
[Application]
MB−Z20 MADE IN JAPAN
These magnetic bases are widely used as measuring tool holders when measuring dimensions of machined
workpieces (detecting errors and deviation) using a dial indicator on machine tools or iron surface plate for
measurement by comparison.
[Features]
MINI CHUCKS
BLOCKS, HOLDERS,
●A wide variety of models, small to large, and with diversified additional functions, are available to suit
conditions of measuring places.
●A powerful magnet and strong clamping force ensure consistent, highly accurate measurement.
●Model MB-Z magnetic bases are equipped with upper components having the highest rigidity in our
Magnetic Base Series, which minimizes errors in repeated measurement and precision measurement.
Displacement at a force of 0.5 kg … MB-Z15: 3 μm or less (1/8 or less of conventional base) The dial gage is not included.
TOOLS
HOLDING
(100kgf) (2.87) 178 14 (0.23) 2.5kg/ High precision type with fine
MB-W2V φ8
20 (7.00) (0.55) 5.5 lb move adjustment.
(031)
1300N 117 (0.78) 355 200 M20 (0.78)× M20
(0.78)
/ M10(0.39)
× 3.6kg/ Main pole longest, base largest
MB-T3
(130kgf) (4.60) (13.9) (7.87) 1.5(0.05) M10
(0.39) 1.25
(0.04) (MB-PSL: 7.9 lb and holding power greatest.
800N 58.5 16 315 / φ6 only)
6.0(0.23) 1.8kg/
MB-FX − − ̶ Flexible type, settable freely.
( 80kgf) (2.30) (0.62)(12.4) M8(0.31)× M8(0.31)× 8.1(0.31) 3.9 lb
1000N 73 20 178 14(0.55) 165 (6.49) 1.25
(0.04) 1.25
(0.04) 6.6(0.26)
/ M6 2.7kg/ Two-step sub pole with fine
MB-W2S −
(100kgf) (2.87) (0.78)(7.00) 12(0.47) 130
(5.11) 8.1(0.31) (0.23) 5.9 lb move adjustment.
TOOLS
MAGNETIC
ELECTROMAGNETIC
bracket mounting Indicator clamping screw
Sub pole
CHUCK
and insert.)
Upper A set of upper
A set of upper components
components section
PERMANENT
A set of switching
A set of lower components
components A set of lower Sub pole
Washer components Main pole
※The upper components, lower components and
Magnetic Plate switching components are sold as a set.
PERMANENT
holder base A set of switching Top face
※
Select lever components
Side face
Side face
Nameplate
Rear face
BLOCKS
FOR MC
MB- (※MB-Z,
MB-PSL excluded)
※Refer to P69 and P72 for the common models. Attractive face
Note, however, that there may be difference in the main pole
mounting thread hole and so on.
indicates the attractive face.
VACUUM
CHUCKS
Measurement variation expanded.
■Upper components Model DG-6 ■Lower components Model MB-CMF
(Components for mounting dial gage) (Components for mounting φ10 sub pole)
PROMELTA*
[Application] [Application]
SYSTEM
Optionally sold when φ4.5 mm mounting An optional unit for mounting one φ10 sub pole in
hole is required on MB-B, BV, F2 and K. addition to the existing φ10 sub pole.
[Features] [Features]
●Upper components with φ4.5/6.6 mm ●An application range of magnetic bases is
SINE BAR
mounting hole. expanded such as holding light weight objects
CHUCKS
by, for example, extending the sub pole.
※Depending on measurement conditions, the
Mounting MB-B (Common with BV/F2) φ10
rigidity may drop. Pay attention to a drop in
diameter Model DG-6-B (Mounting diameter φ10) measurement accuracy.
MB-K (Common with W2S)
BLOCKS, HOLDERS,
φ10 Applicable models: MB-B, BV, F2 (Sub pole diameter 10 mm)
Model DG-6-K (Mounting diameter φ12) MB-CMF1010
MINI CHUCKS
Model
[Application]
Designed for Magnetic Base Mounted on a magnetic base or High Lock Base to secure a dial gage, linear gage, etc.
and High Lock Base
HOLDING
[Features]
TOOLS
●φ6 shaft to suit the mounting hole of MB Series upper components. (DG-15-6, DG-
AM-6)
●A larger diameter dial gage such as a liner gage (φ 15) can be clamped. (DG-15-6)
●φ8 and φ6 holes are provided for securing a dial gage in the dovetail groove. (DG-AM-6).
TOOL HOLDERS
●φ8 shaft to suit the tip mounting pat of MB-MX and MB-OX to secure the bracket
MEASURING
14
MAGNETIC
HOLDERS
φ6
15 12
60
(11.5) 27
20
φ20
40
60°
63.5
13
M6 through
7
Washer
43.5
φ20
φ1
5
12 12 φ8
1.5
14 14
14
28
9
φ6 Indicator
15
MAGNETIC
(DG-AM-6) (DG-AM-6) (DG-X) DG-X MB-MX,OX Dial gage with bracket 40g / 0.09 lb
62
MEASURING TOOL HOLDERS
Model MB-MX HIGH LOCK BASE
[Application]
CHUCKS
ELECTROMAGNETIC CHUCK
Mechanical lock & fine movement adjuster While these bases are used as measuring tool holders like magnetic
bases, they can also be used to hold sensors in place.
Tightening torque + clamp force + fine [Features]
adjustment function all improved! ●Any posture can be set by tightening a knob to lock every part.
●The clamp system is adjustable steplessly. Turning lightly achieves it.
CONTROLLERS MAGNETIC CHUCKS ELECTROMAGNETIC CHUCKS
L4
φ8
L
L3
Dial gage M Thread size: M1
clamping part
Fine
Wrench set width
adjustment across flats: B1
φ6
Reducer
CHUCKS
VACUUM
Shaft B
Tightening
L2 Holding Holding Holding Holding
knob power power power power
600N 800N 1000N 1000N
Cylinder
Upper
section
Shaft A
MB-MX13F MB-MX20F MB-MX28F MB-MX40F
Optional upper L1
components Model M1 B1
SYSTEM
PROMELTA*
available
Mounting
screw
Washer
MB-MX13F 6
MB-MX20F M6
(Coarse)
×L7 7
(See page 62) Magnetic
holder base
MB-MX28F
8
<Dial gage mounting> <Names/dimensions> <Details of part M MB-MX40F M8
(Coarse)
×L8
and dimensions> [mm
(in)
]
CHUCKS
SINE BAR
φ6
While these bases are used as measuring tool
L3 holders like magnetic bases, they can also be used
MB-CX to hold sensors in place.
[Features]
L2
Holding
MB-PSX-V power MB-CX-V
●A mechanical lock system that tightens joints in
Holding
MB-PSX Holding 160N power three places by one-step operation.
HOLDERS
MAGNETIC
L1
Holding power
power 160N ●The arm can be adjusted freely, which facilitates
300N The dial gage is not included. Lo
locating the mounted measuring instrument.
300N ※Model MB-CX has no magnetic force
Fine movement ON/OFF selection. The upper section is Fine movement ●Models MB-CX-V/PSX-V are equipped with a
adjuster included common with Model MB-PSX. adjuster included fine movement adjuster. [mm (in)]
Lock Holding Magnetic Holder Base Arm Arm Mounting Indicator Clamp
Model Mass Feature
TOOLS
MAGNETIC
Mechanism Power Width Length Height Tapped Hole Stem Hole Dovetail
MB-CX 160N 28 28 28 12 39(1.53) 0.38kg/0.83 lb Small, V attractive face
(16kgf) (1.10) (1.10) (1.10)(0.47)
MB-CX-V Mechanical 46 46 57(2.24) M5 (0.19)
× φ6
(0.23) 6.5 0.5 kg/1.10 lb Small, V attractive face, fine movement adjuster
MB-PSX Type (1.81)(1.81)39(1.53) 0.8(0.03) ×2 (0.25) 0.38kg/0.83 lb Small, magnet switchover
300N 30 34 35 14
MB-PSX-V (30kgf) (1.18) (1.33) (1.37)(0.55) 57(2.24) 0.5 kg/1.10 lb Small, magnet switchover, fine movement adjuster
63 ※The holding power is based on a test piece of SS400, 10 mm thick, ground surface.
MB-MX / MB-X / MB-OX / GB-MX
Model MB-OX HIGH LOCK BASE
ELECTROMAGNETIC
Hydraulic & fine movement adjuster
CHUCK
(See page 62)
●The arm can be adjusted freely, which facilitates locating the
mounted measuring instrument.
●Equipped with a fine movement adjuster.
PERMANENT
L1
PERMANENT
[mm(in)
]
Lock Holding Magnetic Holder Base Arm Arm Mounting Indicator Clamp
BLOCKS
Model Mass Accessory
FOR MC
Mechanism Power Width Length Height Tapped Hole Stem Hole Dovetail MB-OX
Hydraulic 1000N 50 73 55 140 110 81 φ8
(0.31) 6.5 2.0kg/ Holding
MB-OX M8
(0.31)
×1.25
(0.04) ※Replenish oil power
type (100kgf) (1.96) (2.87) (2.16)(5.51)(4.33)(3.18) φ6
(0.23) (0.25) 4.4 lb
※The holding power is based on a test piece of SS400, 10 mm thick, ground surface. ※Recommended replenish oil: Idemitsu Daphne Super Multi Oil or equivalent 1000N
VACUUM
CHUCKS
Mechanical lock & fine movement adjuster
Measurement on precision granite surface plate!
PROMELTA*
Highly reliable flexible arm!
SYSTEM
Free posture
by dial adjustment
SINE BAR
CHUCKS
BLOCKS, HOLDERS,
MINI CHUCKS
2-step circular base
for easy handling
HOLDING
TOOLS
L4
L3
GB-MX13F
GB-MX20F An example of usage
GB-MX28F
TOOL HOLDERS
GB-MX40F
MEASURING
[Application]
L2
6.5
●The mechanical lock type that has proven 160 115 64 (0.25) Approx. 3.7kg/
GB-MX28F φ164(6.45)
×55
(2.16)
reliability is employed for the arm (MB-MX-F). (6.29) (4.52) (2.51) 8.15 lb
Hardness of V-face
CHUCKS
ELECTROMAGNETIC CHUCK
t as
g bracke
Mountin accessory
increased for longer life! standard
[Application]
Useful for measuring the projected amount of a cutter mounted
CONTROLLERS MAGNETIC CHUCKS ELECTROMAGNETIC CHUCKS
resistant.
●The squareness of the face to secure the dial gage bracket
to the V-face is within 5 μm.
●The dial gage mounting bracket for the φ8 stem comes as a
standard accessory. The base can be put in use immediately
after purchase.
PERMANENT
●The dial gage mounting bracket height is selectable. (2 stages) MB-BRB38 MB-BRB65
Conventional
measuring method
4- M 32 4- M Shaft holder ON/OFF lever
32
FOR MC
BLOCKS
10 20
(87)
10 12
(67)
75
14
55
7
90° 7
90° φ8
CHUCKS
VACUUM
65
38 50
80 45
66 L
Mountable directly 〈MB-BRB65〉 〈MB-BRB38〉
on boring bar
[mm
(in)
]
Dimensions Holding Part Dimensions
SYSTEM
PROMELTA*
[Application]
Useful for measuring the projected amount of a cutter mounted on the arbor of a boring
machine with a dial gage to locate the cutter precisely.
MINI CHUCKS
BLOCKS, HOLDERS,
[Features]
●The measuring tool holding arm can be freely locked by one-step tightening, which makes
this base suitable for any length between its mounting position and the tip of the cutter.
●Since a magnetic force is used for holding, the dial gage is held firmly even if it is
mounted inclined. Further, the magnetic force can be turned on and off for easy mounting
TOOLS
HOLDING
and demounting.
●The dial gage is mounted by tightening the bracket with an M6 bolt.
(210)
(21.2)
HOLDERS
MAGNETIC
Holding
Power
70
※
250N ※ Min.25
on φ70
17
Max.140
MB-S12B 4
TOOLS
MAGNETIC
120°
56 50
60
[mm
(in)
]
Holding Part Dimensions
Model Holding Power Arbor Diameter Mass
Width Angle
MB-S12B 250N(25kgf)on φ70
(2.75) φ15
(0.59)‒120
(4.72) 56(2.20) 120° 1.3kg/2.8 lb
65
MB-BRB / MB-S / ME-LED / ME-BL / ME
Model ME-LED MAGNETIC LED LIGHT STAND
Original light weight & stylish LED stand!
ELECTROMAGNETIC
[Application]
Used for area lighting over a work table or machine tool. Also usable as a table light on a steel desk.
CHUCK
on an inclined surface easily. The flexible tube offers freely selectable lighting angles.
High High High
brightness LED 21.5 (103) brightness LED 21.5 (103) brightness LED 21.5 (187)
(72)
(72)
(72)
ON/OFF ON/OFF
PERMANENT
switch Lamp cover switch Lamp cover ON/OFF Lamp cover
φ13 (black) φ13 (black) φ13 switch (black)
531
442
351
622
442
351
220
400
220
55
O OFF O OFF O OFF
55
55
ME-LED-5 ME-LED-5L ME-LED-10
ME-LED-5 ME-LED-5 ME-LED-10
50 58.5 50 73 58.5
<ME-LED-5> <ME-LED-5L> 50
<ME-LED-10>
(79.7) (94.2) (79.7) [mm(in)
]
Power
Model Type Holding power Height High Bright. LED Luminous Flux Power Source Cord Length Mass
PERMANENT
Consumption
ME-LED-5 Standard type 800N( 80kgf) 442(17.40) 1.45kg/3.19 lb
5 lights Approx. 400lm Approx. 5W
ME-LED-5L Tall type 1000N(100kgf) 622(24.48) 100 VAC 1.6m
(62.99) 1.83kg/4.03 lb
ME-LED-10 Bigger light type 800N( 80kgf) 442(17.40) 10 lights Approx. 800lm Approx. 10W 1.63kg/3.59 lb
BLOCKS
FOR MC
※The LED part cannot be replaced or repaired. ※The power plug is of tracking resistance type.
VACUUM
CHUCKS
[Application]
Suitable for spotlighting in assembling/inspection work or machining by machine tools.
[Features]
●Designed exclusively for bulb type LED lamps. The lamp configuration is compact in comparison with conventional lamp
stands. The bulb protection performance has also been improved.
PROMELTA*
●The bulb type fluorescent lamp can be used in addition to the bulb type LED lamp.
●The strong magnetic force allows these stands to be mounted not only on a horizontal surface, but on an inclined surface
SYSTEM
easily. The flexible tube offers freely selectable lighting angles. (210)
<ME-2CA-LED> (210) <ME-L2C-LED> 40 97
40 97
Ø135
Applicable lamps (Not included)
SINE BAR
Ø135
CHUCKS
In addition to bulb type LED lamps,
bulb type fluorescent lamps
can also be used!
LED dedicated Conventional ※The incandescent lamps cannot be used.
(689)
(567)
Ø16
shade shade
(426)
(303)
Ø16
(Compact shade designed exclusively for LED lamps.
Lamp protection performance improved.)
121
Bulb type LED lamp
BLOCKS, HOLDERS,
(ME-2CA/L2C-LED-SH)
O OFF O OFF
55
55
MINI CHUCKS
g p d
ME-L2C-LED d Bk d c
AC100V,Max.20W
Í u õ ê p ME-L2C-LED AC100V,Max.20W
[mm
(in)]
ME-L2C-LED Model Type Holding Power Height Cord Length Bulb Capacity Applicable Bulb Mass
ME-2CA-LED Standard type 800N( 80kgf) 426
(16.77) 100 VAC Bulb type LED or bulb type fluorescent lamp 1.5kg/3.3 lb
1.6m(62.99)
200 W max (Base metal spec. E26)
HOLDING
ME-L2C-LED Tall type 1000N
(100kgf) 689
(27.12) 2.5kg/5.5 lb
※The bulb type LED lamps are not included ※The incandescent lamps cannot be used. ※The power plug is of tracking resistance type. ※The lampshade for ME-2CA-
TOOLS
LED/L2C-LED is dedicated to the LED. It cannot be mounted on the conventional ME-2CA/L2C (lamp stand of incandescent lamp type). ※ME-2CA-LED-SH/ME-L2C-LED-
ME-2CA-LED SH come with a Toshiba bulb type LED lamp (equivalent to LDA4N-G/40W, power consumption 4.4 W). (Available individually)
[Application]
Suitable for spotlighting in assembling/inspection work or machining by machine tools.
[Features]
●The employment of a turning mechanism and flexible tube enables a wide range of angle
MAGNETIC
HOLDERS
the set position. Model Type Holding power Height Cord Length Bulb Capacity Applicable Bulb Mass
2. About 74°tilt from the vertical posture.
Incandescent 100 VAC,
TOOLS
ME-F2 493
(19.4) Incandescent lamp
lamp type 1.6m 100 W max.
800N
(80kgf) 1.9kg/4.18 lb
ME-F2-LED (LED type) ME-F2 (incandescent lamp type) (62.99) 100 VAC, LED lamp/Bulb type
ME-F2-LED LED type 477
(18.7)
※The bulb is not included. ※The bulb is not aincluded. 20 W max. fluorescent lamp
※The bulb is not included. ※The LED lamp alone is available. (LDA4N-G/40W or equivalent, power consumption 4.4 W)
For dimensions, see page 68. ※The holding power is based on a test piece of SS400, 10 mm thick, ground surface.
※The power plug is of tracking resistance type.
66
MEASURING TOOL HOLDERS
Model ME-BLW WATERPROOF LED LIGHT STAND
LED light illuminates a target place brightly!
CHUCKS
ELECTROMAGNETIC CHUCK
●The high brightness LED is equipped with a 2-stage brightness switchover function, which allows
selection of brightness according to situations.
●The flexible tube type allows the lighting direction to be set as desired. The mechanical lock type is
compact and can be locked quickly for use in a limited space.
●The LED light can be removed from the holder and carried for DIY work and during night.
PERMANENT
138 138
(φ35)
138
(φ35)
(φ34)
(φ28)
22.4 26
(φ35)
(φ34)
(φ28)
LED light ON/OFF
21 26
(Removable) switch
LED light
(φ34)
(φ28)
ON/OFF
(Removable) switch
41
φ8
ON/OFF
(324)
(200)
100
(234)
φ10 switch
(129)
LED light
9
45.5
PERMANENT
(Removable) φ8
30 15
25
ME-BLW20F ME-BLW10F ME-BLW5M
11 47
25
φ30
φ30 <ME-BLW10F> φ51 <ME-BLW5M>
<ME-BLW20F> [mm
(in)
]
LED Light
Model Type Holding power Height Mass
LED Illuminance Battery Battery Life
ME-BLW10F Standard type 150N(15kgf) 234
(9.21) 300g/0.661 lb
FOR MC
BLOCKS
※1 Initial value under the condition of distance 500 mm, new alkaline battery used. ※2 The battery is not included.
[Application]
Most suitable for area lighting during outdoor work. Small and compact, but the strong magnetic holding power
enables this stand to be mounted not only on a horizontal surface, but on an inclined and vertical surfaces easily.
[Features]
SYSTEM
PROMELTA*
ME-5RA 248
(9.76) 100VAC 200W 2kg/4.4 lb
1000N
(100kgf) Not provided 5m(196.8) Provided
ME-5RA-LED 262
(103) 100VAC 20W 2.4kg/5.29 lb
※The holding power is based on a test piece of SS400, 10 mm thick, ground surface. ※The power plug is of tracking resistance type.
※
※ME-5RA comes with HATAYA Model RS-200WH (RF110V180WH) base 26.
※
Model Bulb Capacity LED Life Luminous Flux Beam Angle Mass
ME-5RA-LED ME-5RA-LED Exclusive LED bulb 100 VAC 200 W Approx. 40,000hours 1650lm 60° 0.315kg/0.694 lb
※The LED bulb included with ME-5RA-LED is a dedicated bulb. When you require LED bulbs, please contact the nearest dealer or our sales office.
※
ELECTROMAGNETIC
Parts available individually
The magnetic lamp stands allow the magnet to be turned on and off quickly, and thus can easily be <Names of major parts of Model ME>
installed in any place, removed and relocated. These stands are most suitable for lighting work areas
Guard
CHUCK
as desired. Base part
●The protective guard protects the bulb from breakage if the stand falls.
●The employment of an oil-resistant power cord allows these stands to be used on various work sites.
Flexible tube
PERMANENT
(ME-2CA-R)
●Illuminance tripled and heat generation reduced 50%. Great power saving.
●Problems associated with incandescent lamps having good color rendering※1 have been resolved. One set of
※1 Color rendering …A level of easiness of reading vernier scales and fine articles. electric parts
Comparison of illuminance when the special reflective Power
plate is used and not used (LUX) cord Washer
PERMANENT
Bulb Reflective Plate Used Reflective Plate Not Used
40W 850 300 Magnetic
60W 1300 420 holder base
100W 2100 640
BLOCKS
FOR MC
(ME-ELC) ※The bulb is not included except for
●A spiral type fluorescent lamp having high luminous intensity Dedicated fluorescent lamp Model ME-ELC. Use a bulb of base E26.
distribution efficiency is used. A lamp equivalent to 12W (100V)
is as bright as a 60W incandescent lamp.
Precautions for use
●Heat generated during operation has been reduced significantly. ●A lamp to use must be of the correct rating. The use
VACUUM
CHUCKS
When compared with temperature rise of a 60W incandescent of a lamp exceeding the rating will cause injury or
lamp, temperature is lower by about 40%. accident due to heat.
●A long life; a service life is 5 times longer than incandescent ●For replacement of the lamp included with ME-ELC,
please use a KANETEC recommended lamp for safe
lamps. Average life as long as 10,000 hours.
operation. Please contact your nearest dealer or
●A small and light weight shade is used. KANETEC sales office.
PROMELTA*
●The lamp is housed inside the shade, which protects the lamp from breakage if the stand falls.
[mm
(in)
]
SYSTEM
Model Type Holding Power Height Cord Length Bulb Capacity Mass
ME-2CA Standard type 100 VAC Upper limit 100W, optimum 60W 1.6kg/3.5 lb
800N
( 80kgf) 440
(17.3)
ME-2CA-R Reflective plate type 100 VAC Upper limit 100W, optimum 40W 1.6kg/3.5 lb
ME-N2A Simple type 300N( 30kgf) 460
(18.1) 1.2kg/2.6 lb
1.6m
(62.9)
SINE BAR
ME-L2C Tall type 704
(27.7) 100 VAC Upper limit 100W, optimum 60W 2.2kg/4.8 lb
CHUCKS
1000N
(100kgf)
ME-F1C Fluorescent lamp type 440(17.3) 2.0kg/4.4 lb
ME-ELC Power-saving lamp type 800N( 80kgf) 444
(17.4) 100 VAC Upper limit 60W, optimum 60W 1.6kg/3.5 lb
※ME-ELC comes with a 12W (100 VAC used) spiral fluorescent lamp base 26. ※When using a stand with a 100W incandescent lamp for long hours, rating-related problems will not arise, but caution must be taken against
overheating when handling it. ※Depending on the dimensions of bulb type fluorescent lamps, they may be used on ME-2CA. ※The holding power is based on a test piece of SS400, 10 mm thick, ground surface.
※The power plug is of tracking resistance type.
BLOCKS, HOLDERS,
〈ME-2CA-R〉 〈ME-2CA〉 〈ME-N2A〉 〈ME-F1C〉 〈ME-L2C〉
MINI CHUCKS
(200) (200) (200) (250)
(200)
50 77 50 77 50 77 50 127 50 77
φ167
φ167
φ167
φ167
φ167
HOLDING
(440)
(440)
(440)
(704)
(460)
TOOLS
(301.5)
(301.5)
(301.5)
(301.5)
(565)
TOOL HOLDERS
φ22
55
55
55
55
75
MEASURING
58.5 58.5 73 73
13
φ80 50
50 (79.7) 50 (79.7) (94.2) 50 (94.2)
〈ME-F2〉 〈ME-F2-LED〉
(204)
〈ME-ELC〉 (50) (77)
(40)
(214)
(97)
〈ME-5RA〉 〈ME-5RA-LED〉
MAGNETIC
(1
75)
HOLDERS
155 (
20)
(φ167)
(φ135)
0
φ11
310
218 235
45 65 108
φ16 φ16
(493)
(444)
(477)
(354)
(354)
日 ME−5RA−LED
φ169
(188)
φ16 本
MAGNETIC
製 適用電球/LED−17W
φ168
定格電圧/100V 屋外用
定格消費電力/17W PS
定格周波数/50/60Hz E
株式会社 畑屋製作所
(262)
Rubber
248
cord 1.6 m
TOOLS
90
39 30
5 39 30
ON OFF ON OFF
55
(23) (23)
55
55
ME-ELC
5
5 5 66
(21.2) 58.5 5 5 5 5 50.2 66 50.2
50
68
150° (79.7) 50 50
150° 150°
MEASURING TOOL HOLDERS
Model MB-P MAGNETIC HOLDER BASE
CHUCKS
ELECTROMAGNETIC CHUCK
CONTROLLERS MAGNETIC CHUCKS ELECTROMAGNETIC CHUCKS
Holding Holding
power Holding power
power
800N 1000N 600N
PERMANENT
FOR MC
BLOCKS
MB-PG
CHUCKS
VACUUM
Top face
MB-PM
CHUCKS
SINE BAR
Holding
power MB-PS
Rear face
Side face
Side face
Holding
600N power
300N MB-P (※MB-PH/PM/PS excluded)
MINI CHUCKS
BLOCKS, HOLDERS,
Attractive face
Useful as a base for temporarily mounted legs of equipment, sensors and lasers by
mounting a jig using tapped holes or by some additional machining. ■Workable area on
magnetic holder base
[Features] Some working such as drilling
●Compact, yet the base generates a strong magnetic force. is allowed in the area.
TOOL HOLDERS
MEASURING
●The attractive face is either of V-groove mechanism or [ ] type for attaching on a See Precautions on page 72
curved surface according to applications. The face opposite to the ON/OFF switch also.
face is also attractive. (MB-PH, MB-PM and MB-PS excluded)
●Although tapped holes are provided, some additional working is possible as shown. Detailed dimensions are shown on page 72.
[mm
(in)
]
HOLDERS
MAGNETIC
MB-PH 1250N
(125kgf) 70
(2.75) 70
(2.75) 80
(3.15) M12(0.47)×1.75(0.06), depth 11(0.43) 3.0kg/6.6 lb
MB-PM 600N
( 60kgf) 40(1.57) 40
(1.57) 40
(1.57) M6(0.23)×, depth 6(0.23) × 0.5kg/1.1 lb
MB-PS 300N
( 30kgf) 30(1.18) 34
(1.33) 35
(1.37) M5(0.19)×, depth 4(0.15) 0.2kg/0.4 lb
MB-PG 1500N
(150kgf) 50
(1.96) 120(4.72) 52
(2.04) M 8(0.31)×1.25(0.04), depth 7(0.27) ○ 1.9kg/4.1 lb
※The holding power is based on a test piece of SS400, 10 mm thick, ground surface. ※MB-PRW is of waterproof construction.
※MB-PB, PR and PG may be equipped with a grip (optional) of KM-B (page 71). ※If a magnetic plate is attracted on the top face, the holding power will drop significantly.
69
MB-P / MB / MB-L / MB-L-C
Model MB MAGNETIC HOLDER BASE
40 [Application]
ELECTROMAGNETIC
Holding
Z
power 30
M6, This base can be used widely as a magnetic force
200N
or over.
depth 6 ON/OFF type magnetic holder base. It is designed
35
30
40
4-M3,
depth 6 mounting a jig using tapped holes or by some
additional machining.
5 5 [Features]
(15)
●The base can be mounted and demounted easily
CHUCK
indicates the using the ON/OFF lever.
attractive face. View Z ●Compact but powerful magnetic force.
MB-0404 ●Drip-proof and oil-resistant construction. [mm(in)]
Dimensions
PERMANENT
Model Holding Power Mounting Hole Mass
Width Height Length
MB-0404 200N (20kgf) or over 40(1.57)35
(1.37)40(1.57) M6(0.23)
, depth 6
(0.23)(center tapped hole) 4ーM3
(0.11)
, depth 6
(0.23)(pitch 30
(1.18)
) (Tapped holes on periphery) 0.4kg/0.8 lb
※The holding power is based on a test piece of SS400, 25 mm thick, ground surface.
PERMANENT
[Application]
Holding MB-L-125
power Suitable as a base for securing jigs and measuring equipment on an iron
surface plate or machine table and as a temporary base for laser and
800N
optical measurement. Since these bases are of switchover type permanent
BLOCKS
FOR MC
magnetic bases, they are recommended for applications that require fine
adjustment and accuracy.
[Features]
●Simple ON/OFF operation with the lever.
●Thin and powerful magnetic force.
VACUUM
CHUCKS
●Dry specification. A-Mb, Center
depth c tapped hole h
d
ON
Holding MB-L-90
power
PROMELTA*
P
250N
SYSTEM
W
MB-L-65 S
Holding
P
power Holding
power
L
MB-L-45
65N indicates the
OFF
200N P P
An example of attractive face.
SINE BAR
CHUCKS
W H
usage [mm(in)
]
Mountin ision
MB-L- 45 4
(6.5kgf) (1.77) (0.09) (0.59) (0.35) 0.66 lb
BLOCKS, HOLDERS,
of prec ent
200N 65 20 4 M8(0.31)×P1.25 25 M4
(0.15) × 19 0.6kg/
MB-L- 65 6(0.23)
(20kgf) (2.55)(0.78)(0.15)(0.04)
,depth8
(0.31)(0.98) P0.7(0.02) (0.74) φ8 1.32 lb
equipm
MINI CHUCKS
250N 90 24 (0.31) 10 1.2kg/
MB-L- 90 8
(25kgf) (3.54) 6 (0.94) (0.39) 2.64 lb
800N 125 30 (0.23) M16(0.23) ×P1.0 50 M6
(0.23) × 36 3.3kg/
MB-L-125 8(0.31)
(80kgf) (4.92)(1.18) (0.03)
,depth8
(0.31)(1.96) P1.0(0.03) (1.41) 7.27 lb
※The holding power is based on a test piece of SS400, 25 mm thick, ground surface.
※Slight additional work such as making a tapped hole on the top face is allowed. For details, please contact us.
HOLDING
Model MB-L-C THIN PERMANENT MAGNETIC HOLDER BASE TOOLS
M8, depth 6
TOOL HOLDERS
MEASURING
ON
φA
P
Holding MB-L-C75
OFF
power
MAGNETIC
Holding Mounting
HOLDERS
MB-L-C50 59N
( 6kgf) 50(1.96) 20
(0.78) 25
(0.98) M4(0.15) 0.30kg/0.6 lb
recommended for applications that require fine adjustment and accuracy.
MB-L-C75 196N
(20kgf) 75(2.95) 20 (1.37) Depth 6
(0.78) 35 (0.23) 0.68kg/1.5 lb
[Features]
※The holding power is based on a test piece of SS400, 25 mm thick, ground surface.
●Simple ON/OFF operation with the lever.
※Slight additional work such as making a tapped hole on the top face is allowed. For details,
●Thin and powerful magnetic force. ●Dry specification. please contact us.
70
MEASURING TOOL HOLDERS
Model KM-B RULER HOLDER
[Application]
CHUCKS
ELECTROMAGNETIC CHUCK
Holding
power
Parts available individually
Useful for a wide variety of operations; holding down a
1500N large ruler on a floor or wall during machining of iron
plates, etc. and moving workpieces after cutting or
attracting and removing chips.
※If used at high temperature, the holding power may drop.
CONTROLLERS MAGNETIC CHUCKS ELECTROMAGNETIC CHUCKS
KM-B1 800N
( 80kgf) 58.5
(2.30) 55(2.16) 1.1kg/2.4 lb
50
(1.96) M 8(0.31)
×1.25
(0.04)
,Depth 7
(0.27)
KM-B2 1500N
(150kgf) 120
(4.72) 52(2.04) 1.9kg/4.2 lb
※The holding power is based on a test piece of SS400, 10 mm thick, ground surface.
(in)
[mm ]
Mounting Hole
Model Holding Power Mass
Width Length Height
MB-2FPG 1471N
(150kgf) 50(1.96) 120(4.72) 51.5
(2.02) 2.5kg/5.5 lb
※Bottom face holding power when workpiece held on whole top face: 294 N (30 kgf), Top face holding power when
workpiece held on whole bottom face: 245 N (25 kgf)
CHUCKS
SINE BAR
( Top face holding power when workpiece held on whole bottom face is based on a test piece of S15C, □50 × t25.)
Caution: Attraction on a curved face not allowed. Not waterproof construction. For use of several
MB-2FPG
bases simultaneously, they need to be finished together. Please contact us.
17.5 [Application]
Very useful for reading a scale of measuring
instruments.
[Features]
TOOLS
HOLDING
481
φ15
324
HOLDERS
MAGNETIC
ON OFF
55
MR-2C
MR-2C
Holding
power
58.5
TOOLS
MAGNETIC
800N 50 (79.7)
[mm
(in)
]
Model Holding Power Flexible Tube Length Lens Dia. Focus Distance Magnification Mass
MR-2C 800N(80kgf) 257(10.1) φ100(3.93) 250(9.84) ×2 1.5kg/3.3 lb
71 ※The holding power is based on a test piece of SS400, 10 mm thick, ground surface.
KM-B / MB-2FPG / MR
Information about additional working on magnetic holder bases
※Precautions
ELECTROMAGNETIC
1) The■areas shown in the following figures can be 3) Additional working may cause a drop in the holding power and strength. Prior
worked on additionally. to using the base after additional working, always check its performance.
CHUCK
MB-PB MB-PR MB-PL
Common base type Common base type Common base type
MB-B/MB-BV/MB-K/MB-FX MB-RV/MB-W2V/MB-W2S/MB-MX28F/ MB-T3 (Top face tapped hole M20)
MB-MX20F/KM-B1/MR-2C MB-MX40F/MB-OX
PERMANENT
16―M6 (MB-T3:M20)
M10
8―M6
5
M8
5
5
13
1.5
13
φ35
1.5
12
(SDG2)
5
(SGD2) 13.5 30 30 30 13.5
5
5
PERMANENT
10 20
21.5 30 21.5
(9.25) (19.25)
Separator (ZDC2) Separator (ZDC2)
M8 × 1.25, depth 7
(94.2)
net)
net)
Section A ‒ A 133.7
73
(Mag
(Mag
A
117
BLOCKS
FOR MC
36.5 36.5 7.5
φ35
7.5
φ35
58.5 58.5
4.5
4.5
25
5
φ3
25
25
55
41
55
41
55
30
30
30
VACUUM
CHUCKS
A 19 12 19
(29.25) (29.25) 19 12 19
19 12 19
58.5 50 50
(79.7) 50
PROMELTA*
8―M6 2―M8
KM-B2/MB-2FPG (No tapped hole on top face) MB-Z(Top face tapped hole, height and
SYSTEM
16―M6 M8 (No hole on MB-2FPG) attractive face shape are different.)
13
8―M6 1.5
M12 (M20 for MB-Z)
6
30
15
2 Yoke
(SGD2)
17
SINE BAR
(SDG2)
CHUCKS
Separator (ZDC2)
6
(95.4)
net)
Separator (ZDC2)
(Mag
(Mag
15 40 15 73
net)
φ48
141.3 11
φ35
36.5 36.5
(Mag
7.5
(87.4)
120
4.5
70
φ35
7.5
6
60 60
BLOCKS, HOLDERS,
4.5
35 35
25
※2 25
MINI CHUCKS
80
59
φ 39
41
55
※
36
※1 52
41
30
27
※ ※
44
26 18 26
19 12 19 14.5 19 12 19
(※1 MB-2FPG: 51.5 mm) 70
HOLDING
50 50
(※2 MB-2FPG: 24.5 mm) (※Height 76 mm for MB-Z) (※MB-Z has a different shape.)
M6, depth 6
MEASURING
6
t)
ne
ag
20
(M
5 5 20 5 5 Separator
25
30
40
φ
6.7
A
MAGNETIC
2.3
HOLDERS
t)
ne
φ30
ag
40
5 6 14 9
(M
Separator
24
30
21.5
φ
4-M3, depth 6
40
ag 0
t)
(M φ2
ne
31
40 15.5 9 15.5
35
(58) 40
MAGNETIC
19
35
TOOLS
34 11.5 7 11.5
15
8.5
(46.3) 30
M3 2
72
MAGNETIC HOLDERS
■Types of magnetic holders
Product Name Model Application
CHUCKS
ELECTROMAGNETIC CHUCK
[Application]
Rectifier required additionally
These holders are suitable for a wide range of operations such as feeding
materials on automatic press machines, preventing deflection of shearing
materials, various automatic processes and hands of industrial robots.
PERMANENT
[Features]
●Special cables that have specially high durability against bending
and vibration are used. (Employed in all models except for KE-1B.)
●Electrical control can be used for turning on and off the magnetic
force and for remote operation.
●Usable continuously.
FOR MC
BLOCKS
●Finished by plating.
KE-4B A type of cord on the top face spec. (KE-B-U) is also available.
KE-5B
〈KE-3B‒9B〉
CHUCKS
VACUUM
P2
CordφC
KE-1B
KE-2B
KE-3B
Rust and scratches on the attractive face affect the holding power adversely. Repair it periodically.
When used continuously, the holder will become very hot. Exercise caution.
■KE-2B/3B/4B/5B ■KE-5E/6E/6B/7B/8B/9B
Change in holding power by Change in holding power by Change in holding power by Change in holding power by
plate thickness clearance plate thickness clearance
(N) (N) (N) (N)
MINI CHUCKS
BLOCKS, HOLDERS,
Holding power
Holding power
Holding power
KE-8B 8B
400 KE-4B 400 2000 2000 7B
4B 6B
KE-7B
300 300 1500 1500
KE-6B
TOOLS
HOLDING
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 (mm)
7 0 0.5 1.0(mm) 0 10 20
(mm) 0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0(mm)
Plate thickness Clearance Plate thickness Clearance
TOOL HOLDERS
MEASURING
[mm
(in)
]
Max. Holding Mounting Hole Power Cord Working
Model Nominal Size Voltage Current Applicable Rectifier Mass
Power ₁ ₂ ₁ ₂ Rate
KR-T101A-6/24
KE-1B φ10(0.39)×30(1.18) 8N( 0.8kgf) M4
(0.15) ×0.7(0.02) − − 6 VDC 0.18A 15g/0.03 lb
− − RH-M303A-6/24、-C1、
-C2
Depth 6
(0.23)
HOLDERS
MAGNETIC
(0.39)
M10 ×1.5(0.05) RH-M105B P77,P78
KE-8B φ80(3.15)×60(2.36) 1960N(200kgf) φ6(0.23)Depth 6
(0.23) 15 (0.59) 0.26A 1.7kg/3.74 lb
Depth 15
(0.59) RH-M205B
KE-9B φ90(3.54)×60(2.36) 3230N(330kgf) 0.35A 2.2kg/4.85 lb
※Cord length 0.3 m (0.25 m lead for KE-1B only) 1N≒0.1kgf
※The max. holding power of Models KE-1B to 4B is based on a test piece of SS400, 10 mm thick, ground surface held on the whole area, and that of KE-5B to 9B, a
test piece of SS400, 20 mm thick, ground surface held on the whole area.
ELECTROMAGNETIC
Rectifier required additionally
Thin electromagnetic holders suitable for a robotic hand as they
provide vertical motion in a certain range in limited space.
CHUCK
plate thickness clearance
(N) (N) A type of cord on the top face spec. (KE-E-U) is also available.
300 300
Plate φM 2 M 1 (Mounting tapped hole)
P1
thickness 6 mm
250 250 〈KE-3‒6E〉 (Turn-stop hole)
KE-4E 6E
Holding power
Holding power
200 200
PERMANENT
5E
150 150 3E P2
2D
100 KE-3E 100 CordφC
PERMANENT
Plate thickness Clearance [mm(in)
]
Max.Holding Mounting Hole Power Cord Working
Model Nominal Size Voltage Current Applicable Rectifier Mass
Power ₁ ₂ ₁ ₂ Rate
M4(0.15)×0.7(0.02)
BLOCKS
FOR MC
KE-2D φ20(0.78)×25(0.98) 18N(1.8kgf) φ2.1(0.08)Depth 2.5(0.09)7.5(0.29) − − 0.04A 30g/0.06 lb
Depth 8(0.31) KR-T101-6/24
24 VDC RH-M303A-6/24、
-C1、
-C2
KE-3E φ30(1.18)×25(0.98) 80N( 8kgf) M6(0.23)×1.0(0.03) φ4 (0.15)Depth 2 (0.07)10(0.39) 7.5(0.29) 0.09A 100% RH-M105B-24 100g/0.22 lb
KE-4E φ40(1.57)×25(0.98) 220N( 22kgf) Depth12(0.47) φ4 (0.15)Depth 2.5(0.09)15(0.59) φ3.7 8 (0.31) 0.12A ED 190g/0.42 lb
KE-5E φ50(1.96)×30(1.18) 490N( 50kgf)M8(0.31)×1.25(0.04)φ5 (0.19)Depth 3 (0.11)18(0.70)(0.14) 9.5(0.37) 0.05A KR-N101A RH-M105B 380g/0.83 lb
90 VDC KR-N103A RH-M205B
KE-6E φ60(2.36)×30(1.18) 880N( 90kgf) Depth15(0.59) φ5 (0.19)Depth 4 (0.15)20(0.78) 11(0.43) 0.07A RH-M102C RH-M210B P77,P78 500g/1.10 lb
VACUUM
CHUCKS
※Cord length 0.3 m (0.2 m lead for KE-2D only) ※The max. holding power is based on a test piece of SS400, 10 mm thick, ground surface held on the whole area. 1N≒0.1kgf
PROMELTA*
workpieces that are small and light to make them difficult to be
SYSTEM
released by their own weight only.
[Features]
●Special cables that have specially high durability against bending
and vibration are used. (Employed in all models except for KE-2R.)
●The workpiece is released quickly by the spring force of the
SINE BAR
CHUCKS
KE-2R KE-3RA
Compression
coil spring
Projection
(Push pin) projection in the center of the attractive face. The spring force can
Change in holding power by Change in holding power by
be adjusted according to workpiece conditions.
(N)
plate thickness
(N)
clearance ●The workpiece can be attracted and released smoothly.
120 120
Plate
●Finished by plating.
KE-4RA
thickness 4 mm ●Usable continuously.
BLOCKS, HOLDERS,
100 100
※Use these holders for workpieces whose surface where the holder
Holding power
Holding power
MINI CHUCKS
80 80 4RA
comes in contact is not rough or has no holes. These holders are
not suitable either for thin sheets that may be deformed by the
60 60
pressing force.
40 KE-3RA 40 A type of cord on the top face spec. (KE-RA-U) is also available.
HOLDING
3RA
20 20 Precautions for use
TOOLS
KE-2R 2R Rust and scratches on the attractive face affect the holding power adversely. Repair it
0 1 2 3 4 5
(mm) 0 0.1 0.2(mm) periodically.When used continuously, the holder will become very hot. Exercise caution.
Plate thickness Clearance
[mm(in)
]
Model Nominal Size Max. Holding Power Center Tapped Hole on Back Voltage Current Working Rate Applicable Rectifier Mass
TOOL HOLDERS
KE-2R φ20
(0.78)
×25(0.98) 5N
(0.5kgf) M5(0.19)
×0.8
(0.03)Depth 5
(0.19) 0.04A 50g/0.11 lb
MEASURING
KR-T101A-6/24
KE-3RA φ30
(1.18)
×25(0.98) 40N
( 4kgf) M6(0.23)
×1.0
(0.03)Depth 6
(0.23) 24 VDC 0.09A 100% ED RH-M303A-6/24、-C1、-C2 100g/0.22 lb
RH-M105B-24
KE-4RA φ40
(1.57)
×25(0.98) 100N
(10kgf) M6(0.23)
×1.0(0.03)Depth 7.5
(0.29) 0.12A P77,P78 200g/0.44 lb
※The projection is provided in the center of the attractive face; φ2 φ max. length 1mm for KE-2R and φ2.5 φ max. length 1 mm for KE-3RA and 4RA.
※Cord length 0.3 m (0.2 m lead for KE-2R only) ※The max. holding power is based on a test piece of SS400, 10 mm thick, ground surface held on the whole area.
MAGNETIC
HOLDERS
※Allowable temperature: The electromagnetic holders KE, permanent electromagnetic particular situations such as for workpieces having holes or grooves on the attractive
holders KEP and hybrid holders KE-H must be used under the conditions of ambient face to disable the utilization of the whole area or where big acceleration (G) will be
temperature 40℃ or below and temperature of workpieces to hold 50℃ or below. For applied to workpieces to be held and transported, please contact us.
higher temperature, please contact us. ※The electromagnetic holders have residual magnetism even after they are powered off.
※The holding power of KE-B, KE-E (D) and KE-RA (R) on various thickness of steel If the mass of the workpiece is greater than the residual holding power, the workpiece
plates and the holding power relative to various clearance are as shown by the will come off, but if not, it is usually necessary to use a rectifier equipped with a
MAGNETIC
conditions including materials, shapes and finishes of workpieces to hold. Therefore, ※The electromagnetic holders are not of drip-proof construction. If drip-proof holders are
for practical use, choose a suitable model in consideration of a large drop in the required, please contact us.
holding power depending on situations. Generally, the lifting capacity drops to a half ※If you want to use an uninterruptible power supply as a rectifier for electromagnetic
or below of the holding power obtained from the graphs. If you plan to use holders in holders, please consult with us in advance.
74
MAGNETIC HOLDERS
Model KE-K RECTANGULAR THIN ELECTROMAGNETIC HOLDER
[Application]
CHUCKS
ELECTROMAGNETIC CHUCK
(7.2)
(Attractive face)
KE-K515A [mm
(in)
]
H1
Dimensions Max. Holding Working Applicable
Model Voltage Current Mass
Power Rate Rectifier B
KE-K310A 6.5 100(3.93)40(1.57) M4(0.15) 70N( 7kgf) 0.11A KR-T101A-6/24 0.2 kg/0.44 lb
PERMANENT
30 15 8 2- d
RH-M303A-6/24、 P
KE-K315A (1.18)
(0.59)
(0.25)150(5.90)70(2.75) Depth 6
(0.23)100N(10kgf) 0.20A 100% -C1、-C2 0.3 kg/0.66 lb
24 VDC
ED RH-M105B-24
KE-K510A 50 20 9.0 100(3.93)40(1.57) M6(0.23) 180N(18kgf) 0.17A 0.45kg/0.99 lb
H
KE-K515A (1.96)
(0.78)
(0.35)150(3.93)70(2.75) Depth 8
(0.31)260N(26kgf) 0.30A P77,P78 0.65kg/1.43 lb
L
※The max. holding power is based on a test piece of 12 mm thick steel plate. ※Cord length 0.3 m
H
Precautions for use
Rust and scratches on the attractive face affect the holding 120°
power adversely. Repair it periodically. W L
SYSTEM
PROMELTA*
KE-V515
[mm
(in)
]
Dimensions Max.Holding Power [N(kgf)] Applicable Working Applicable
Model Voltage Current Mass
L φ φ φ φ Flat plate Round Bar Dia. Rate Rectifier
KE-V306 60
(2.36) 30
(1.18) 150(15) 250(25) 300(30) 0.23A RH-M303A-6/24、 0.6kg/1.32 lb
M6(0.23)
30 50 φ10(0.39)
ー 24 -C1、-C2
KE-V309 90
(3.54) 50(1.96) Depth 10 170(17) 500(50) − 800(80) 0.32A 0.9kg/1.98 lb
(1.18)
(1.96) φ30
(1.18) VDC RH-M105B-24
(0.39)
CHUCKS
SINE BAR
KE-V312 120
(4.72) 70(2.75) 2 200(20) 750(75) 1300(130) 0.44A KR-T101A-6/24 1.1kg/2.42 lb
− −
KE-V510 100
(3.93) 800(80) 1200(120) 1800(180) 0.14A RH-M102C 2.2kg/4.85 lb
80(3.15) M8(0.31)
50 70 φ26(1.02)
ー 100% RH-M105B
KE-V515 150
(5.90) Depth 10 1300(130) 2200(220) 3200(320) 0.2A 3.0kg/6.61 lb
(1.96)
(2.75) φ50
(1.96) ED RH-M205B
(0.39)
KE-V520 200
(7.87) 80(3.15)+80(3.15) 3 1800(180) 3200(320) 4500(450) 90 0.27A RH-M210B 4.0kg/8.80 lb
−
KE-V815 150
(5.90) 4 1600(160) 2000(200) 4000(400) VDC 0.37A KR-N101A 6.5kg/14.3 lb
80(3.15) M8(0.31) KR-N103A
75 100 50 φ40(1.57)
ー
225
(8.85) Depth 12 − 3000(300) 4000(400) 7000(700) 0.66A 10kg/22.0 lb
MINI CHUCKS
BLOCKS, HOLDERS,
KE-V823
(2.95)
(3.93) (1.96) 6 φ80
(3.15)
(0.47)
KE-V830 300
(11.8) 80(3.15)+80(3.15) 4500(450) 6000(600)10000(1000) 0.75A P77,P78 13kg/28.6 lb
※Cord length 0.3 m. ※The max. holding power on round steel bars is based on cold finished steel bars held on the whole area.
※The max. holding power on flat steel plates is based on a test piece of SS400, 50 mm thick, ground surface held on the whole face.
〈KE-M1〉 〈KE-M2,M3〉
H A B
B C D
(8)
I
KE-M2
Cord
φE
φF
φF
HOLDERS
MAGNETIC
75
※50% ED (Repeating cycle of power on 5 minutes and pause 5 minutes). ※Cord length 0.3 m.
※The max. holding power is based on such usage that the tip is brought into contact with the flat surface of an SS400 block and pulled up vertically.
KE-K / KE-V / KE-M / KEP / KE-H
Model KEP PERMANENT ELECTROMAGNETIC HOLDER
ELECTROMAGNETIC
Electromagnetic release Rectifier required additionally B 50 4-M5, depth 8
C
B
(12)
φD Power cord 0.3 m
CHUCK
10
A
H
50
KEP-3C KEP-5C KEP-7C KEP-K5
φ8
Precautions for use Nameplate
〈KEP-C〉 〈KEP-K5〉
PERMANENT
Rust and scratches on the attractive face affect the holding power adversely. Repair it periodically.
Holding power
Holding power
PERMANENT
1000 KEP-7C 1000
being supplied. Normally, the magnetic force is kept ON.
●An uninterruptible power supply is not required. 750 750 KEP-9C
●The square type (KEP-K) is suitable for picking up small parts from corners of KEP-7C
KEP-5C
containers, etc. and picking up doughnut-shaped workpieces.
BLOCKS
500 500
FOR MC
KEP-5C KEP-4C
KEP-3C
KEP-4C
250 250
How to use KEP-3C
The power source is 24 VDC. When using 4 holders of the same size 0 10 20(mm) 0 0.5 1.0(mm)
and same type at the same time, connect their wires in series that Plate thickness Clearance
[mm(in)
]
are used at a distribution of the voltage 96 VDC (96 V ÷ 4 = 24 V).
Max.
VACUUM
CHUCKS
Dimensions Working Applicable
In this case, a voltage variable rectifier (RH-M) enables adjustment Model Holding Voltage Current Mass
φ Power Rate Rectifier
of the demagnetizing voltage (power on amount at OFF) to
facilitate operation. KEP-3C
30 10 150N
0.45A
0.17kg/
(1.18) 40 (0.39) 22 M6
(0.23) φ4(0.15) ( 15kgf) 0.37 lb
Released only at power on Depth 10 Depth 3
40 (1.57) 15 (0.86) (0.39) (0.11) 250N 0.31kg/
KEP-4C 0.54A
The power-on time must be 5 seconds or less. The power-off time must (1.57) (0.59) ( 25kgf) 0.68 lb
PROMELTA*
be 10 times or longer. (30 seconds or less for KEP-K.) 50 50 18 25
M8
(0.31) φ5(0.19)
340N 0.6 kg/
KEP-5C Depth 13 Depth 4 0.58A 10% ED RH-M303A-6/24
SYSTEM
(1.96)
(1.96)
(0.70)
(0.98) (0.51) (0.15) ( 35kgf) RH-M303A-6/24-C1 1.32 lb
Residual holding power 70 880N
24 VDC
RH-M303A-6/24-C2 1.5 kg/
KEP-7C M10(0.39)φ6(0.23) 0.50A KR-T101A-6/24
As an inevitable nature of permanent electromagnetic holders, 3% (2.75) 60 20 35 ( 90kgf) 3.30 lb
Depth 16 Depth 6
to 4% of the holding power will remain as residual holding power 90 (2.36)
(0.78)
(1.37)
(0.62) (0.23) 1470N 2.4 kg/
KEP-9C 0.45A
after the workpiece has been released. If the weight of the lifted (3.54) (150kgf) 5.29 lb
P77,P78
workpiece is smaller than this holding power, it may not be released. M8
(0.31) 250N 0.75kg/
SINE BAR
KEP-K5 50
(1.96)
×50
(1.96)
×50
(1.96) Depth13 ̶ 0.43A 50% ED
CHUCKS
In such a case, the workpiece can be released easily by attaching a (0.51) ( 25kgf) 1.65 lb
thin nonmagnetic film on the attractive face. Note, however, that the ※The max. holding power is based on a test piece of SS400, 20 mm thick, ground surface held on the whole area.
holding power will drop as the square of clearance. Therefore, the lifting capacity is normally a third or less of the max. holding power. ※Cord length 0.3 m.
BLOCKS, HOLDERS,
MINI CHUCKS
Controller required additionally Change in holding power by Change in holding power by
plate thickness clearance
(N) (N)
2000 2000
KE-8HA KE-2HA to -5HA onplate
1750 1750 thickness of 9 mm and
KE-6HA to -8HA on plate
1500 1500 thickness of 16 mm.
Holding power
Holding power
HOLDING
1250 1250
KE-6HA
TOOLS
1000 1000 8HA
6HA
750 KE-5HA 750 5HA
KE-2HA KE-3HA KE-4HA KE-5HA KE-6HA 4HA
3HA
500 KE-4HA 500
2HA
Rust and scratches on the attractive face affect the holding power adversely. Repair it periodically.
TOOL HOLDERS
0 5 10 15
(mm) 0 0.5 1.0 (mm)
Plate thickness Clearance
MEASURING
[Application] [mm(in)
]
Suitable for robot hands and such systems that require high-speed Max. Center Tapped Hole Working Applicable
Model Size Holding Voltage Current Mass
operations such as repeated transfer in automated lines. Power on Back Rate Rectifier
[Features] φ20(0.78)
× 50N M4
(0.15) ×0.7(0.02) 60g/
KE-2HA 0.07A
●Very little residual holding power allows workpieces to be released 25(0.98) ( 5kgf) Depth 6
(0.23) 0.13 lb
MAGNETIC
HOLDERS
quickly. This enables high-speed operation; for example, light weight φ30(1.18)
× 200N 140g/
KE-3HA 0.11A
40(1.57) ( 20kgf) M6
(0.23) ×1.0(0.03) 0.31 lb
workpieces can be attached/detached 5 to 6 times per second.
φ40(1.57)
× 400N Depth 6
(0.23) 280g/
●Because these holders are of permanent electromagnetic type, the holders KE-4HA
40(1.57) ( 40kgf) 24
0.15A
100% RH-H303A 0.61 lb
consume little power and generate little heat, making these holders φ50(1.96)
× 700N VDC ED RH-H303A-C2 530g/
KE-5HA 0.2 A
suitable for continuous, long-hour operation. 50(1.96) ( 70kgf) M8
(0.31) ×1.25
(0.04) 1.17 lb
●The holding power is switchable at two stages; High and Low by turning φ60(2.36)
× 1000N Depth 10
(0.39) 960g/
MAGNETIC
rectifiers and therefore, are not suitable for use, for example, on cranes where they are
subjected to vibrations constantly. For installation in places that are subjected to constant
vibrations, anti-vibration measures need to be provided. The RH Series external signal input
cables must be shielded cables and must be limited to 10 m long max.
●For failures due to use of holders made by other manufacturers, we may not be able to answer
technical questions. Such use also voids the warranty even if a failure occurs within the
PERMANENT
warranty period.
[Application]
These are breakthrough electric products that can make standard electromagnetic holders
respond to higher-speed motion of workpiece handling by robot hands, etc.
[Features]
PERMANENT
●The residual holding power, a factor to delay workpiece attaching and detaching operations,
can be eliminated quickly to speed up the lines that use standard electromagnetic holders.(The
RH-M102C demagnetizing time may become longer depending on materials of workpieces.)
●These controllers can be used to attract and transfer stacked plates one by one or to pick up
parts stored in a bucket one by one by adjusting the voltage.
Terminal wiring diagram
FOR MC
BLOCKS
Operation [mm(in)
]
signal input Terminal
TB2 screw M4 Input Output Dimensions
COM (GND) Demag.
TB1 Model Applicable Holder Mass
Function
3
MAG (Magnetization) Power source Voltage Voltage Current Width Depth Height
4
Grounding KE-2Bー4B
OFF (Off) phase 0ー24
RH-M303A- 70 180 205 KE-2Dー4E 1.7kg/
6
AUX (Strong magnetization) 6/24-C1 (2.76) (7.09) (8.07) 24V KE-2Rー4RA 3.75 lb
Electromagnet 220 VAC, 0ー6
KE-KA
7
RH-M303A- KE-V306ー312
6/24-C2 (6.89) (3.94) (7.48) KEP-3Cー9C,K5 /5.51 lb
Terminal
N
Interlock
screw M3 (Magnetization on signal) KE-5Bー9B
F 1
0ー90 145 KE-5E,6E 4.3kg/
1
5 A RH-M102C 2A 90V
VDC (5.70) KE-V510ー830 9.48 lb
2
Provided
SYSTEM
PROMELTA*
KE-M
Single-phase KE-2Bー4B
100 VAC 260 KE-2Dー4E
RH-M105B-24 50/60Hz 0ー24 175 (10.2) 24V KE-KA
For external control by a programmable controller, connect VDC (6.88) KE-V306ー312
170 KE-2Rー4RA 4.5kg/
5A
operation signals to the terminal TB2. (6.69) 9.92 lb
0ー90
RH-M105B
Connect the dry“a”contact of a relay or switch to be VDC KE-5Bー9B
KE-5E,6E
90V
provided by the customer to between the terminals ③
CHUCKS
SINE BAR
[Features]
●The employment of FET in the output circuit ensures high-speed and consistent
R
Power source
demagnetization performance. This Series also withstands frequent usage.
S
●The PWM output control provides consistent output voltages not affected by voltage
Grounding
E
fluctuation and difference of power source frequency at very weak output setting.
●A wide range of power source from 100 VAC to 220 VAC can be used.
P
TOOLS
HOLDING
Electromagnet
●The rated output voltage can be selected between 24 V and 6 V with a dip switch. (KE-
N
COM
excitation can be selected with a dip switch.) MAG
●A weak magnetization adjust function is incorporated. Operation (Magnetization)
TOOL HOLDERS
MEASURING
Power source
2
Grounding
3
4
Electromagnet
5
Grounding
TOOLS
MAGNETIC
COM
7
[Type installed inside panel] [Cover type] [Type housed in case] (Magnetization)
Operation
A simple construction of A type having a dedicated The base construction is the type installed inside panel. signal input AUX
9
PWB and chassis suitable cover added to the type This is placed in a dedicated case to enable installation (Strong magnetization)
for installation inside the installed inside panel. A on the side face of a machine. This type is equipped with
OFF
10
machine power source power indicator lamp is a power indicator lamp, voltmeter, magnetic force adjust (Demagnetization)
RH-M303A-6/24,-C1
77 panel. provided on the panel. variable resistor and demagnetizing variable resistor.
RH-M / RH-H / KR
Model RH-H RECTIFIER FOR HYBRID HOLDER
[Application]
ELECTROMAGNETIC
A rectifier dedicated to hybrid holders.
●The employment of FET in the output circuit ensures high-speed and consistent demagnetization
CHUCK
0VDC ‒ 24VDC
100 VAC ‒ 220 VAC, KE-2HA‒8HA
Type housed 3A 2.5kg/
RH-H303A-C2 50/60 Hz W175
(6.88)×D100(3.93)
×H190(7.48)
in case 5.51 lb
RH-H303A-C2
※For ON/OFF control, external control is required. Input signals are to be provided by the customer.
PERMANENT
Dedicated to electromagnetic/permanent electromagnetic holders
[Application]
A standard type to rectify an input from an AC power source to DC and output it to electromagnetic holders.
[Features]
PERMANENT
●This model comes in various output voltages and output currents selectable according to required capacities.
●Compact design for installation inside the control panel.
●Since a power cord is equipped as a standard accessory, it can be used simply by connecting an electromagnet.
BLOCKS
FOR MC
KR-T101A-6/24 ●Since external control terminals are provided as a standard accessory, it can be used for automatic operation also.
[mm(in)
]
Input Output Dimensions Reverse
Model Applicable Holder Mass
Voltage Fuse Voltage Current Width Depth Height Excitation Circuit
KE-1Bー4B KE-K310A
KE-2Rー4RA
ー
KR-T101A-6/24 1A 6/24 VDC 1A 155
(6.10) 140
(5.51) 95
(3.74) 3kg/6.61 lb
Single-phase KE-2Dー4E KE-K515A
VACUUM
CHUCKS
100 VAC, − KEP-3Cー9C,K5 KE-V306ー312
50/60 Hz
KR-N101A 1A 1A KE-5Bー9B KE-M
90 VDC 100
(3.93) 106
(4.17) 77
(3.03) 1kg/2.20 lb
KR-N103A 3A 3A KE-5E,6E KE-V510ー830
※Power cable (2 m) and plug included.
PROMELTA*
SYSTEM
All holders connected in parallel.
SINE BAR
KR-T101A-6/24 4 11 4 3
CHUCKS
RH-M303A-6/24,-C1,-C2 15 38 14 11 − − − − −
RH-M105B-24 64 23 18
KR-N101A 6 4 4 3 2
KR-N103A 20 12 12 9 7
−
RH-M102C − − − 15 9 9 6 5
BLOCKS, HOLDERS,
RH-M105B
37 23 22 17 12
MINI CHUCKS
RH-M205B
HOLDING
Rectifier
RH-M303A-6/24,-C1,-C2 67 30 22 − − KR-T101A-6/24 20 9 6
TOOLS
RH-M105B-24 112 52 37 RH-M303A-6/24,-C1,-C2 67 30 22
KR-N101A 18 12 RH-M105B-24 112 52 37
KR-N103A 54 36
RH-M102C − − − 40 27
■Rectangular thin
TOOL HOLDERS
RH-M105B
102 69
electromagnetic holder KE-K Series
MEASURING
RH-M205B
Holder KE-K310A KE-K315A KE-K510A KE-K515A
Rectifier
KR-T101A-6/24 7 4 4 2
RH-M303A-6/24,-C1,-C2 24 13 15 9
RH-M105B-24 40 22 26 15
MAGNETIC
HOLDERS
(Example)
Rectifier Holder KE-2HA KE-3HA KE-4HA KE-5HA KE-6HA KE-8HA
( )
KR-T101A-6/24 1 value 11.428 Number
RH-H303A In the case of ×0.8
38 24 18 13 12 9 KE-2B 0.07 …thus 11 of units = 11
RH-H303A-C2
78
MAGNETIC HOLDERS
Model KM PERMANENT MAGNETIC HOLDER
[Application]
CHUCKS
ELECTROMAGNETIC CHUCK
× 8 KM-0007 [Features]
φ 7
×13 KM-0007L ●Six types of specifications; OD tolerance, plating,
× 8 KM-0010H KM-0010J KM-0010H-SUS painting, peripheral knurling, stainless steel spec.
φ10 ×15 KM-H001 KM-001 and heat-resistance spec. are available for selection
×18 KM-T001 according to applications.
PERMANENT
KM-04C KM-T004T
φ50 ×40 KM-05C KM-T005T
φ70 ×40 KM-07C
φ80 ×45 KM-08C
Names of faces
26×26 ×25 KM-025S
CHUCKS
VACUUM
32
H1
H1
H1
H2
H2
H2
Side face
26
KM-0005 KM-05C KM-025S KM-06S ■Type B (Samarium-cobalt type rare earth magnet used)
KM-0007 KM-07C The holding power drops to about 95% at 100℃ and to about 85% at
KM-001 KM-08C 200℃ when the holding power at 20℃ is 100%. For continuous use,
KM-0015 KM-0005L the upper limit is 150℃ and for intermittent use for a short period of
KM-002 KM-0007L time, this type may be used up to 200℃.
KM-025C KM-H
TOOLS
HOLDING
79
KM
ELECTROMAGNETIC
indicates the attractive face.
An example of application
PERMANENT
Dimensions Holding Surface Mounting Workable Range Upper Limit
Model Tapped of Working Tapping Mass
OD × Height “h”
tolerance Height tolerance Power Treatment Hole ₁ ₂ ₁ ₂ Temp.
0
KM-0005 φ5(0.19)h7(0.27)× 8(0.31) −0.012 0.3N(0.03kgf) 5
(0.19) 4.5(0.17) 1.5g/0.003 lb
0
̶ ̶ Type B Not allowed.
KM-0007 φ7(0.27)h7(0.27)× 8(0.31) −0.015 0.4N(0.04kgf) 7(0.27) 6.5(0.25) 2.5g/0.005 lb
0
KM-H001 φ10(0.39)h9(0.35)×15(0.59) −0.036 8N (0.8kgf) 10
(0.39) 9.5(0.37) 11g/0.024 lb
Prepared hole up to
0 0 15 12
KM-H0015 φ15(0.59)h9(0.35)×15(0.59) −0.043 20N (2kgf) None None 15
(0.59) 14
(0.55) 3.0 deep on the rear 20g/0.044 lb
−0.1 (0.59)(0.47)
PERMANENT
0 face allowed.
KM-H002 φ20(0.78)h9(0.35)×15(0.59) −0.052 40N (4kgf) 20
(0.78) 18 Type A
(0.70) 40g/0.088 lb
Prepared hole up to
0 25 21 100g/0.222
KM-H0025 φ26(1.02)h9(0.35)×25(0.98) −0.052 100N (10kgf) 26
(1.02) 24
(0.94) 4.0 deep on the rear
(0.98)(0.82) lb
face allowed.
※The holding power is based on a test piece of SS400, 10 mm thick, ground surface. ※The holding power may drop when the holder is worked on additionally. In particular, additional work in the
BLOCKS
FOR MC
radial direction has large influence on the holding power and therefore, must be limited to a minimum necessary scope.
VACUUM
CHUCKS
KM-0005L φ5(0.19)×13(0.51) 1.8N(0.18kgf) ̶ ̶ 2g/0.004 Ib
13
(0.51) 12
(0.47) Type A
KM-0007L φ7(0.27)×13(0.51) 4N (0.4kgf) 7
(0.27) 6.5(0.25) Not allowed. 3.8g/0.008 lb
None
KM-0010H φ10(0.39)×8(0.31) 3N (0.3kgf) ̶ ̶ ̶ ̶ Type B 5g/0.011 lb
KM-001 φ10(0.39)×15(0.59) 15
(0.59) Prepared hole up to 3.0 deep on the rear face allowed. 11g/0.024 Ib
8N (0.8kgf) 10
(0.39) 9.5(0.37)
KM-T001 φ10(0.39)×18(0.70) M5(0.19)Depth5(0.19)pitch0.8(0.03) 18
(0.70) Provided. 12g/0.026 Ib
12
(0.47) Type A
KM-0015 φ15(0.59)×15(0.59) None 15
(0.59) Prepared hole up to 3.0 deep on the rear face allowed. 20g/0.044 Ib
PROMELTA*
20N (2kgf) Nickle 15
(0.59) 14(0.55)
KM-T0015 φ15(0.59)×18(0.70) M5(0.19)Depth5(0.19)pitch0.8(0.03) 18
(0.70) Provided. 23g/0.051 Ib
SYSTEM
plating
KM-0018H φ18(0.70)×8(0.31) 50N (5kgf) ̶ ̶ ̶ ̶ Type B Not allowed. 16g/0.035 Ib
None
KM-002 φ20(0.78)×15(0.59) 15
(0.59) Prepared hole up to 3.0 deep on the rear face allowed. 40g/0.088 Ib
40N (4kgf) 20
(0.78) 18(0.70) 12
(0.47) Type A
KM-T002 φ20(0.78)×18(0.70) M5(0.19)Depth5(0.19)pitch0.8(0.03) 18
(0.70) Provided. 45g/0.100 Ib
KM-0025H φ25(0.98)×10(0.39) 90N (9kgf) None ̶ ̶ ̶ ̶ Type B Not allowed. 38g/0.083 Ib
φ26(1.02)×30(1.18)100N (10kgf) M6(0.23)Depth10(0.39)pitch1.0(0.03) 26
(1.02) 24(0.94) 30
(1.18) 21
(0.82) 120g/0.266 Ib
SINE BAR
KM-T0025
CHUCKS
Type A Provided.
KM-T003 φ30(1.18)×33(1.29)150N (15kgf) M6(0.23)Depth8(0.31)pitch1.0(0.03) 30
(1.18) 27(1.06) 33
(1.29) 28
(1.10) 180g/0.400 Ib
※The holding power is based on a test piece of SS400, 10 mm thick, ground surface. ※The holding power may drop when the holder is worked on additionally. In particular, additional work in the radial
direction has large influence on the holding power and therefore, must be limited to a minimum necessary scope.
BLOCKS, HOLDERS,
Model OD × Height Holding Power Surface Treatment Mounting Tapped Hole Upper Limit of Working Temp. Feature Mass
MINI CHUCKS
KM-0010J φ10
(0.39)
×8(0.31) 3N(0.3kgf) 5g/0.011 lb
KM-0018J φ18
(0.70)
×8(0.31) 50N (5kgf) Nickle plating None Type B Peripheral knurling 16g/0.035 Ib
KM-0025J φ25
(0.98)
×10(0.39) 90N (9kgf) 38g/0.083 Ib
※The holding power is based on a test piece of SS400, 10 mm thick, ground surface.
[mm(in)
]
Model OD × Height Holding Power Surface Treatment Mounting Tapped Hole Upper Limit of Working Temp. Tapping Mass
TOOLS
KM-0010H-SUS φ10
(0.39)
×8(0.31) 3N(0.3kgf) 5g/0.011 lb
KM-0018H-SUS φ18
(0.70)
×8(0.31) 50N(5kgf) None None Type B Not allowed. 16g/0.035 Ib
KM-0025H-SUS φ25
(0.98)
×10
(0.39) 90N(9kgf) 38g/0.083 Ib
※The holding power is based on a test piece of SS400, 10 mm thick, ground surface.
80
MAGNETIC HOLDERS
Model KM PERMANENT MAGNETIC HOLDER
CHUCKS
ELECTROMAGNETIC CHUCK
KM-06S
40
The T-bolt is available optionally.
25
40
PERMANENT
25
KM-07C
6
6
KM-08C
M6×P1.0 M8×P1.25
KM-07C φ70(2.75)
×40
(1.57) 700N
( 70kgf) Painting 70
(2.75) 60
(2.36) 1000g/2.20 lb
pitch1.75(0.06) (See page 79)
M12
(0.47) ,depth 18
(0.70)
KM-08C φ80(3.14)
×45
(1.77) 1000N
(100kgf) 80
(3.14) 66
(2.59) 45(1.77) 27
(1.06) 1600g/3.52 lb
pitch1.75(0.06)
Prepared hole up to 11 deep
KM-025S 26
(1.02)
×26
(1.02)
×25(0.98) 100N
( 10kgf) None 26
(1.02) 118g/0.26 lb
on the rear face allowed.
M6
(0.23) ,depth 10
(0.39) 25
(0.98) 25(0.98) 15
(0.59)
KM-06S 26
(1.02)
×60
(2.36)
×25(0.98) 200N
( 20kgf) 60
(2.36) Provided 275g/0.60 lb
pitch1.0(0.03)
SYSTEM
PROMELTA*
※The holding power is based on a test piece of SS400, 10 mm thick, ground surface.
Model OD×Height Holding Power Surface Treatment Mounting Tapped Hole Tapping Mass
Working Temp.
KM-T004T φ40
(1.57)
×40(1.57) 300N(30kgf) M8
(0.31)depth10 (0.39) 0.4kg/0.88 lb
Painting Max. 350℃ Provided.
KM-T005T φ50
(1.96)
×45
(1.77) 500N(50kgf) pitch1.25
(0.04) 0.67kg/1.47 lb
※The holding power is based on a test piece of SS400, 10 mm thick, ground surface.
TOOL HOLDERS
MEASURING
[Features]
10
14
●The tip of the permanent magnetic holder is threaded, which enables the holder to
KM-RB10 KM-RT10
be mounted in any place easily.
40 46 ●When used in combination with the included plate, the holder can be mounted in
5
2- 4.5 36 2- 4.5
30 M5 M6
places where a tapped hole cannot be made. (Model KM-RT)
15
16
TOOLS
MAGNETIC
10
10
●Since this holder has been nickel plated, it can be used under various circumstances.
19
13
14
10
KM-RB10 KM-RB14
6
R5
attractive face.
11
12
KM-RB14 KM-RT14
6
6
81
M4 M4
KM-RT10 KM-RT14 ※The holding power is based on a test piece of SS400, 10 mm thick, ground surface.
KM / KM-T-T / KM-RB / KM-RT / KOK / KOC / WK
Model KOK ALL-CATCH
[Application]
ELECTROMAGNETIC
Versatile holders having four attractive faces to
meet various applications. These holders also have
CHUCK
200N 17.0 150g/
KOK-1 KOK-1 M5(0.19) ×
(20kgf)(0.66) 0.33 lb
50 40 0.8(0.03)
(1.96)(1.57) Depth, 5
300N 27.6 280g/
KOK-2A (0.19)
H
(30kgf)(10.8) 0.61 lb
PERMANENT
indicates the attractive face. KOK-2A ground surface.
PERMANENT
in order on work sites of shipbuilding, iron and steel manufacturing,
bridge building, canneries and similar operations.
[Features]
BLOCKS
FOR MC
●Strong holding power capable of destacking stacked thin iron sheets.
●With the lateral sliding resistance of 80N (8kgf), this hanger generates
sufficient holding power as a hanger.
[mm(in)
]
Dimensions
Model Holding Power Mass
VACUUM
CHUCKS
KOC-1B 300N
(30kgf) 50
(1.96) 27.6
(1.08) 40
(1.57) 400g/0.88 lb
※The holding power is based on a test piece of SS400, 10 mm thick, ground surface.
KOC-1B ※The hook part is 87 mm high.
PROMELTA*
SYSTEM
Powerful type Dedicated hanger
included
SINE BAR
CHUCKS
KOC-80
BLOCKS, HOLDERS,
KOC-70
MINI CHUCKS
indicates the attractive face. [mm(in)
]
[Application] Model Holding Power Dimensions Grip Mounting Thread Mass
Powerful magnetic hanger holders most suitable for cabling and temporary wiring 130N
(13kgf) φ66(2.59)
×11
(0.43) M6
KOC-70 (0.23) (0.03) 210g/0.46 lb
×1.0
work on sites. Applicable to a wide range of uses as a hanger, since these hangers KOC-80 300N
(30kgf) φ80(3.15)
×13
(0.51) depth 5
(0.19) 330g/0.72 lb
powerfully attach to thin steel sheets, steel lockers, refrigerators, etc.
HOLDING
※The holding power is based on a test piece of SS400, 10 mm thick, ground surface.
[Application]
TOOL HOLDERS
M8, depth 12
and tack welding on such work sites as (Only on dotted lines of length 50)
66
TOOLS
44
WK-TP 180℃ 6 12 6
82
※The holding power is based on a test piece of SS400, 10 mm thick, ground surface. 44
MAGNETIC TOOLS
Model HE-H HANDY HOLDER
[Application]
CHUCKS
ELECTROMAGNETIC CHUCK
Useful for transportation of In addition, when cleaning areas around machine tools, if brushes are used,
chips may be entangled and cleaning may not go smoothly. In such a case,
cut-out plates or waste these holders can be used to attract and remove them quickly.
CONTROLLERS MAGNETIC CHUCKS ELECTROMAGNETIC CHUCKS
[Features]
materials at room temperature ●Only with a small amount of electricity supplied by two D size alkaline
and for taking out small batteries, strong holding power is achieved.
●These holders are of handy type which can be operated by one hand.
products! They also do not have cord and therefore can be used in any places.
HE-HL5A
〈HE-HS5A〉
66 141 50
FOR MC
BLOCKS
ON OFF ON
φ50
釈放 吸着
145
N.P.
Magnet holder
CHUCKS
VACUUM
HE-HS5A
φ10
(212)
25
〈HE-HL5A〉 50
91 (368) 141
Model Type Max. Holding Power Power Source Working Rate Mass
SYSTEM
PROMELTA*
ON OFF ON
※The max. holding power is based on a test piece of SS400, 15 mm thick, ground surface, vertical puling
145
N.P. under the most favorable conditions. Therefore, the lifting capacity is normally a third or less of the max.
Magnet holder
holding power. If workpiece are tilted or a force is applied to the magnet in a separating direction, the lifting
capacity will drop. ※The mass includes the batteries. ※This holder, even when attraction off, constantly
generates holding power that is a third of the max. holding power at attraction on. However, the max.
φ10
holding power at attraction off drops to 200 N (20 kgf). Exercise caution when using the holder.
CHUCKS
SINE BAR
(606) 25
Model SL TOUCHER
[Application] [Features]
MINI CHUCKS
BLOCKS, HOLDERS,
A simple transportation ●Workpieces that are difficult to hold with hands can be carried by use of
tool by use of a magnet. the quick attach/detach mechanism.
●Useful for temporarily holding down or positioning small pieces in welding
work.
●Usable for a wide range of applications.
[mm
(in)
]
TOOLS
HOLDING
Dimensions
Model Holding Power Max.Height Mass
Width Length Height
SL-1
SL-1 500N
(50kgf) 50(1.96) 92
(3.62) 32
(1.26) 122
(4.80) 1kg/2.2 lb
※The holding power is based on a test piece of SS400, 10 mm thick, pulled in the vertical direction.
TOOL HOLDERS
MEASURING
ELECTROMAGNETIC
[Application]
CHUCK
500mm
forging and food processing. The Maghand is also
HMC-10A useful in the household or as a teaching material.
[Features]
●The magnetic force can be turned on and off
simply by one-hand operation.
PERMANENT
Attracts Releases when Parts available ●The Maghand employs a powerful magnet for
powerfully. lever is pulled. individually powerful attraction and a wide attractive face.
W ●Model HMC-75A has a long arm to make it
HMC-50A suitable for collecting iron pieces in pits and
enclosures.
●Model HMC-T is cased with aluminum and
PERMANENT
case Heat-resistant therefore its strength and wear resistance have been
H
case
improved from that of Model HMC-A. (High-
Separator + buffer
temperature type up to 150℃ )
h
HMC-75A
●Model HMC-K50 has a rectangular body to make
BLOCKS
FOR MC
Separator
φD
pressing spring it best suitable for collecting chips from T grooves. It
104 30
is also useful for collecting iron powder precipitated
84 in coolant tanks as it is of simple waterproof type.
Heat-resistant 22 〈Specifications〉
129
VACUUM
CHUCKS
●Capacity: M10 plain washers … about 0.6 kg
Max. working M4 × 10 screws …… about 0.7 kg
temperature
[mm(in)
]
150℃ or below
(φ21.7)
Dimensions
(273)
Model Mass
533
le
Simp roof φ
rp
wate
PROMELTA*
HMC-10A 227(8.93) 0.9kg/1.98 lb
114 85
HMC-50A 500(19.6) 1.5kg/3.30 lb
SYSTEM
(4.48) (3.34)
131
51 26 HMC-T50A
(4.40) (3.74)
100 55 HMC-T75A 764(30.0) 2.3kg/5.07 lb
SINE BAR
(51
(2.00)
×26 (1.02)×29 (1.14) )×533
(20.9)
CHUCKS
HMC-T10A HMC-K50 1.6kg/3.52 lb
HMC-K50 〈HMC-K50〉 (See dimension drawing)
BLOCKS, HOLDERS,
[Application] [Features]
Suitable for removal of chips ●The long attractive part allows collection of a
MINI CHUCKS
Releasing
e easing
in liquid in coolant tanks. It large volume of iron pieces.
can also be used to remove ●The small-dia. attractive part allows this model
iron pieces in powder. to be usable in limited space and grooves.
HOLDING
A
Attracting
Attract
ting
TOOLS
[mm(in)
]
Model Capacity Length Attractive Part Dimensions Mass
chip(dry) Approx. 200g/0.44 lb
HMW-FC90 990(38.9) φ26.5
(1.04)
×210
(8.26) 1.1kg/2.42 lb
shot blast balls Approx. 1.2kg/2.64 lb
chip(dry) Approx. 400g/0.88 lb
TOOL HOLDERS
φ8
φ14
[Application] [Features]
Suitable for removing iron in liquid tanks ●Powerful permanent magnet.
MAGNETIC
HOLDERS
The magnetic
force is present at and collecting iron pieces in small areas. ●Light weight for easy operation.
the tip also, which A powerful type This is also helpful for picking up tools ●The rod can be divided to two for
makes it possible that enables
that fell in a complicated machine room easy storage.
HAND
MAGNET
to efficiently collection of a HM−6LG
KANETEC CO.,LTD.
JAPAN
collect screws
70
and metallic
larger amount.
in ships.
The rectangular
pieces scattered s h a p e h a s
〈Specifications〉
MAGNETIC
84
HMW-FC90 HMW N
HMW-NS90 HM LG
HM-6LG ※The holding power is based on a test piece of SS400, 10 mm thick, ground surface.
MAGNETIC TOOLS
A cleaning device to collect Model RS ROAD SWEEPER
nails, needles, iron pieces, [Application]
CHUCKS
ELECTROMAGNETIC CHUCK
etc. scattered around on the This is suitable for collection of such iron pieces as nails, needles and chips
scattered around on floors in machining places, warehouses and event sites or on
floor and road. road. In addition, this device works well for collection of dust mixed with fine iron
powder. This device protects people and tires of vehicles and is also useful for
Attracting chips recycling purposes.
CONTROLLERS MAGNETIC CHUCKS ELECTROMAGNETIC CHUCKS
[Features]
●The attractive part extends up to the end to enable attraction in deep corners.
●The simple construction by use of plate magnet type to facilitate maintenance
such as changing wheels and covers.
●Self-standing and small storage space.
Releasing chips
●Easy operation; pull the hand lever to release attracted pieces.
PERMANENT
[mm
(in)
]
Dimensions Height
An example of Model Capacity Wheel Dia. Mass
dust collection Width Attractive part width (Self-standing)
1kg/2.20 lb
RS-P0930 (∅1 shot blast balls) 466(18.3) 308(12.1) φ100(3.93) 1090
(42.9) 7kg/15.4lb
An example of special
PERMANENT
fabrication of RS
(Road Sweeper)
Model S MAGNETIC SWEEPER
This sweeper employs a powerful permanent magnet and is capable of collecting iron
pieces even in mud. This sweeper collects harmful iron pieces such as needles and
RS-P0930
nails to protect people and tires of vehicles and is also useful for recycling purposes.
[Application]
FOR MC
BLOCKS
n Suitable for collecting iron pieces on floors in sewing factories, machine shops and
nctio
FF fu d woodworking mills.
ON/Oprovide
Useful for cleaning warehouses and truck terminals.
Useful for preparatory work of race tracks and stadiums.
(319)
(308)
NP
Suitable for cleaning floors after constructing and demounting displays in exhibition events.
φ22
375
φ10.5
[Features]
80
NP
CHUCKS
VACUUM
Dimensions
(68.5)
N S φ100
Model Capacity Height Mass
Width Attractive part width
(41)
(466) 653
φ 5(0.19)side φ 5
(0.19)×30(1.18)
K-510A 32g/0.070 lb
φ 10(0.39)side 4g/0.008 lb 3g/0.006 lb
(0.39)×18(0.70)
φ10 250
(9.84)
φ 10(0.39)side
K-1015A 45g/0.098 lb
φ 15(0.59)side 7g/0.0015 lb 4g/0.008 lb φ 15
(0.59)×18(0.70)
φ 20(0.78)side 21g/0.046 lb 19g/0.041 lb φ 20
(0.78)×18(0.70)
K-2025A 257
(10.1) 135g/0.297 lb
φ 25(0.98)side 27g/0.059 lb 22g/0.048 lb φ 25
(0.98)×25(0.98)
HOLDERS
MAGNETIC
K-5F φ 5
(0.19)×30(1.18) 232
(9.13) 26g/0.573 lb
4g/0.008 lb 3g/0.006 lb
K-10F φ 10
(0.39)×15(0.59) 35g/0.077 lb
217
(8.54) K-5F/10F/15F have a flexible rod.
K-15F 7g/0.015 lb 4g/0.008 lb φ 15
(0.59)×15(0.59) 46g/0.101 lb
φ5 φ10
[mm
(in)
]
Holding
TOOLS
MAGNETIC
φ8 (0.31)×145 (5.70)
K-N 10N(1kgf) 26g/0.057 lb
(6-step full length 660
(25.9)
)
Attracting & Collecting fallen
removing chips parts
K-510A
85
RS / S / K / KF / KF-T / KF-S
Model KF STEEL PLATE SEPARATOR FLOATER *
‒ Common specifications of KF types ‒
ELECTROMAGNETIC
[Application] [Features]
CHUCK
■Model KF STANDARD FLOATER*
[Features]
PERMANENT
●Standard type using a high-performance ferrite magnet. Can be
mounted on machines easily and several units can be coupled
according to size, shape and weight of steel plates.
PERMANENT
which can separate steel plates one by one more smoothly than
KF-10 the standard type is also available. Please contact us.
KF-20
BLOCKS
[mm(in)
]
FOR MC
b φd Dimensions Mounting
Model Mass
No. of holes φ
65 55.5 45.5 40 1.0kg/
KF-5B
R L (2.55) 87 (21.8)(1.79) (1.57) 2.2 lb×2
(3.42) 56 2.0kg/
KF-10
N B S 125 61.5 51.5 8 (2.20) 4.4 lb×2
VACUUM
CHUCKS
(4.92) (2.42)(2.02) (0.31) 80 2.5kg/
KF-20 4
127 (3.15) 5.5 lb×2
(5.00) 66.5 56.5 7.0kg/
H KF-30
210 (2.61)(2.22) 150 15 lb×2
(8.26) 254 71.5 59.5 11 (5.90) 12.0kg/
KF-40
(10.0)(2.81)(2.34) (0.43) 26 lb×2
PROMELTA*
SYSTEM
■Model KF-T THIN FLOATER*
[Features]
●Thinner and smaller than the standard type, 20mm
2-M5,
depth 8 thick. This type can be mounted in a wide variety
SINE BAR
N S
of locations, for example, direct mounting on a wall
CHUCKS
H
M5 screw
face or mounting with an L-shaped attachment.
●The mounting position is vertically adjustable when
mounted with the included L-shaped attachment.
B φ6×2
t 20 16 [mm
(in)
]
BLOCKS, HOLDERS,
Dimensions
Model Mass
´
MINI CHUCKS
62 25 30 10 1.0 0.7kg/
KF-T5A
(2.44) 87 (0.98)(1.18)
(0.39)
(0.03) 1.5 lb×2
(3.42) 1.1kg/
KF-T10
KF-T20 102 50 40 15 1.5 2.4 lb×2
13.5 h´
KF-T5A
h
HOLDING
TOOLS
b
reduced the thickness to only 17 mm and the weight, but offers the
P1 4−φd t
separating performance equivalent to that of the standard type.
●This type can be mounted in various places such as direct mounting on
a wall face and mounting in a very narrow place.
MAGNETIC
HOLDERS
KANETEC
P2
N S
h
separation by KF-S10
[mm
(in)
]
MAGNETIC
Dimensions
Model Mass
TOOLS
φ
KF-S10 98
(3.86) 115(4.52) 130
(5.12) 0.56kg/1.23 lb×2
53 30 7 6 17
KF-S15 152(5.98) 170(6.69) 185
(7.28) 0.8 kg/1.76 lb×2
(2.09) (1.18) (0.28) (0.24)
(0.66)
KF-S10 KF-S20 206(8.11) 225(8.86) 240
(9.45) 1.05kg/2.31 lb×2
86
W T
MAGNETIC TOOLS KF-HC / KF-Q
Model KF-HC POWERFUL ROUND FLOATER*
CHUCKS
ELECTROMAGNETIC CHUCK
An example of usage φD
CONTROLLERS MAGNETIC CHUCKS ELECTROMAGNETIC CHUCKS
h (Magnetic range)
Magnetic
face
H
PW
PERMANENT
N-M
(Back)
KF-HC1218 PL
[Application] [mm
(in)
]
Dimensions
Designed for separation of irregularly shaped workpieces Model Mass
PERMANENT
[Application]
64
Most suitable for remote control of ON and OFF of separation of steel plates.
[Features]
4
159 ●Compared with the electromagnetic type, this type has a wider
SYSTEM
PROMELTA*
KF-Q10
(An example of special fabrication) [mm(in)
]
Source Applicable
Model Dimensions Mass
An example of Capacity Rectifier
separation of steel plates KF-Q10 W159
(6.25)
×D64
(2.51)
×H144(5.66) 1.5kVA 2.3kg/5.07 lb ※KFQR-260A
MINI CHUCKS
BLOCKS, HOLDERS,
An example of usage
TOOLS
HOLDING
The Floater induces the same type of magnetic poles in steel plates stacked opposing the Test Plate Thickness Thickness Thickness Thickness
Size
Model 1.0 1.6 2.0 3.2
magnetic pole face to separate the plates by the repelling force of the same poles. 150(5.90)
×
KF-5B 18
(0.70)14
(0.55)10
(0.39) 5(0.19)
■Floating distance 450(17.7)
KF-10 14
(0.55)12
(0.47) 6
(0.23) −
When a pair of Floaters are positioned on each side of stacked plates in S
KF-20 26
(1.02)17
(0.66) 9
(0.35) −
the longitudinal direction, the distance the top plate is floated from the N N
300(11.8)
×
TOOLS
MAGNETIC
KF-30 33
(1.29)26 (0.70) 7(0.27) 900(35.4)
(1.02)18
second one is as shown in the table. S
KF-40 34
(1.33)28
(1.10)20
(0.78)10
(0.39)
This distance applies when the Floater is positioned 50 mm away from
S
S
80(3.15)×
the edge of plates and the initial position of the first plate is 50 mm KF-T5A 5(0.19) 3(0.11) 2
(0.07) −
200(7.87)
S
S
below the top end of the Floater. Note, however, that if plates are KF-T10
12
(0.47)10
(0.39) 9
(0.35) 6(0.23)
160(6.29)
×
300(11.8)
warped or oil is sticking to them, the distance will become shorter. KF-T20
87
MAGNETIC TOOLS & EQUIPMENT FOR WELDING OPERATION MT-A / WK / KM-W
Model MT-A MAGSUPPORTER*
[Application]
7)
(87)
(16.
G
[Features]
A powerful holding type by use of a high-performance permanent magnet.
MT-A-2
75.2
58.5
90
60 135
12 545
45
12
06
13
●Both inside and outside welding are possible.
φ84
Ø31
MAGNET
<Note 1>
G
LIFTING
Holding
1.5
(157)
60
power ●Any desired holding angle can be set in a range of 45°and 135°
800N O OFF
(angle scale provided).
●ON/OFF function and V-groove provided.
55
MT-A-2 MT−A−2
MADE IN JAPAN
1.5 G
G
12
G
MT-A-4
G
5 5
MAGBORE*
58.5
75.2
(16.
7) 50
●Any desired holding angle can be set in a range of 30 °and 90 °
150°
(angle scale provided).
●Angle adjustment with a handle.
●ON-OFF function provided. [mm(in)]
Holder Dimensions Holding
G Model Holding Power Mass
Width Length Height Angle
CONVEYANCE EQUIPMENT
MT-A-2 800N
( 80kgf)
×2 50(1.96) 60
(2.36)55
(2.16)45°ー135°3.5kg/7.71 lb
DEMAGNETIZER EQUIPMENT
Welding
Holding 12
0 part
7
power G 13
52
6 48 6 Welding
1500N 60
part
25
[Features]
109 109 ●The magnet part has a minimum necessary free rotating angle
range for easy mounting on workpieces.
●The exterior of the magnet holder part is made of aluminum to
2.5
22
13
●These clampers have a large mechanical strength to
φ50
withstand rough handling.
SEPARATORS
Model Max. Temperature Holding Power Mass
WK-3A 60℃
1000N
(100kgf)
×2 2.3kg/5.07 lb
WK-T3A 180℃
WK-T3A
An example of usage The holding power is based on a test piece of SS400, 10 mm thick, ground surface.
Precautions for use These holders cannot be used for work where heat is applied for long hours. If the magnet is subjected to high temperature,
its magnetic force will drop or be lost suddenly, causing the workpiece to come off the attractive face. Exercise caution. 88
MAGNETIC TOOLS & EQUIPMENT FOR WELDING OPERATION
Model KM-SA HEXAGONAL MAGNETIC HOLDER
FOR WELDING OPERATION
MAGNETIC TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
[Application]
These holders provide strong holding power for temporary holding during
welding and temporary assembly. These holders can also be used as a block.
[Features]
●The holding angle can be set to 45°, 90°and 135°.
●The small type is equipped with a pushbutton and the large type with a
rotary handle for turning on and off the magnetic force.
MAGNET
LIFTING
●The V-groove provided makes this holder to generate strong holding power
on curved surface as well as flat surface of workpieces.
<Min. diameter of workpieces that can be held> KM-SA: φ6 and over, KM-S1A: φ5 and over
60 47
MAGBORE*
45 15 17 5 20 5
G
G
G
45
60
KM-S1A
KM-SA
CONVEYANCE EQUIPMENT EQUIPMENT
CHIP & SLUDGE
G
15
G
G
Holding Power Holding Power G G
112 132
80 32 38 94
Steel bar Steel plate Steel bar Steel plate
G
200ー300N 200ー600N 600ー900N 1200ー1400N
G
ENVIRONMENTAL MAGNETIZER AND MAGNETIC EQUIPMENT MAGNETIC
G
80
112
80
G
32
G
DEMAGNETIZER FOR CONVEYANCE
N G S
G
G [mm
(in)
]
Holding Power
Model Dimensions Mass
Steel bar Steel plate
600ー900N(60ー90kgf) 1200ー1400N(120ー140kgf) 6.0kg/
KM-SA 112(4.40)×112(4.40)×94(3.70)
{150ー200N(15ー20kgf)}
{ 800ー1000N( 80ー100kgf)} 13.2 lb
200ー300N(20ー30kgf) 200ー 600N( 20ー 60kgf) 0.85kg/
KM-S1A 60(2.36)× 60(2.36)×42(1.65)
{ 50ー 70N( 5ー 7kgf)}
{ 100ー 350N( 10ー 35kgf)} 1.87 lb
※The holding power on steel plate is based on a test piece of SS400, 10 mm thick, ground surface.
Note : The holding power in { } is for attraction on one face in the case of double-face attraction.
(80)
Holding
Power
Steel plate
(41)
15
°
15
°
90°
150ー250N
°
45
45
°
Holding
(14)
105
°
105
POWERFUL MAGNETIC MEASURING MEASURING
95
Steel plate
(54)
60°
<KM-S10>
(80)
(51)
15
°
15
°
90°
(14)
°
45
45
°
INSTRUMENTS MATERIALS
105
°
120
105
°
OFF ON
(69)
60°
120° 120°
Usable for temporary holding during welding and temporary assembly. These holders (74)
<KM-S13>
[mm
(in)
]
hold workpieces firmly.
Holding Power
[Features] Model Dimensions Mass
Steel Plate
●The holding angle can be set to 15°, 45°, 60°, 90°, 105°and 120°.
KM-S10 150ー250N
(15ー25kgf) 104
(4.09)
× 95
(3.74)
×67
(2.63) 0.9kg/1.98 lb
●The magnetic force can be turned on and off.
●The holding power on steel plates is about the same as when both faces of KM- KM-S13 250ー450N
(25ー45kgf) 132
(5.19)
×120
(4.72)
×73
(2.87) 1.6kg/3.52 lb
S9 and S12 are used and at angles other than 105 °, the holding power drops ※The holding power on steel plate is based on a test piece of SS400, 10 mm thick,
little when two faces are used. ground surface.
Precautions for use These holders cannot be used for work where heat is applied for long hours. If the magnet is subjected to high temperature,
its magnetic force will drop or be lost suddenly, causing the workpiece to come off the attractive face. Exercise caution.
89
KM-SA / KM-S / KM-TH / KM-TA
Model KM-S SIMPLE HEXAGONAL HOLDER
[Application]
MAGNET
LIFTING
●The concave attractive face can hold certain round steel bars.
135°
MAGBORE*
90°
45°
CONVEYANCE EQUIPMENT
Holding Power Dia. of
Model Dimensions Mass
Steel bar Steel Plate Steel Bar
※The holding power on steel plate is based on a test piece of SS400, 10 mm thick, ground surface.
DEMAGNETIZER EQUIPMENT
Note : The holding power in { } is for attraction on one face in the case of double-face attraction.
L1 30 140°
°
45
45
40
4
°
Holding Holding L
Power Power
gages and rulers. of 45°, 90°and 135°can be used. ※The holding power is based on a test piece of SS400, 10 mm thick, ground surface.
SEPARATORS
Model KM-TA ANGLE CLAMP
20 52 36
18 34 5
140°
5 [Application]
G G This clamp can be used for temporary holding and
workpieces firmly.
[Features]
90°
MAGNETIC MEASURING
8
this clamp to be used for workpieces having curved
surfaces such as round steel bars and pipes in
addition to flat workpieces.
G
GG
●ON-OFF function provided.
●Holding angle 90°only.
Holding [mm(in)
]
Power Holding Dimensions
KM-TA12 Model Mass
400N Power Length Width Height
KM-TA12 400N
(40kgf) 72
(2.83) 36
(1.41) 120
(4.72)1kg/2.20 lb
Precautions for use These holders cannot be used for work where heat is applied for long hours. If the magnet is subjected to high temperature,
its magnetic force will drop or be lost suddenly, causing the workpiece to come off the attractive face. Exercise caution.
90
MAGNETIC TOOLS & EQUIPMENT FOR WELDING OPERATION
Model GS GUIDE SCALE
[Application]
FOR WELDING OPERATION
MAGNETIC TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
50 25 58.5
MAGBORE*
[mm
(in)
]
25∼33
Scale
ON OFF
Holding Scale Magnet
Model Mass
55
GS−2
GS-1 200N
(20kgf) 500(19.6) 26
(1.02) 25
(0.98) 1.1kg/2.42 lb
400
up-down range
GS-2 800N
(80kgf) 400(15.7) 50
(1.96) 55(2.16) 2.3kg/5.07 lb
51
26.5∼37.5
CONVEYANCE EQUIPMENT EQUIPMENT
CHIP & SLUDGE
26 25 500
※The holding power is based on a test piece of SS400, 10 mm thick, ground
Scale
surface.
※The holding power of GS-1 is the power per magnet holder.
25
25
92
DEMAGNETIZER FOR CONVEYANCE
131
38
HL-10E
22 130 82
[Application]
SEPARATORS SEPARATORS
demounting by simple operation. ※The holding power is based on a test piece of 16 mm thick mill scale steel plate.
POWERFUL MAGNETIC MEASURING MEASURING
wedge 260
WKS
WKS
INSTRUMENTS MATERIALS
Ho
[Features]
●Can be attracted at the meeting point by a turn of the switch.
●Correcting work can be done easily by driving a wedge.
H
●WKS-26 and 30 types are equipped with wheels for easy movement.
●WKS-16 type is handy type that is easy to carry or handle on work sites. 80 φD 80 B
MAGNETIC
Precautions for use These holders cannot be used for work where heat is applied for long hours. If the magnet is subjected to high temperature,
its magnetic force will drop or be lost suddenly, causing the workpiece to come off the attractive face. Exercise caution.
91
GS / HL-E / WKS / EMA / CEM / CEM-SR
Model EMA WELDING JIG FOR ONE FACE WELDING
[Application]
MAGNET
LIFTING
steel plates due to welding heat can be prevented.
●Drip-proof construction for outdoor operations. Highly resistant to impact and heat.
EMA-□A ※The rectifier is of special specifications according to the number of magnets used.
[mm(in)
]
Holding Power Dimensions Power Source
〈A type〉 〈C type〉 Working
MAGBORE*
Model Steel Plate Steel Plate Mass
d1 Mounting hole Voltage Current Rate
d1 20mm thick 50mm thick
290
EMA-25-A 3ーφ21
(0.82)
20kN 24kN 245 100 (11.4) 30kg/
1.0 A
(2000kgf) (2400kgf) (9.64)(3.93) 150 66.1 lb
EMA-25-C 3ーM16
(0.62)
(5.90)
CONVEYANCE EQUIPMENT
φD b φD b 21kN 36kN 255 120 305 70 200 100% 40kg/
EMA-26-A 4ーφ26(1.02) 1.4 A
(2100kgf) (3600kgf) (10.0)(4.72)(12.0)(2.75) VDC ED 88.1 lb
340
3ーφ23(0.90)
DEMAGNETIZER EQUIPMENT
Rectifier required additionally [Application]
Suitable for securing workpieces during light duty work such as chamfering.
[Features]
●The periphery or four faces of workpieces can be worked during
chamfering, for example, in one chucking
to improve work efficiency.
□W
P
[mm(in)
]
Dimensions
SEPARATORS
Rectifier added to electromagnetic CEM for chamfering!
Cable: 3 m 4−φ6
170 Cable: 2 m
54
CEM
CEM-23SR
MAGNET ON FUSE(2A)
P
OFF
REVERSE
KRU−2D
MAGNETIC MEASURING
P 4−φd
φD
h
H
[Application]
T
[mm(in)
]
Suitable for securing workpieces during light duty work such
Max. Holding Dimensions Power Working
as chamfering. Model
Power
Input
Consumption Rate
Mass
φ P φd □
[Features]
160 64 15 79 140 14 170 14kg/
●The built-in compact rectifier eliminates a need of a power CEM-16SR 1000kgf
(6.29)(2.51)(0.59)(3.11)(5.51)(0.55)(6.69) Single-
41W
30.8 lb
100%
phase,
source board, requiring simple wiring only. 230 76 20 96 200 22 250 100 VAC ED 28kg/
CEM-23SR 2000kgf 72W
●The magnet specifications are all the same as Model CEM. (9.05)(2.99)(0.78)(3.77)(7.87)(0.86)(9.84) 61.7 lb
Precautions for use These holders cannot be used for work where heat is applied for long hours. If the magnet is subjected to high temperature,
its magnetic force will drop or be lost suddenly, causing the workpiece to come off the attractive face. Exercise caution.
92
LIFTING MAGNETS
Lifting magnets for safe and efficient transportation of heavy and large workpieces.
KANETEC offers a variety of lifting magnets to meet your diversified requirements.
FOR WELDING OPERATION
MAGNETIC TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
Beams dedicated to LPR-VN/LPH that can lift long steel plates, round bars and pipes safely are available
according to your applications.
ENVIRONMENTAL MAGNETIZER AND MAGNETIC EQUIPMENT MAGNETIC
Type
DEMAGNETIZER FOR CONVEYANCE
●No power source is required. No fear ●The strength of magnetic force can ●Electricity is applied only when ●No wiring or power source is
of electrical problems such as be adjusted easily and the number of holding and releasing workpieces. required to make this type usable in
power failure. plates to lift can be controlled. Since workpieces are held by a any places.
●No power panel or rectifier is ●Larger and coupled configuration is permanent magnet, they can be ●No fear of problems due to power
Features required to make this type usable in possible. transported safely in the event of failure or cable breakage.
any places. ●Remote operation and automation of power failure. ●A battery is incorporated to enhance
●Small, but powerful magnetic force. work is possible. ●Power consumption is very low. mobility. Remote operation is also
●Remote operation and serial possible.
connection enables automation.
Maintenance of the Lifma* and Battery Ace* is also available (for a fee). When you require such maintenance, please contact us.
■Facts to keep in mind when using the Lifma ■Change in holding power by plate thickness and
■Holding power clearance
The holding power varies largely depending on various conditions such as the
thickness of workpieces to lift, clearance between the workpiece and the
Holding power
Holding power
magnet and material of the workpiece. See the graphs on the right side. case of thickness A
■Maximum holding power
The holding power that is obtained under the conditions that the workpiece
to hold has a sufficient thickness, the surface of the workpiece is free of dust
and projections to enable close contact, the workpiece is held on the whole
INSTRUMENTS MATERIALS
attractive face and the material of the workpiece is mild steel SS400 is the A
upper limit and this power is expressed as the max. holding power. Plate thickness Clearance
as the lifting capacity of the electromagnetic Lifma (LMU, LMU-SR, LM-EP) 0 50 100(%) 0 50 100(%)
and Battery Ace; a third for the permanent magnetic Lifma, LPR-VN, LPH
SS400 SS400 ▽▽▽ G
and permanent electromagnetic Lifma LEP-Q; and a quarter for permanent
SUS430 SS400 ▽▽
magnetic Lifma PL and permanent electromagnetic Lifma LEP. However,
S45C SS400 ▽
when workpieces to lift are thin, it is difficult to lift the weight indicated by
the lifting capacity. (When workpieces are thinner, the holding power drops.) S45C Hardened SS400 ∼
SKH2
■Determining sizes of workpieces to lift
SKH2 Hardened
Determine the size of workpieces to lift such as steel plates in consideration of
FC400
such conditions as the plate thickness, distortion, clearance caused by dust, etc.,
FC200
attractive area, material and balance of workpieces lifted and the safety factor.
93 ※Please see the Facsimile Communication Form (Selection Data) on page 170 also.
LIFTING MAGNETS
Model LPH LARGE PERMANENT MAGNETIC LIFMA*
Permanent magnetic Lifma with
FOR WELDING OPERATION
MAGNETIC TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
[Application]
Permanent magnetic type lifting magnets used as a lifting section of cranes and
hoists for transportation of steel materials in warehouses and machining shops or
for loading and unloading workpieces to and from machine tools. These are
suitable for transporting semi-finished products having a flat surface such as
MAGBORE*
machine parts, press dies and plastic molds and for transporting mill scale steel
plates and flat steel materials.
[Features]
LPH-1000 ●All types are capable of lifting steel plates and round steel bars.
●The ON/OFF handle operating force has been reduced to a half max. of that of
CONVEYANCE EQUIPMENT EQUIPMENT
CHIP & SLUDGE
the conventional models. The operability in lifting thin workpieces and pipes
that are difficult to lift with conventional models has been improved. (Patented)
●In addition to the conventional handle lock mechanism, a safety stopper is
provided as a standard accessory. These double safety measures prevent falling
of lifted objects due to unexpected returning of the handle. (Design registered)
●These are of permanent magnetic type requiring no power source. Thus, there
ENVIRONMENTAL MAGNETIZER AND MAGNETIC EQUIPMENT MAGNETIC
(175°
)
Optimum magnet array (D) (F)
realized by KANETEC s
original magnetism analysis
technology.
(h)
(I)
Patented
吊上能力 丸鋼
kg No.
operation
for thin sheets!
SEPARATORS SEPARATORS
(grips) provided. Handle fixing groove 1000kg/ 600kg/ 320 505 30 253 65 75 80kg/
when magnetic force ON LPH-1000
2205 lb 1323 lb 180 (12.5)(19.8)(1.18)(9.96)(2.55)(2.95) 30 176 lb
Protects the main unit.
Easy to move and Handle fixing stopper 1500kg/ 800kg/ (7.08) 400 585 35 268 75 85 (1.18) 100kg/
LPH-1500
position the Lifma. 3307 lb 1764 lb (15.7)(23.0)(1.37)(10.5)(2.95)(3.34) 220 lb
2000kg/ 900kg/ 205 500 685 38 281 80 97 35 130kg/
Sizes of round steel LPH-2000
4410 lb 1984 lb (8.07)(19.6)(26.9)(1.49)(11.0)(3.14)(3.81)(1.37) 286 lb
workpieces to lift expanded.
※The lifting capacity is indicated by a value that is a third (safety factor 3) of the max. holding power.
TOOLS
Lifting standards
t6 □1450
(57.0)1500
(59.0)
×1400
(55.1)
t12 □1600
(62.9)1500
(59.0)
×1650
(64.9) □1650
(64.9)1500
(59.0)×1800
(70.8)
t25 □1550
(61.0)1500
(59.0)
×1600
(62.9) □1700
(66.9)1500(59.0)
×1900
(74.8) □1800
(70.8)
t50 □1300
(51.1)1500
(59.0)
×1200
(47.2) □1550
(61.0)1500(59.0)
×1600
(62.9) □1750
(68.8)1800
(70.8)
×1700
(66.9)
t100 □1000
(39.4)1500
(59.0)
× 650
(25.5) □1100
(43.3)1500(59.0)
× 800
(31.5) □1300
(51.1)1800
(70.8)
× 950
(37.4)
MAGNETIC
※If plates are thinner, the handle operation becomes harder. The handle operation also becomes harder when there is clearance. The return of the handle at the time of OFF operation becomes faster.
95 ※Keep in mind that the capacity drops when lifting pipes or workpieces the max. diameter of which is smaller than the attractive face or workpieces the max. diameter of which is shorter than the lifting standard length (LPH2000).
LPH / LPR-VN-WP / LPH-WP / LPR-VN+L
Model LPR-VN-WP DRIP-PROOF SMALL PERMANENT MAGNETIC LIFMA*
60°
[Application]
(h)
(indoor use), these Lifmas are
(I)
of drip-proof construction and
can be used for outdoor work.
H
LPR−VN300−WP 吊上能力 300kg 吊上物の下に入るな! ON OFF
KANETEC
MAGNET
LIFTING
L W
(G)
When operating the handle of LPR-VN75-WP and LPR-VN150-WP, be sure that the safety
stopper will not interfere with the lifting fixture.
[mm
(in)
]
MAGBORE*
Lifting Capacity Dimensions
Model Mass
Steel Plate Steel bar
LPR-VN600-WP 75kg/ 50kg/ 80 160
LPR-VN 75-WP 5.5kg/12.1 lb
165 lb 110 lb (3.14)(6.29) 15 15
150kg/ 100kg/ 90 130 260 (0.59) 135 40 (0.59) 45
LPR-VN150W-P 8kg/17.6 lb
330 lb 220 lb (3.54)(5.11)(10.2) (5.31)(1.57) (1.77)
Precautions for use
CONVEYANCE EQUIPMENT
300kg/ 200kg/ 230 360 20 18
LPR-VN300-WP 14kg/30.8 lb
When you plan to use the Lifma for special steel materials such as hardened 661 lb 440 lb (9.05)(14.1)(0.78) (0.70)
materials, please consult with us prior to purchasing the Lifma. 600kg/ 400kg/ 119 330 500 25 184 60 25 65
35kg/77.1 lb
DEMAGNETIZER EQUIPMENT
[Application]
Drip-proof
175°
Unlike the standard type D F
specification (indoor use), these Lifmas
(h)
are of drip-proof construction
(I)
and can be used for outdoor
H
KANETEC
LPH−***WP PERMANENTMAGNETICLIFMA
吊上能力
吊上物の下に入るな!
work.
鋼板***kg No.
丸鋼***kg
ON OFF
L W
G
[mm
(in)
]
An example of
SEPARATORS
These Lifmas are the standard type permanent magnetic Lifma LPR-VN to which an adapter to
use of LPR-VN+L
lift L-shaped steel has been added and designed to facilitate transportation of L-shaped steel.
[Features]
●Without the adapter, these Lifmas can
be used as the standard model LPR-VN.
●An adapter for different section steel
materials can be installed by use of
MATERIALS INSTRUMENTS TOOLS
the adapter mounting hole.
[mm(in)
]
Dimensions
Model Included Adapter Mass
MAGNETIC MEASURING
350
(13.7) 133(5.23)
KANETEC KANETEC Lifting of steel in mountain style 40
(1.57)
LPR-VN600+L3 55kg/121 lb(※)
Lifting of steel in valley style 45
(1.77)
h
L W W ※The adapter comes with mounting bolts and tightening tool. (*) The total mass includes two adapter types.
Keep in mind that the capacity of the Lifma varies largely depending on the
thickness and material of workpieces, clearance and other factors. 96
LIFTING MAGNETS
Model HL HAND LIFMA*
[Application]
FOR WELDING OPERATION
MAGNETIC TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
Suitable for pulling out steel materials or steel plates and carrying metal frames, raw materials,
press molds, semi-finished products, etc.
[Features]
●A new cam mechanism is employed so as not to apply friction due to holding and releasing
directly to the surface of workpieces to transport. (HL-20A)
●Workpieces are held and released quite smoothly.
MAGNET
LIFTING
Holding Releasing
ON OFF
HL-15 HL-20A
MAGBORE*
110
80
[mm
(in)
]
CONVEYANCE EQUIPMENT EQUIPMENT
CHIP & SLUDGE
Model Mass
Lateral Lift Capacity Width Length Height Length
200
10
101
HL-15 350N
(35kgf) 1.5kN
(150kgf) 20kg/44.1 lb 60
(2.36)120(4.72) 52
(2.04) 49
(1.92) 3.0kg/6.6 lb
OFF
ON
OFF
500N
(50kgf) 2 kN
(200kgf) 30kg/66.1 lb 100(3.93)140(5.51) 32 (7.87) 2.5kg/5.5 lb
(1.26) 200
52
HL-20A
※The holding power is based on a test piece of 15 mm thick soft steel. The holding power and lifting capacity drop
60
140
100
depending on the thicknesses, materials of workpieces and other factors. ※Do not use this Lifma for a hoist.
16.7 120
ENVIRONMENTAL MAGNETIZER AND MAGNETIC EQUIPMENT MAGNETIC
upright.
H
■Releasing
Put the lever in the horizontal
position to release the Lifma
from the workpiece. B
L
[mm
(in)
]
Lifting Dimensions Shackle“d”
Model Mass
PL-40B Capacity (Lifting ring ID)
5ー7
8ー12 □500
(19.6) 350(13.7)
×700
(27.5) □1100
(43.3) 750
(29.5)
×1500
(59.1)
Precautions for use 13ー16 □1000
(39.4) 700
(27.5)
×1400
(55.1)
When you plan to use the Lifma for special steel materials such as hardened materials, □550
(21.6) 400(15.7)
×700
(27.5)
please consult with us prior to purchasing the Lifma. 17ー25 □950(37.4) 650
(25.5)
×1300
(51.1)
The operation of the cam to hold and release workpieces exerts physical friction to the 26ー40 □450
(17.7) 350(13.7)
×550
(21.6) □750(29.5) 550
(21.6)
×1000
(39.4)
workpieces. Therefore, the surfaces finished by polishing, for example, may be scratched.
Do not use the Lifma for workpieces whose width or length is short and the cam 41ー65 □350
(13.7) 250(9.84)
×500
(19.6) □600(23.6) 450(17.7)
×700
(27.5)
TOOLS
operation does not work on them. Operate the ON/OFF select cam by a foot. 66ー100 □250
(9.84) 200(7.87)
×300
(11.8) □500(19.6) 350(13.7)
×700
(27.5)
Suitable for lifting and moving bent plates, floor plates, pressed workpieces having
concave or convex sections, iron doors of buildings, deck plates, guard rails, cans, etc.
W1
W
[Features]
2-3/8 4−M ●The attraction is turned on and off by moving up and down the built-in magnet
L1
L with an air cylinder, which facilitates remote operation and automated operation.
□
d
●Compared with the electromagnetic type, this model has a larger holding power
MAGNETIC
An example
ON側
on thin sheets (less than 5 mm thick) and its capacity drops less when
of usage
h
OFF側
clearance is present. Accordingly, this model is most suitable for lifting pressed
workpieces having concave or convex sections.
H
LM-P1242 ●The ON state is maintained if the air source is shut down and therefore there is
An example of special fabrication no risk of falling workpieces, thus enhancing safety. [mm (in)]
Dimensions
Model Air Pressure Mass
LM-P1242 120(4.72) 112(4.40) 93.5(3.68) 80(3.14) 370(14.5) 98(3.85) M12,(0.47)depth 14(0.55) Approx. 17kg/ 37 lb
420(16.5) 0.49 MPa or over
LM-P2442 240(9.44) 119(4.69) 133(5.23) 150(5.90) 300(11.8) 142(5.59) M20,(0.78)depth 30(1.18) Approx. 38kg/ 83 lb
※An air source, select valve and other air control equipment must be provided by the user.
97 ※This model is not suitable for thick workpieces and workpieces stacked closely. The specifications vary according to workpieces to lift. Please contact us to select the best design.
HL / PL / LM-P / LMU / LMU-UW
Model LMU SMALL ELECTROMAGNETIC LIFMA*
[Application]
MAGNET
lifting
ring
ID of
LIFTING
●A wide range of applications; transporting small workpieces with a single unit to
transporting large steel plates with multiple units attached to beams controlled together.
●When an uninterruptible power supply is used, safety can be ensured in the
Height of
body
event of unexpected power failure.
●The applicable rectifier is KR or RH-MW.
MAGBORE*
LMU-20D
Diameter of body
■Maximum allowable number of small electromagnetic Lifmas LMU and
waterproof electromagnetic Lifmas LMU-UW for Rectifier KR・RH
Working rate 50% ED Small electromagnetic LMU-15D LMU-20D LMU-25D
Lifma LMU-10D LMU-30D
(Repeating cycle of power on 5 minutes and pause 5 minutes) Rectifier LMU-UW15 LMU-UW20 LMU-UW25
CONVEYANCE EQUIPMENT
KR-P203
6 4 3 2 1
KR-A203
[mm(in)
]
Dimensions
DEMAGNETIZER EQUIPMENT
Model Lifting Capacity Eyebolt ID Rated Voltage Rated Current Mass
Main Unit Lifting part height
LMU-10D 250kg/ 551 lb φ105(4.13)
×60
(2.36) 108
(4.25) M16
(0.62)
(φ35
(1.37)
) 0.3A 4kg/ 8.8 lb
LMU-15D 600kg/1323 lb φ156(6.14)
×70
(2.75) 125
(4.92) M20
(0.78)
(φ40
(1.57)
) 0.6A 11kg/ 24.2 lb
LMU-20D 1200kg/2646 lb φ206(8.11)
×88
(3.46) 173
(6.81) M30
(1.18)
(φ60
(2.36)
) 180 VDC 0.8A 23kg/ 50.7 lb
LMU-25D 1800kg/3968 lb φ256(10.0)
×93
(3.66) 193
(7.59) M36
(1.41)
(φ70
(2.75)
) 1.2A 40kg/ 88.1 lb
LMU-30D 2500kg/5512 lb φ306(12.0)
×95
(3.74) 210
(8.26) M42(1.65)
(φ80
(3.15)
) 1.6A 60kg/132.2 lb
※The lifting capacity is indicated by a value that is a half of the max. holding power.
※For continuous operation, use the Lifma at 110 VDC or below. Note that when the thickness of steel plates to lift is 20 mm, the listed lifting capacity drops by approx. 20%.
※The height of lifting part is up to the top end of the inside diameter of the eyebolt.
※Cable 2 m is included. ※For workpieces having poor attractive conditions such as scraps and waste materials, use LM-EC2.
●These Lifmas can be used underwater up to 3 atm (equivalent to 30 m max. water depth).
●Attracting and releasing workpieces can be controlled electrically by remote operation.
SEPARATORS
●A rectifier is required additionally.
Height of
●When an uninterruptible power supply is used, safety can be ensured in the event of unexpected power
body
failure.(To study specifications, see the holding power graphs and lifting reference of Model LMU.)
Working rate 50% ED (Repeating cycle of power on 5 minutes and pause 5 minutes)
Diameter of body
(in)
[mm ]
■Lifting reference for use of single unit ≪Mill scale soft steel plate≫ ■Lifma selection standard for steel plate size
[mm (in)] [mm
(in)
]
Model LMU-10D LMU-15D LMU-20D LMU-25D LMU-30D Width 914(35.9) 914(35.9) 1219(47.9) 1219(47.9) 1524(60.0) 1524(60.0)ー1826(71.8)
Steel Plate
Thickness LMU-10SRD LMU-15SRD LMU-20SRD LMU-25SRD LMU-30SRD Length 1829(72.0) 3658(144) 2438(95.9) 4877(192) 3048(120) 6096
(240)
5 600(23.6)×600(23.6) 700(27.5)×700(27.5) 800(31.5)×800(31.5) 900(35.4)×900(35.4) 1000(39.4)×1000(39.4) Size 3×6 3×12 4×8 4×16 5×10 5ー6×20
9 850(33.4)×850(33.4) 1000(39.4)×1000(39.4) 4.5(0.17)ー12(0.47)mm thick LMU-15D LMU-20D
1200(47.2)×1200(47.2) 1300(51.1)×1300(51.1)
12 700(27.5)×700(27.5) 1100(43.3)×1100(43.3)
12(0.47)ー32(1.25)mm thick LMU-20D LMU-25D
16 1000(39.4)×1000(39.3 1600(62.9)×1600(62.9)
Lifma
98
LIFTING MAGNETS
Model LMU-SR SMALL ELECTROMAGNETIC LIFMA*
[Application]
Rectifier built-in type
FOR WELDING OPERATION
MAGNETIC TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
Suitable for use as a single unit with an electrical part built in for loading and unloading workpieces
to and from the work table of machine tools, moving small steel materials and steel plates.
[Features]
Electrical part
lifting
ID of
●These Lifmas incorporate a rectifier and do not require a rectifier to be installed additionally.
ring
(Rectifier)
●A reverse excitation switch is provided to release lifted workpieces easily.
Height of body
Precaution for use
Rust and scratches on the attractive face affect the holding power adversely. Repair it periodically.
Working rate 50% ED (Repeating cycle of power on 5 minutes and pause 5 minutes)
MAGBORE*
Diameter of body
LMU-25SRD
[mm(in)
]
Lifting Dimensions Input Power
Model Eyenut ID Mass
Capacity Main Unit Lifting part height Voltage Consumption
LMU-10SRD 250kg/551 lb φ105(4.13)
×130
(5.11) 189.5(7.46) M16
(0.62)
(φ35
(1.37)
) 60W 5kg/ 11.0 lb
LMU-15SRD 600kg/1323 lb φ156(6.14)
×142
(5.59) 212 (8.34) M20
(0.78)
(φ40(1.57)) Single- 110W 13kg/ 28.6 lb
CONVEYANCE EQUIPMENT EQUIPMENT
CHIP & SLUDGE
[Features]
●Small but very large lifting capacity.
●Workpieces can be held and released by remote control. Depending on applications, an uninterruptible
power supply may be used together to enhance safe operations in the event of power failure.
LM-1040 ●Flexible usage; feeding small materials with a single unit to transporting large workpieces with several
units combined.
Cable: VCT 1.25 mm2, 2-core 2 m
●Select a rectifier according to your applications.
t φd P
Working rate 50% ED (Repeating cycle of power on 5 minutes and pause 5 minutes)
Rectangular electromagnetic
SEPARATORS SEPARATORS
Rectifier
KR-P203
8 4 4 3 2 1 1 1
W L KR-A203
KR-P208
Precaution for use KR-A208
21 12 10 8 5 4 3 3
POWERFUL MAGNETIC MEASURING MEASURING
[mm
(in)
]
Dimensions
Applicable Rated Rated
Model Lifting Capacity Main Unit Lifting part Mass
Shackle Voltage Current
φ
TOOLS
35(1.37) 22
(0.86) 20
(0.78) BC16
(0.62)
LM-1530 900kg/1984 lb 300(11.8) − 1.4A 27kg/59.5 lb
LM-1540 1200kg/2646 lb 150(5.90) 400(15.7) 100
(3.93) 200(7.87) 1.9A 36kg/79.3 lb
50(1.96) 28
(1.10) 25
(0.98) BC20
(0.78)
LM-1550 1500kg/3307 lb 500(19.6) 250(9.84) 2.0A 45kg/99.0 lb
※The lifting partφd refers to the inside diameter of the hinge lifting hole. The models whose “p” dimension is not indicated have a hinge in one place in the center. ※Cable 2 m is included.
※The lifting capacity is indicated by a value that is a half of the max. holding power. The max. holding power is based on a test piece of 30 mm or thicker steel plate with no clearance. It varies
according to not only the thickness of steel plates, but sizes of clearance and warping of steel plates.
MAGNETIC
Holding Power
Holding Power
Holding Power
Holding Power
Holding Power
10 10
0 10 20 30 0 10 20 30 0 10 20 30 40 0 1 2 0 1 2 0 1 2
Plate Thickness (mm) Plate Thickness (mm) Plate Thickness (mm) Clearance (mm) Clearance (mm) Clearance (mm)
99
LMU-SR / LM / LM-X / KR-A・P / RH-MW / LBB
Model LM-X CROSS TYPE ELECTROMAGNETIC LIFMA*
(720)
MAGNET
2 mm2, 2-core
LIFTING
move and transport workpieces that have a doughnut shape or concave part
in the center that used to require several units of the Lifma.
95
●Capable of transporting flat steel plates and specified-length steel plates also.
90
(Holding range) A special size is also available.
300 200 300
MAGBORE*
(Holding range) (Holding range)
820 Working rate 50% ED (Repeating cycle of power on 5 minutes and pause 5 minutes)
110
[mm
(in)
]
Dimensions Power Applicable
Model Voltage Current Mass
Width Depth Height Consumption Rectifier
CONVEYANCE EQUIPMENT
820 820 95 180 70kg/
LM-X800 4.4A 0.79Kw RH-MW210B
LM-X800 (32.2) (32.2) (3.74) VDC 154 lb
DEMAGNETIZER EQUIPMENT
[Application]
These units rectify an input from an AC power source to DC and output it to the
RH-MW205B
electromagnetic Lifma. All electromagnetic Lifmas require the use of a rectifier.
Three models are available; KR-P, A, RH-MW. Select a suitable model according to
your purpose of usage.
MAGNET CONTROLLER
POWER ALARM
Cooling fin
subjected to vibrations constantly. For installation in places that are subjected to constant
POWER ALARM 4 5 6 MAG DEM
3 7
2 8
1
4 5 6
9
vibrations, anti-vibration measures need to be provided. The external signal input cables
MAG DEM
150
0
150
10
3 7
SEPARATORS
VOLT ADJ.
Fan
2 8 4 5 6
1 9 3 7
250
270
290
must be shielded cables and must be limited to 10 m long max.
0 2 8
10
VOLT ADJ. 1 9
230
250
260
0 10
4 5 6 DEM ADJ.
3 7
●For failures due to use of lifting magnets made by other manufacturers, we may not be
KANETEC CO.
,
LTD JAPAN
2 8
1 9
0 10
DEM ADJ.
able to answer technical questions. Such use also voids the warranty even if a failure
CAUT
ION ; 注意
KANETEC CO.
,
LTD JAPAN
−−−−−−
(73)
−−−−−
−−−−−−
−−−−−
−−−−
[mm(in)
]
140
KR-A203
○ ×
MAGNETIC MEASURING
175
×
175
Keep in mind that the capacity of the Lifma varies largely depending on the
thickness and material of workpieces, clearance and other factors.
100
LIFTING MAGNETS
Model LEP PERMANENT ELECTROMAGNETIC LIFMA*
[Application]
FOR WELDING OPERATION
MAGNETIC TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
t
Control unit required additionally
Cable These are permanent electromagnetic type lifting and transporting magnets that enable
the magnetization and demagnetization of the built-in permanent magnet to be controlled
electrically. Suitable for transportation of steel plates and iron products that have a flat
attractive face and can be held on the whole area.
[Features]
●Since a permanent magnet is used, the holding power is maintained in the event of
MAGNET
LIFTING
φd
operated remotely by use of pushbuttons.
h1 ●A system to demagnetize the permanent magnet to release the lifted workpiece. Thus,
the magnet is not attracted by iron products in other operations, thus enhancing safety.
H
MAGBORE*
φd
power is maintained in the event of power failure to enhance safety.
●Use the dedicated control unit LEPR-P. [mm(in)]
Litting Dimensions Electrical Applicable
LEP-Q752 Model Eyebolt Mass
H
Cable
Capacity φ Capacity Control Unit
100 122 40 M20 1.48kVA 8kg/17.6 lb
h
LEP-Q502 200kg/441 lb
(3.93) 160 67 (4.80)(1.57)(0.78)
POWERFUL MAGNETIC MEASURING MEASURING
[Application]
This is a permanent electromagnetic type lifting and transporting
magnet that enables the magnetization and demagnetization of the
Eyebolt built-in permanent magnet to be controlled electrically. As the
φd
attractive face is V shape, this is suitable to transport round steel
MAGNETIC
enhance safety.
LEP-QV752 W ●Use the dedicated control unit LEPR-P. [mm(in)]
An example of special fabrication L
Dimensions Electrical Applicable
Model Eyebolt Max. Dia. to Lift Mass
Precaution for use φ Capacity Control Unit
Rust and scratches on the attractive face affect the holding 220 220 140 255 80 M42 Round bar/pipe: 50kg/ LEPR-
LEP-QV754 8.06kVA
power adversely. Repair it periodically. (8.66)
(8.66)
(5.51)
(10.0) (1.65)φ50(1.96)ーφ400(15.7)
(3.14) 110 lb P290
101
LEP / LEP-Q / LEP-QV / LEPH / LEPR-P
Model LEPH POWER UNIT FOR PERMANENT ELECTROMAGNETIC LIFMA*
[Application]
MAGNET
LIFTING
●Maintenance free due to the non-contact type.
[mm(in)
]
Output Dimensions
Model Input Mass Accessory
Voltage Current Width Depth Height
Single-phase 220 175 290 6kg/ Operation switch
LEPH-MW210A 160VDC 10A
MAGBORE*
200 VAC (8.66) (6.88) (11.4) 13.2 lb (with cable 3 m)
CONVEYANCE EQUIPMENT
LEPH-MW210A 3 3 3 2 1
DEMAGNETIZER EQUIPMENT
outputs current for magnetization and demagnetization to the permanent
electromagnetic Lifma.
[Features]
●This is equipped with a protection function※ to prevent overheating of the Lifma
by continuous and repeated supply of electricity.
●A pendant type push button switch is included as a standard accessory.
[mm(in)
]
Output Dimensions
Model Input Mass Accessory
Voltage Current Width Depth Height
Single-phase Max. 460 220 505 20kg/ Operation switch
LEPR-P290 90VDC
200 VAC 90A (18.1) (8.66) (19.8) 44.1 lb (with cable 3 m)
■LEP/LEP-Q Steel plate lifting standard (Soft steel plate)[mm(in)] ■LEP-QV Lifting standard (Round steel bar)
Diameter
SEPARATORS
Model φ50 φ100 φ200 φ300 φ400
Plate LEP-15 LEP-20 LEP-25 LEP-30 LEP-35 LEP-Q502 LEP-Q504 LEP-Q752 LEP-Q754 Model
thickness
t5 □900(35.4) □1000(39.4) □1100(43.3) □1100(43.3) □850(33.4) □1220(48.0) □930(36.6) □1300(51.1) LEP-QV754 3m
(118) 3m(118) 1m(39.4) 0.5m
(19.6) 0.3m(11.8)
t9 □800(31.5) □1000(39.4) □1400(55.1)
□950(37.4) □1500(59.0) □900(35.4) □1260(49.6) ※The capacity varies depending on the diameter of round steel bars. When a
t12 □1200(47.2) □1400(55.1) □1030(40.5) □1450(57.0) workpiece is longer than 3 m, it is dangerous to lift it with one unit only. In
t16 □730(28.7) □880(34.6) □850(33.4) □1220(48.0) the case of steel pipes, the capacity varies depending on the wall
□1600(62.9) □1070(42.1) □1500(59.0) thickness. Check it prior to lifting workpieces.
t25 □600(23.6) □750(29.5) □1100(43.3) □1300(51.1) □760(29.9) □1070(42.1)
Holding power
20 LEP-30
20 20 LEP-Q754
LEP-15
0 10 20 30 40 50 0 10 20 30 40 50 0 1 2 3 4 5
Plate thickness(mm) Plate thickness(mm) Clearance(mm)
Keep in mind that the capacity of the Lifma varies largely depending on the
thickness and material of workpieces, clearance and other factors.
102
LIFTING MAGNETS
Model LME Model LME / BATTERY ACE*
The Battery Ace is designed to lift and transport workpieces using a function equivalent to the
FOR WELDING OPERATION
MAGNETIC TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
electromagnetic type with a built-in battery on indoor work sites where no power supply is available.
This is useful as a lifting section of cranes and hoists for keeping steel plates and steel materials in
order or distributing materials and loading and unloading workpieces to and from machine tools.
■Common specifications of the Battery Ace (standard type, automatic holding and releasing type): LME-F/FJ
MAGNET
LIFTING
●The rigid body and guard acting as a grip also ensure high impact resistance and ●The battery operating time has been increased by 40% max. per day (when
durability in severe work conditions. compared with the old model).
●Since no power cord is needed, the Battery Ace can be used on various work sites. ●When two or more workpieces are held, workpieces that are held in an unstable
There is no fear of accidental release of workpieces in the event of power failure or state can be released by turning the cam switch from“ON”to“OFF”in the case
MAGBORE*
feeder cable breakage. of LME-F or by pressing the [SEPARATE] button in the case of LME-FJ so that
●When the battery power becomes low, the warning buzzer will sound. the remaining workpieces can be transported safely.
●The electrical unit of all models is of non-contact type to reduce the rate of ●All models employ a construction to allow the battery to be removed from the back.
occurrence of failures due to wear of the relay. ●A removable rechargeable spare battery is included with all models as a standard
Working rate 50% ED (Power on 5 minutes and pause 5 minutes) accessory. The Battery Ace can be used simply by connecting the connector.
CONVEYANCE EQUIPMENT EQUIPMENT
CHIP & SLUDGE
Size reduced 30
30% max.! Gap performance improved significantly by optimum design!
Features of LME-F
All
Battery removable
models from back!
Standard ●A cam switch is used for easy ON/OFF operation.
Easy change & quick start!
ENVIRONMENTAL MAGNETIZER AND MAGNETIC EQUIPMENT MAGNETIC
type
LME-30F
DEMAGNETIZER FOR CONVEYANCE
Features of LME-FJ
●The auto/manual operation can be selected with the operation
switch. In the auto mode, an operation to repeat holding and
Lifted object releasing workpieces can be automated to enable the work to be
automatic conducted without remote input. (Holding and releasing repeated
holding/releasing each time the Battery Ace touches down on the floor.)
■Cycle-service long-life battery Model
SEPARATORS SEPARATORS
L0
t
H2
φd
TOOLS
W L W L
[mm
(in)
]
Dimensions Battery Working Hours Battery
Model Lifting Capacity Mass Accessories
MAGNETIC
※The lifting capacity is indicated by a value that is a half of the max. holding power.
[mm
(in)
]
Dimensions Battery Working Hours Battery
Model Lifting Capacity Mass Accessories
Capacity (50%ED) Charger
220 440 16 40 25
LME-10FJ 1000kg/2205 lb 300(11.8) 445
(17.5)ー 456(17.9) 90
(3.54) 12V 12Ah Approx. 65kg/ 143.3 lb Input
(8.66) (17.3) (0.62)
(1.57)
(0.98) Max. 8 hours 100 VAC Charger:1set
LME-17FJ 1700kg/3748 lb 263 380(14.9) 490 516 (20.3)ー 527(20.7) 95
(3.74) 25 60 40 Approx. 140kg/ 308.7 lb Output Spare battery:1set
12V 28Ah
LME-30FJ 3000kg/6614 lb (10.3) 490(19.2)(19.2)561
(22.0) (0.98)
ー 572(22.5)140(5.51) (2.36)
(1.57) Max. 7 hours Approx. 190kg/ 418.9 lb 12 VDC
103
※The lifting capacity is indicated by a value that is a half of the max. holding power.
LME
[Features]
MAGNET
LIFTING
workpieces can be automated to enable the work to be
conducted without remote input. (Holding and releasing
repeated each time the Battery Ace touches down on the
floor.)
●The pushbutton switch on the operation panel enables
MAGBORE*
manual operation of lifted objects.
●The battery remaining capacity is clearly indicated on the
7-rank level meter. When the remaining capacity approaches
L0
φd the end, it is warned by the buzzer.
46
t
●The ammeter allows you to check the supply of electricity to
CONVEYANCE EQUIPMENT
LME-60ELJ the electromagnet.
●For the purchase of batteries, please contact us.
DEMAGNETIZER EQUIPMENT
becomes shorter. Replace it with a charged battery at
H1
an early stage.
W L ●Rust and scratches on the attractive face affect the
holding power adversely. Repair it periodically.
Working rate 50% ED (Power on 5 minutes and pause 5 minutes)
[mm(in)
]
Dimensions
Lifting Battery Working Hours Battery Charging
Model Mass Accessories
Capacity Capacity (50%ED) Charger Time
(Touch down on floor‒lifting)
270 900 1100 Input
LME-60ELJ
(10.6) (35.4) (43.3) 12V, 28Ah
6000kg/ 159 118 60 Max. 8 Approx. 300kg/ 100 VAC Charger: 1 set
707(27.8)
ー 717
(28.3) 2 units in 6-10h
13230lb 450 540 740 (6.25) (4.64) (2.36) hours 661.5 lb Output Spare battery: 1 set
LME-60EWJ series
(17.7) (21.2) (29.1) 24 VDC
■Steel plate lifting standard (Mill scale soft steel plate) [mm(in)
]
Model LME-10F, 10FJ LME-17F, 17FJ LME-30F, 30FJ
SEPARATORS
25 □1100(43.3) 2000
(78.7) 1200
(47.2)
□1850
(72.8) 3300
(129) 1700
(66.9) □2400
(94.4) 1000(39.4)×5500(216) 2000(78.7)×3000(118)
30 □1000(39.4) 1800
(70.8) 1000
(39.4) □1600
(62.9) 2500
(98.4) 1300
(51.1)
40 □950
(37.4) 1600
(62.9) 900
(35.4) □1500
(59.0) 2300
(90.5) 1200
(47.2) □1750
(68.8) 3000
(118) 1500
(59.0)
50 □800
(31.5) 1200
(47.2) 600
(23.6) □1300
(51.1) 1700
(66.9) 800
(31.5) □1700
(66.9) 2700
(106) 1400
(55.1)
100 □550
(21.6) 600
(23.6) 300
(11.8) □900
(35.4) 850(33.4) 450
(17.7) □1200
(47.2) 1500
(59.0) 700(27.5) □1700
(66.9) 1000(39.4)×2700(106) 2000(78.7)×1500(59.0)
Keep in mind that the capacity of the Lifma varies largely depending on the
thickness and material of workpieces, clearance and other factors.
104
LIFTING MAGNETS
Model LME-V BATTERY ACE*
[Application]
FOR WELDING OPERATION
MAGNETIC TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
W1
Round steel bar/section steel A special type Battery Ace that can be specialized for lifting round steel
bars and pipes or for lifting section steel by changing attachments.
BATTERY ACE
Any attachment can be used to lift steel plates and flat steel, but works
most effectively in lifting long steel plates that warp.
(H)
Working rate 50% ED (Power on 5 minutes and pause 5 minutes)
MAGNET
LIFTING
■Attachments
No. 25-130
No.□□-130 Steel bar/pipe φ80 ‒ 400 mm
W2 Steel plate: Lifting capacity 2500 kg
Open angle 130゜
MAGBORE*
L2
[mm
(in)
]
Dimensions Working
Lifting Charging
Model Lifting Capacity Battery Hours Mass Attachment Charger Accessories
Ring“d” Time
(50%ED)
600kg/ 1323 lb
184 320 366 230 625 φ 58 No.6-130
LME- 6EV Plate thickness 35 mm (7.24) 12V, 12Ah Max. 9 hours 90kg/198 lb
(12.5)
(14.4)
(9.05)
(24.6) (2.28) No.6-90
min., mill scale steel plate
DEMAGNETIZER FOR CONVEYANCE
LME-10EV 100(3.93)
‒250
(9.84) Up to 2.5 m
(98.4)
Length of one side Then, the length is
LME-25EV 100(3.93)
‒250
(9.84) Up to 6.0 m(236.2)
LME-50EV 100(3.93)
‒250
(9.84) Up to 10.0 m
(393.7)
(When Attachment No. □□-90 used)
※The lifting capacity is indicated by a value that is a half of the max. holding power.
POWERFUL MAGNETIC MEASURING MEASURING
■Maximum size of steel plates to lift (when Attachment No. □□-130 used) [mm
(in)
]
Model LME- 6EV LME- 10EV LME- 25EV LME- 50EV
450
(17.7) 500(19.6) 700(27.5) 500(19.6) 1000
(39.4) 1000 (39.4) 500(19.6) 1000
(39.4) 1700 (66.9) 1000 (39.4) 2000 (78.7)
8 ‒ 12
×450
(17.7) × 400(15.7) × 700(27.5) × 800(31.5) × 450 (17.7) ×1000
(39.4) ×1600 (62.9) × 900 (35.4) ×1700
(66.9) ×2500 (98.4) ×1400
(55.1)
550
(21.6) 500(19.6) 1000
(39.4) 750(29.5) 500(19.6) 1000
(39.4) 1100 (43.3) 500(19.6) 1000
(39.4) 1800(70.9) 1000 (39.4) 2000(78.7)
13 ‒ 16
×550
(21.6) × 600(23.6) ×300
(11.8) × 750(29.5) ×1200(47.2) × 600 (23.6) ×1100
(43.3) ×2000 (78.7) ×1100(43.3) ×1800
(70.9) ×3500
(137.8) ×1800
(70.9)
700
(27.5) 500(19.6) 1000
(39.4) 900(35.4) 500(19.6) 1000
(39.4) 1300 (51.2) 500(19.6) 1000
(39.4) 1900(74.8) 1000 (39.4) 2000(78.7)
17 ‒ 40
×700
(27.5) ×1000(39.4) ×500
(19.6) × 900(35.4) ×1250(49.2) × 750 (29.5) ×1300
(51.2) ×2500 (98.4) ×1700(66.9) ×1900
(74.8) ×3800
(149.6) ×1900
(74.8)
INSTRUMENTS MATERIALS
600
(23.6) 500(19.6) 1000
(39.4) 1000
(39.4) 500(19.6) 1000
(39.4) 1500(59.0) 500(19.6) 1000
(39.4) 2000(78.7) 1000 (39.4) 2000(78.7)
45 ‒ 50
×600
(23.6) × 900(35.4) ×450
(17.7) ×1000(39.4) ×1750(68.9) ×1000(39.4) ×1500
(59.0) ×3500
(137.8) ×2000(78.7) ×2000
(78.7) ×4000
(157.5) ×2000
(78.7)
550
(21.6) 500(19.6) 1000
(39.4) 900(35.4) 500(19.6) 1000
(39.4) 1200 (47.2) 500(19.6) 1000
(39.4) 1500(59.0) 1000 (39.4) 2000(78.7)
75
×550
(21.6) × 600(23.6) ×300
(11.8) × 900
(35.4) ×1250(49.2) × 750 (29.5) ×1200
(47.2) ×2500 (98.4) ×1500(59.0) ×1500
(59.0) ×2600
(102.4) ×1150
(45.2)
450
(17.7) 500(19.6) 1000
(39.4) 700(27.5) 500(19.6) 1000
(39.4) 900
(35.4) 500(19.6) 1000
(39.4) 1400 (55.1) 1000 (39.4) 2000 (78.7)
100
×450
(17.7) × 400(15.7) ×200
(7.87) × 700
(27.5) ×1000(39.4) × 600 (23.6) × 900
(35.4) ×2000 (78.7) × 850 (33.5) ×1400
(55.1) ×2000 (78.7) ×1000
(39.4)
MAGNETIC
■Maximum size of round steel bars and steel pipes to lift (when Attachment No. □□-130 used) [mm(in)]
Model LME- 6EV LME- 10EV LME- 25EV LME- 50EV
Length Length Length Length
Diameter
Steel bar Steel Pipe Steel bar Steel Pipe Steel bar Steel Pipe Steel bar Steel Pipe
80 1000
(39.4) 1500
(59.0) 2000
(78.7) 3000
(118.0) 4000
(157.5) 6000
(236.2) 7000
(275.6) 11000
(433.1)
100 900
(35.4) 1400
(55.1) 1900
(74.8) 2500 (98.4) 3500
(137.8) 5800
(228.3) 6000
(236.2) 10000
(393.7)
150 600
(23.6) 1250
(49.2) 1100
(43.3) 2100 (82.7) 2000 (78.7) 5000
(196.9) 3500
(137.8) 8000
(315.0)
200 350
(13.7) 1000
(39.4) 700(27.5) 1750 (68.9) 1400 (55.1) 4100
(161.4) 2500 (98.4) 7000
(275.6)
250 300
(11.8) 850(33.5) 600(23.6) 1500 (59.0) 1250 (49.2) 3500
(137.8) 2200 (86.6) 6000
(236.2)
300 250
(9.84) 750
(29.5) 500(19.6) 1350 (53.2) 1100 (43.3) 3000
(118.1) 1900 (74.8) 5000
(196.9)
350 350(13.7) 1250 (49.2) 950 (37.4) 2750
(108.3) 1700 (66.9) 4200
(165.4)
400 800 (31.5) 2500 (98.4) 1300 (51.2) 4000
(157.5)
105
LME-V / LME-M / LME-T
Model LME-M BATTERY ACE*
MAGNET
●The magnetic force can be adjusted steplessly by while holding
LIFTING
the WEAK pushbutton switch pressed, turning the magnetic force
adjust knob.
●When the pushbutton switch is released after adjusting the number
of plates, the strong excitation is automatically activated.
MAGBORE*
●All operations can also be performed remotely.
CONVEYANCE EQUIPMENT
Precaution for use
Rust and scratches on the attractive face affect the holding power
[mm
(in)
]
DEMAGNETIZER EQUIPMENT
LME-15FM 1500kg/ 3307 lb 280(11.0)
×350
(13.7) 464(18.2) 100kg/220 lb Input 100 VAC
φ60
(2.36) 12V, 28Ah 10‒15h Remote operation switch
LME-30FM 3000kg/ 6614 lb 280(11.0)
×450
(17.7) 521(20.5) 160kg/352 lb Output 12 VDC (cable 3 m included)
Max. 8 hours
Spare battery: 1 set
12V, 28Ah Input 100 VAC Charger: 1 set
LME-60ELM 6000kg/13227 lb 270(10.6)
×900
(35.4) 755(29.7) φ118
(4.64) 300kg/661 lb 6‒10h
2 units in series Output 24 VDC
※The lifting capacity is indicated by a value that is a half of the max. holding power.
SEPARATORS
590
40
60
φ
[mm(in)
]
Plate
Square Rectangular Specified Length
2000
(78.7)
× 1000
(39.4)× 1500
(59.0)×
5‒ 9
2000
(78.7) 3500
(137.8) 2700
(106.3)
2400
(94.5)
× 1500
(59.0)×
10
2400
(94.5) 3500
(137.8)
MAGNETIC MEASURING
160
2500
(98.4)
× 1500
(59.0)×
12 1219
(47.9) × 1524 (60.0) ×
2500
(98.4) 1000
(39.4)× 4000
(157.5)
155 914(35.9)× 2438
(95.9) 3048(12.0)
1000 435 2400 × 4000
(94.5) (157.5) 1500
(59.0)×
1200 544 14 1829(72.0) (Nominal 4 × 8) (Nominal 5 ×10)
2400
(94.5) 3500
(137.8)
(Nominal 3 × 6)
2200
(86.6)
× 1500
(59.0)×
16 ‒ 22
(86.6)
2200 (118.0)
3000
2000
(78.7)
× 1000
(39.4)× 1500
(59.0)
×
Precaution for use 25 ‒ 32
2000
(78.7) 3500
(137.8) 2500
(98.4)
Rust and scratches on the attractive face affect the holding power 1500
(59.0)
× 1000
(39.4)
× 1500
(59.0)
×
adversely. Repair it periodically. 36 ‒ 50
1500
(59.0) 2500
(98.4) 1500
(59.0)
[mm
(in)
]
Dimensions Working Hours Charging
Model Lifting Capacity Battery Mass Battery Charger Accessories
Attractive face Height Lifting ring ID (50%ED) Time
155(6.10)×435 (17.1) 701 φ75 Input 100 VAC Spare battery: 1 set
LME-20ETJ 2000kg/ 4409 lb 12V28Ah Max. 8 hours 290kg/639 lb 10 ‒15h
2 units (27.6) (2.95) Output 12 VDC Charger: 1 set
※The lifting capacity is indicated by a value that is a half of the max. holding power. ※The number-of-workpiece control type, special specifications, is also available.
Keep in mind that the capacity of the Lifma varies largely depending on the
thickness and material of workpieces, clearance and other factors.
106
LIFTING MAGNETS
Model LM-EC LARGE ELECTROMAGNETIC LIFMA*
[Application]
FOR WELDING OPERATION
MAGNETIC TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
[Features]
●Designed with the electromagnetic coil in H-grade insulation for maximum magnetic effect
and minimum power consumption.
●Robust and tough, designed to withstand severe operations.
MAGNET
LIFTING
An example of usage
b
CONVEYANCE EQUIPMENT EQUIPMENT
CHIP & SLUDGE
H
φd
ENVIRONMENTAL MAGNETIZER AND MAGNETIC EQUIPMENT MAGNETIC
DEMAGNETIZER FOR CONVEYANCE
φD
[mm
(in)
]
LM- 150EC2 24000kg/52910 lb 1900kg/4189 lb 1100kg/2425 lb 800kg/1764 lb 1500(59.0)1480(58.2)210(8.26) 350(13.7) 44(1.73) 74A 16.3kW 2900kg/6393 lb LBR-15E 5 min.
LM- 180EC2 31000kg/68340 lb 2700kg/5952 lb 1600kg/3527 lb 1100kg/2205 lb 1800(70.8)1620(63.7)230(9.05) 370(14.5) 54(2.12) 110A 24.0kW 4200kg/9259 lb LBR-18E
※1: M42 eyebolt ※The control unit carries an operation pushbutton switch, instrument box, cable connector and cable reel.
installed separately.
●When the rectifier is removed, remote
operation becomes possible. (The remote
Power cable 10m operation cable, however, is optional.)
●A drop-proof construction for use
(254)
outdoors.
INSTRUMENTS MATERIALS
50
(122)
LM-R60-S
h
H
φD
(in)
[mm ]
Max. Lifting Mass Holding Power Dimensions Input Power Working
Model Mass
Ingot Pig Iron Steel cut wastes Chips (Max.) Voltage Consumption Rate
450 170 395
LM-R45 1200kg/2646 lb 40/88ー 70kg/154 lb 20/44ー 40kg/ 88 lb 15kg/33 lb 56kN( 5600kgf) 1φ Approx.420W 220kg/485 lb
(17.7) (6.69) (15.5) 200 50%
600 205 430 VAC ED
LM-R60 2000kg/4409 lb 100/220ー150kg/330 lb 60/132ー100kg/220 lb 20kg/44 lb 100kN
(10000kgf) 1φ Approx.750W 400kg/880 lb
107
(23.6) (8.07) (16.9)
LM-EC / LM-R / LM-EP / LEP-QL
Model LM-EP RECTANGULAR ELECTROMAGNETIC LIFMA* FOR STEEL PLATE
[Application]
[Features]
●The number of pieces to lift can be controlled accurately by the control unit.
●Easy-to-operate and trouble-free mechanism.
MAGNET
LIFTING
●The employment of an uninterruptible power supply prevents lifted
LM-40150EP3 workpieces from falling in the event of power failure.
An example of fabrication
MAGBORE*
(The photo shows an
example of special order)
φd
CONVEYANCE EQUIPMENT
H
DEMAGNETIZER EQUIPMENT
LM-20120EP3 100kN
(10000kgf) 1200(47.2) 24
(0.94) 5.1A 1.07kW 180kg/ 396 lb The control unit is
200
(7.87) 190(7.48)
LM-20200EP3 170kN
(17000kgf) 2000
(78.7) 32
(1.25) 8.3A 1.74kW 340kg/ 749 lb 50%ED optimally designed
according to the
LM-30100EP3 150kN
(15000kgf) 1000(39.4) 180(7.08) 26
(1.02) 6.0A 1.26kW 250kg/ 551 lb
210 VDC Repeating cycle of number of pieces
LM-30120EP3 180kN
(18000kgf) 300(11.8) 1200
(47.2) 200(7.87) 7.1A 1.50kW 300kg/ 561 lb to control. The
32
(1.25) power on 5 min. and
LM-30180EP3 260kN
(26000kgf) 1800
(70.9) 190(7.48) 9.1A 1.90kW 450kg/ 992 lb lifting chain, etc.
pause 5 min.
are optional.
LM-40150EP3 300kN
(30000kgf) 400(15.7) 1500(59.0) 220(8.66) 35
(1.37) 11.9A 2.50kW 550kg/1389 lb
SEPARATORS
LEP-QL30107
(18000kgf) (11.8)(42.1)(4.33)(1.18) /551 lb lifting chain is
H
optional.
240kN 1400 35 330kg
LEP-QL30140 22.9kVA
L (24000kgf) (55.1) (1.37) /727 lb
An example of special
Lifma with beam
MATERIALS INSTRUMENTS TOOLS
[Features]
Compact magnetic force hold type drill stand ●Mini size weighing only 7 kg. Can be handled easily by
female workers.
●Holds plates as thin as 5 mm and ensures highly
precise drilling.
●The electric drill can be changed to a tapper by
changing the mounting fixtures.
MAGNET
LIFTING
Handle
KCD-MN2 Rack Parts available
(Electric drill is not included.) Razor
Slide bed
individually
MAGBORE*
Toggle switch
Electric drill mounting fixture
Socket
Magnet
ENVIRONMENTAL MAGNETIZER AND MAGNETIC EQUIPMENT MAGNETIC
Electric drill
Hex. socket head screw mounting fixture
KCD-MDN2 To push electric drill Hex. socket head screw
(Electric drill is included) To assemble mounting fixture
[mm
(in)
]
machine.
Slide bed
Razor (left)
Rack Handle shaft
Dovetail clamp
POWERFUL MAGNETIC MEASURING MEASURING
Fuse holder
Toggle switch
Magnet
※Power cable 5 m is included. ※The holding power is based on a test piece of SS400, 25 mm thick, mill scale surface.
109
KCD-M / KCD-N / MTP
Model MTP MAGTAP*
[Application]
small to
MAGNET
LIFTING
mounting position and posture for easy tapping.
MTP-25A
MAGBORE*
MTP-13B
and vertical faces.
●Wear and damage of taps can be prevented.
●The magnet used is a powerful permanent magnet.
■MTP-25A《Ratchet type》
CONVEYANCE EQUIPMENT
●Tapping can be done only by repeating back-forth movement with
the ratchet lever.
■MTP-MT8《Electric type》
●The revolution can be varied steplessly according to tap sizes.
●Small and light weight for easy carrying around.
DEMAGNETIZER EQUIPMENT
●The tapper can be changed to an electric drill by changing the
mounting fixtures.
■MTP-MT16《Electric type》
MTP-MT16 ●Speedy tapping can be achieved by the impact method.
●The back-forth and right-left adjusting mechanism is incorporated.
in cluded ●The tapper can be changed to an electric drill by changing the
Tapper mounting fixtures. (The main unit is the same as KANETEC
Magbore KCD-1NB, but the lock handle faces an opposite
direction.)
cluded
(360)
(210)
Power cord
MTP-MT8 Tap
Magnet 5m
chuck bolt °
90
Tap Tap
chuck cap nut chuck
55
Select lever
50 50 58.5
SEPARATORS
φ116 59
S The 1/2 tap holder set marked by * is a standard accessory. The M12 tap can be used by replacing the tap drive only with the one for M12.
The holders other than the one marked by * are all commercially available. Please purchase them.
110
CHIP & SLUDGE CONVEYANCE EQUIPMENT
Model MS-F.FH.FHP MAGCLEAN*
[Application]
FOR WELDING OPERATION
MAGNETIC TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
Magnetic coolant separator This unit is incorporated in the grinding fluid purification and circulation system for grinders
to remove iron powder, a major part of purification.
When this is used together with a tank in which particles other than iron powder such as
abrasive grains are separated by floating and precipitation, repurified and regenerated
grinding fluid can be supplied to grinders again.
[Features]
●The construction of a stationary magnet and a rotary outer drum shell has no magnet in
MAGNET
LIFTING
the area of the rake plate to allow smooth discharge of sludge. (The life of the rake
plate is also prolonged.)
●The magnetic drum rotation drive construction has been modified to improve durability
significantly.
●The squeezing roller tensioning mechanism has been designed anew to improve the
MAGBORE*
super high magnetic force type (MS-FHP: 0.5T (5000G)) are most suitable for collection
of weak magnetic and minute sludge.
●A type having a motor on the right side (MS-F-R) is also available.
following conditions or if you cannot decide a suitable model, please fill the Magclean inquiry sheet
at the end of this catalog and consult with us in advance.
・Grinding fluid is oil based.
・Liquid other than grinding fluid is used (such as fresh water and chemical liquid).
・The squeezing roller forced drive type is used.
・KANETEC MS-D type is to be updated. ・Liquid to use is not at normal temperature.
※Please see the Facsimile Communication Form (Selection Data) on page 171 also.
DEMAGNETIZER FOR CONVEYANCE
■Applications of Magclean
MS-4FHP
Paper Filter Magclean after
(Ref.)
Machine Tools and Iron Powder (Sludge) Chip after Separation and
Magclean Chip
Equipment and Chips Magclean Treatment by Collection by
Drum surface max. flux density 0.5T!
Conveyor
Magclean Chip Conveyor
Precision grinding machine Sludge ※1
△ × △ − ×
Honing machine Fine iron powder
To machine
Principle of grinding Cylindrical grinding machine Flocculent fine iron ※3
○ △
※1
○ − ×
fluid circulation Pump Centerless grinding machine powder ※3
Lathe × × × ○ ○
60 mm or less
Gear cutting machine ※2
Broaching machine Cylindrical helical shape
× × × ○ ○
Drilling machine 60 mm or less
Special machine Tangled chips ※2
× × × ○ ○
60 mm or less
Fine iron powder about ※1
Washing machine ○ △ ○ − ×
100 μm
POWERFUL MAGNETIC MEASURING MEASURING
φD
<For MS-2/4/6F*> [mm
(in)
]
Dimensions
H1
Model
INSTRUMENTS MATERIALS
H2
H3
MS-12F* 410(16.1)
P P1
L3
b1
All models come 210
(8.26)
L4 4−φ11 with a sludge box. MS-18F* 460(18.1) 230(9.05)
e L1 L2 P2
L b2 MS-24F* 510(20.0)
<For MS-8/12/18/24F*> [mm
(in)
]
Model Dimensions
Dimen
MAGNETIC
Processing Power
High mag. Super high Capacity Source Motor Mass
Standard
force mag. force
375 278 15 120 91 141 57 PS-1・ 15kg/
MS- 2Fa MS- 2FaH MS- 2FHP 20L/min
(14.7)
(10.9) (0.59) (4.72)
(3.58)
(5.55) (2.24) 1/2 33 lb
328 271 330 50 55 200 170 141 191 200 135 84 70 18kg/
MS- 4Fa MS- 4FaH MS- 4FHP 40L/min 25W PS-2
380 (12.9)(10.6)
(12.9) (1.96)
(2.16) (7.87)(6.69)
(5.55)
(7.52)(7.87)
(5.31)(3.30) 60 (2.75) 39 lb
(14.9) 378 20 220 191 241 (2.36) 70 21kg/
MS- 6Fa MS- 6FaH MS- 6FHP 60L/min PS-2
3-phase (14.8) (0.78) (8.66)
(7.52)
(9.48) (2.75) 46 lb
200 VAC/ 510 505 30 65 65 20 320 291 341 142 114 85 PS-2・ 32kg/
MS- 8Fa MS- 8FaH MS- 8FHP 80L/min
220 VAC, (20.0)
(19.8) 286 460 (1.18)(2.55)
(2.55) (0.78) 270 (12.6)
(11.4)
(13.4) 215 (5.59) 60 (4.48) (3.34)1/2 70 lb
50/60 Hz 515 605 (11.2) (18.1) 86 86 (10.6) 420 391 441 (8.46) 151 (2.36) 67 85 PS-2・ 102 38kg/
MS-12Fa MS-12FaH MS-12FHP 120L/min PS-3
(20.2)
(23.8) (3.38)
(3.38) (16.5)
(15.3)
(17.3) (5.94) (2.63) (3.34) 1/2 (4.01) 83 lb
40W
655 25 470 441 491 45kg/
MS-18Fa MS-18FaH MS-18FHP 180L/min
655 (25.7) 321 600 80 95 (0.98) 400 (18.5)
(17.3)
(19.3) 250 165 95 77 102 99 lb
PS-3 ̶ PS-4
(25.7) 705 (12.6)
(23.6) (3.14)
(3.74) (15.7) 520 491 541 (9.84) (6.49)(3.74)
(3.03) (4.01) 50kg/
MS-24Fa MS-24FaH MS-24FHP 240L/min
111
(27.7) (20.4)
(19.3)
(21.3) 110 lb
MS-F / MS-FH / MS-FHP / MS / MS-BS / CMS
Model MS MAGCLEAN* HEIGHT ADJUSTABLE LEGS/INFLOW BOX (Optional)
Inflow box (Facilitates alignment of inlet) [Application]
H
Standard High mag. force Super high mag. force
MS- 2Fa MS- 2FaH MS- 2FHP 110
(4.33)
L L
MS- 4Fa MS- 4FaH MS- 4FHP 105
(4.13) 130
(5.11) 105(4.13)
MAGNET
150
(5.90)
LIFTING
MS- 6Fa MS- 6FaH MS- 6FHP
MS- 8Fa MS- 8FaH MS- 8FHP 170
(6.69)
155
(6.10) 115(4.52)
Height adjustable leg (Facilitates adjustment of height of inlet)
h±5
MAGBORE*
Inlet d 1
ODφD 1
[Application]
Inlet d 1
ODφD 1 L4
Suitable for removal of iron powder from grinding fluid.
φD
If you plan to use this model for washing purpose (fresh water and other
liquids), please contact us.
(H)
CONVEYANCE EQUIPMENT
H1
H2
DEMAGNETIZER EQUIPMENT
Liquid direction. (Liquid discharge port ③ in the following
discharge Liquid figure)
discharge
por d 2
port d 2 R: Right when viewed from the sludge discharge
ODφD 2
ODφD 2 direction. (Discharge port ④ in the following figure)
Mounting Direction of the inlet
H4
hole 4-φM
B: Backside (Inlet ① in the following figure)
b3 b1 R: Right when viewed from the sludge discharge
direction. (Inlet ② in the following figure)
MS-24BS-BR P2
b2
B
[mm(in)
]
MS-36BS-BL ③ 3-phase 35
① ̶
200 (1.37)
SEPARATORS
※The numbers in Inlet Direction and Liquid Discharge Direction correspond to No. ① to ④ in the figures above. Be sure to check the directions.
Motor
(100)
MAGNETIC MEASURING
70
25 ℓ B3
20 300 140 P
CMS-12A E 460 (30) B2
[Application] ( L)
This Chip Magclean is designed to remove/collect chips in coolant that is discharged from cutting operations by machine tools.
[Features]
●The employment of a magnetic drum with special magnetic pole array ensures a high rate of collection.
●The newly designed scrapper improves performance to separate and remove chips from the magnetic drum.
●The expanded discharge space helps stable discharge. The higher side wall helps prevent overflowing.
●The overall height has been reduced by 80 mm by changing the motor mounting position, enabling the Chip Magclean to be mounted in places where it
could not be mounted. [mm(in) ]
Processing Power Dimensions
Model Motor Mass
Capacity Source ℓ
CMS-4A 40L/min 3-phase 380
(14.9) 234(9.21) 200(7.87) 152(5.98) 180(7.08) PS-2 22kg/ 48 lb
200 VAC/ (19.8)
505 20
(0.78) 70
(2.75) PS-2
CMS-8A 80L/min 25W 430
(16.9) 284(11.1) 250(9.84) 202(7.95) 230(9.05) PS-2・1/2 27kg/ 59 lb
220 VAC,
CMS-12A 120L/min 50/60 Hz 515
(20.2) 580
(22.8) 25
(0.98) 60
(2.36) 434(17.0) 400(15.7) 352(13.8) 380(14.9) PS-2・1/2 PS-3 41kg/ 90 lb
112
CHIP & SLUDGE CONVEYANCE EQUIPMENT
Model FMS SUPER MAGCLEAN*
[Application]
FOR WELDING OPERATION
MAGNETIC TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
[Features]
●A large capacity ranging from 60 t/h to
360 t/h and a wide variety of types.
Highly economical.
●A high rate of collection of iron from waste
MAGBORE*
FMS-240
water for economical operations. A
Scraper Inlet collection rate of 94.5% from waste water
B1
Raw
water of 5% concentration (mixture ratio) of
L
rolled scales of 0.02 to 2 mm in grain size.
B Magnetic
1
●The simple mechanism is likely to cause
CONVEYANCE EQUIPMENT EQUIPMENT
CHIP & SLUDGE
drum
less trouble. The magnetic effect is
φd 1
Iron Casing
unchanging and lasts long.
●Smooth inflow and outflow of raw water.
H
Outlet
h1
φD
substances is also removed.
[mm
(in)
]
ENVIRONMENTAL MAGNETIZER AND MAGNETIC EQUIPMENT MAGNETIC
■Examples of data
Iron Scale Amount of Raw Water Processing Water
Liquid to Process Super Magclean Collection Rate
Grain Size (mm) Processing Water Concentration Concentration
Continuous casting cooling water 0.04 ‒0.3 FMS-180(3000L/min) 1500L/min 14800P.P.M. 784P.P.M. 94.7%
Sand filter backwash water 0.005‒0.04 FMS-120(2000L/min) 200L/min 41600P.P.M. 1780P.P.M. 95.7%
※The collection rate varies according to the concentration of raw water and grain size distribution.
KSC-0380 KSC-0715
KSC-0510
INSTRUMENTS MATERIALS
KSC-1115
Long Short
Ribbon Flat and Skew and Spiral and
Tangled cylindrical and cylindrical and Spiral Curled Crushed
shaped helical helical helical Fine iron
Shape of Chips helical helical
powder
Magclean
MS–F・MS–BR
○
Chip Magclean
CMS
○ ○ ○ ○ ○
113
※Applicable range: Chips longer than 60 mm cannot be handled regardless of their shapes.
FMS / KSC
[Application] Unit:mm
Widely used as a means to transfer chips produced from machining by <Super Small Size Series>
machine tools to a point of collection. If oil is sticking to chips, they can
φ25
φ33
60
MAGNET
LIFTING
φ50
105
Since the mechanically moving (rotating) parts are housed in the enclosed
123
cylinder, there is no fear of accidents due to collision.
■Economical functions 2-7drill
High processing capacity and high transfer efficiency. 10 2-7drill 87.5 47 127 80
As chips are carried by the spiral slide movement, their movement causes
MAGBORE*
L2 85
sticking oil to drop off effectively. <Medium Size Series>
There is no place where oil stays and therefore oil natural drop is ideal to L1 Gutter
improve the efficiency of collection of liquid.
■Low running cost
φ76.3
132
Only a slight amount of power is required to drive the rotation. Most of the
CONVEYANCE EQUIPMENT
work is handled by the permanent magnets.
※For other special lengths, please contact us. The length can be
DEMAGNETIZER EQUIPMENT
φ114.3
An example of discharging chips
157
2-11drill 15
200 L3 200
16
L2 220
〈Construction〉
The spiral magnetic conveyor motor slowly rotates the internal shaft with spirally arranged
magnets inside the nonmagnetic stainless steel cylinder. Magnetic chips/pieces attracted on the
outside of the cylinder are transferred in a sliding motion.
SEPARATORS
KSCT -0510 Gutter included 200/220 VAC (50/60Hz) Approx.10.0kg/ 22.0 lb
KSC -0515 Standard Approx.13.0kg/ 28.6 lb
φ50
(1.96)
×1500
(59.0) 1518
(59.7) 1702
(67.0)
KSCT -0515 Gutter included Approx.15.0kg/ 33.0 lb
※The processing capacity is a value measured in conveying SS400 chips from a gear cutting machine in a horizontal posture.
※The drive posture is allowed up to an inclination of 60 degrees with the motor on top. (However, the capacity drops as the inclination angle increases.)
※Model KSCT is equipped with a gutter to receive oil that drops from chips during conveyance.
※For other special lengths, please contact us. The length can be increased in units of 100 mm.
114
CHIP & SLUDGE CONVEYANCE EQUIPMENT
Model KSCL NONLINEAR SPIRAL MAGNETIC CONVEYOR
This model is designed to effectively attract, convey and remove chips produced from machine
ENVIRONMENTAL MAGNETIZER AND MAGNETIC EQUIPMENT MAGNETIC
tools by a magnetic force while letting oil sticking to chips drop naturally. (This model is suitable
100
for chips shorter than 60 mm.)
[Features]
●As chips are held by magnets, they can be conveyed on a sharp inclination. This feature enables B
h1
L1
it to shorten the line and reduce the floor area, thus contributing to effective three-dimensional
H
DEMAGNETIZER FOR CONVEYANCE
h2
●The optimum design by use of high-performance permanent magnets and little attenuation of the
60
゜
magnetic force. Simplified mechanism for trouble-free operation. B1 1
100 [mm
(in)
]
Power Dimensions
Model Conveying Speed Motor Mass
Source ℓ
MCO-1515A 1500 (59.0) 1270 (50.0) 925
(36.4) 1620 (63.7) 140kg/308 lb
150 284 375
MCO-1520A 2000 (78.7) 1700 (66.9) 1180
(46.4) 2060 (81.0) 155kg/341 lb
(5.90) (11.1) (14.7)
MCO-1530A 3000
(118.1) 2570
(101.2) 1675
(65.9) 2905
(114.4) 190kg/418 lb
MCO-2015A 1500 (59.0) 1270 (50.0) 925
(36.4) 1620 (63.7) 150kg/330 lb
Approx. 8/9.5 m/min 3-phase 200 334 425 350
MCO-2020A 400W 2000 (78.7) 1700 (66.9) 1180
(46.4) 2060 (81.0) 175kg/385 lb
(50/60Hz) 200 VAC (7.87) (13.1) (16.7) (13.7)
MCO-2030A 3000
(118.1) 2570
(101.2) 1675
(65.9) 2905
(114.4) 210kg/463 lb
SEPARATORS SEPARATORS
[Application]
Powerful type is added to This model is installed in front of a tank to which cutting fluid flows from a machine tool
the series. For special to attract (pick up) chips by a magnetic force in cutting fluid to remove and convey
sizes, please contact us. them. (This model is suitable for chips shorter than 60 mm.)
[Features]
TOOLS
●A model that plays two roles of horizontal conveyor and inclined conveyor by one unit.
●Can be installed directly on an oil tank or machine tool.
b2
INSTRUMENTS MATERIALS
B
h1
H
MCOL-2515A
h2
60
゜
MAGNETIC
B1 L
1
[mm
(in)
]
Power Dimensions
Model Conveying Speed Motor Mass
Source ℓ
MCOL-1510A 150 1000 (39.7) 284 375 1600
(62.9) 160kg/352 lb
MCOL-1515A (5.90) 1500 (59.0) (11.1) (14.7) 2100
(82.6) 190kg/418 lb
MCOL-2010A Approx. 8/9.5m/minn 200 1000 (39.7) 334 425 1600
(62.9) 1390 275 175kg/385 lb
1000 (39.7)
MCOL-2015A (50/60Hz) 3-phase (7.87) 1500 (59.0) (13.1) (16.7) 2100
(82.6) (54.7) (10.8) 220kg/485 lb
400W
MCOL-2510A 200 VAC 260 1000 (39.7) 394 475 1600
(62.9) 200kg/440 lb
MCOL-2515A (10.2) 1500 (59.0) (15.5) (18.7) 2100
(82.6) 250kg/551 lb
MCOL-H2010A Approx. 10/12 m/min 200 1000 (39.7) 348 473 1664
(65.5) 1565 283 180kg/396 lb
1050 (41.3)
(50/60Hz) (7.87) 1500 (59.0) (13.7) (18.6) 2164
(85.1) (61.6) (11.1) 225kg/496 lb
115
MCOL-H2015A
KSCL / MCO / MCOL / CS / HSR-PU / HS
Model CS FILTRATION SYSTEM WITH CYCLONE SEPARATOR
Increased rate of removing impurities
MAGNET
[Features]
LIFTING
●The cyclone separator enables it collect nonmagnetic materials.
●Collected materials can be dehydrated by the dehydration function.
●A filter collection type dehydration container that is easy to handle is employed.
●The twin-tub type tank construction reduces the amount of impurities that enter the clean tank.
MAGBORE*
[mm(in)
]
Processing Dimensions Tank Output
Model Power Source Remarks
Capacity width Depth Height Capacity Cyclone pump Supply pump Magclean
CS-MS-4T 1200 800 1300 3-phase 200 VAC, 50/60 Hz 200/220VAC 3-phase 200 VAC 3-phase 200 VAC 50/60Hz 25W Magclean included
40L/min 180L
CONVEYANCE EQUIPMENT
CS-4T (47.2) (31.5) (51.1) 3-phase 220 VAC, 60 Hz 0.75Kw 50/60Hz 100W ー Magclean not included.
DEMAGNETIZER EQUIPMENT
[Application]
400 382 This prefilter collects fine ir o n p o w d e r i n
machining fluid during fluid circulation inside the
machining liquid tank of wire electric discharge
2-hose nipple
(φ15)
machines to prolong the service life of filters.
This can also be used for honing machines and
hydraulic circuits (under no pressure).
Power cord 130 [Features]
680
entrance
●This prefilter has a pump and therefore can be
SEPARATORS
Magnet unit with sludge adhering
pulled out of the tank.
Magnet
Magnet cover
MAGNETIC MEASURING
Outlet
Liquid
Tank
Inlet
HS-17
[Application] [Features]
This prefilter removes fine iron powder from machining liquid discharged from a ●By roughly removing fine iron powder from machining fluid with the
wire electric discharge machine (WEDM). This can also be used for honing powerful magnet as a pretreatment, the service life of the paper
machines and hydraulic circuits (under no pressure). filter, for example, becomes two times longer.
Install this prefilter at a point between a wire electric discharge machine and a ●The prefilter collects impurities as well as fine iron powder.
pump unit. [mm(in) ] Consequently, the paper filter to use may be of coarser type than
Model Dimensions Hose Connection Mass that of the straight inflow.
HS-17 175(6.88)
D×200(7.87) W×230
(9.05)
H 12kg/26 lb ●The duplex construction facilitates removal of fine iron powder.
116
※Hose nipple 1-1/2 (telescopic, OD φ38) is optional.
ENVIRONMENTAL EQUIPMENT OC / KBS
Model OC OIL ELIMINATOR
20 Pulley
Setscrew [Application]
●Collection of floating oil in machined parts washing
155
tanks and degreasing processes.
●Collection of oil in water soluble grinding coolant.
40
●Collection of oil floating in plant waste water.
MAGBORE*
85
length 200
175
●This oil eliminator eliminates oil films efficiently and
140 50 Hose
25 φ22×600 automatically discharges them as waste oil.
●Simple casing, light weight and compact for installation
in limited space.
CONVEYANCE EQUIPMENT EQUIPMENT
CHIP & SLUDGE
※The power source can be changed to a single-phase, 100V only by changing internal wiring.
※Accessories 1. Standard belt (suspension length: from bottom of main unit to center of weight 200 mm/belt width 40 mm)×1
2. Discharge hose (overall length 600 mm/OD φ22 mm) ×1
SEPARATORS SEPARATORS
L
MAGNETIC
KBS-15B
H
[mm
(in)
]
MAGNET
<Controller>
LIFTING
MFG-300
2340
30215
MAGBORE*
240∼0
φ300
21560
625
φ720
CONVEYANCE EQUIPMENT
150
4-φ20 30 30
700 50 640
1.5T(15kG)
50
DEMAGNETIZER EQUIPMENT
φ300 H
Magnetic 1.0T(10kG)
field
0.5T(5kG) H:Height of
magnetic field
0 50 100 150 200 LMT-230
[Application]
Produces a powerful magnetic field for magnetization of magnetic materials and seed magnetic field treatment in agriculture and gardening.
[Features]
●A simple configuration for installation within a floor area less than 1㎡ .
SEPARATORS
Measuring and controlling magnetic flux density
MATERIALS INSTRUMENTS TOOLS
g)
30 k
3T ( ported
sup
MAGNETIC MEASURING
118
DEMAGNETIZERS
■How to Demagnetize and Precautions for Use Caution: High temperature
●Be sure to observe the working rate. ●The strong magnetic field produced by the demagnetizer may cause the CRT of
●Move a workpiece over the demagnetizing surface slowly in the direction of A-B. computer and NC units to flicker. It will not adversely affect the operation of
FOR WELDING OPERATION
MAGNETIC TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
Note that the workpiece must be moved more than 20 cm away from the end of these equipment, but if it causes a recognition problem, such measures must be
the demagnetizer to be demagnetized effectively. (Table type) taken as keeping the CRT away from the demagnetizer or installing a magnetic
●When the tunnel type demagnetizer is used, pass the workpiece through the tunnel. shield on the CRT side.
●The recommended time for passing the workpiece is about 5 seconds. ●The demagnetizers have large inductance and low power factor. Take influence
(Recommended speed: 3 to 5 m/min) on the power source into consideration.
●Some demagnetizers may be heated to very high temperature due to ●The standard models cannot be used on 220 VAC, 50 Hz. For such application,
electromagnetic induction action. Exercise caution when handling them. please contact us.
MAGNET
LIFTING
●If there is any other metal near the demagnetizer, it may also be heated. Keep ●The demagnetization effect varies largely depending the conditions of
such metal at least 5 cm away from the demagnetizing surface, and approx. 30 workpieces. In particular, some materials are very difficult to demagnetize
cm or more away when the tunnel type demagnetizer is used. However, if such depending on the condition of heat treatment.
separation is not possible, use plastics or nonmagnetic materials such as ●If you send samples of workpieces, we will check the demagnetization effect for you.
SUS304 for peripheral machinery.
※ Also see the Facsimile Communication Form (Selection Data) on page 172.
MAGBORE*
L
B
A B
〈Demagnetizing
direction〉
KMD-2A A
H
ENVIRONMENTAL MAGNETIZER AND MAGNETIC EQUIPMENT MAGNETIC
These demagnetizers produce an alternating magnetic field on the surface by use of an AC power source, through which workpieces are passed to remove
the magnetism remaining on their surface.
[Features]
DEMAGNETIZER FOR CONVEYANCE
●Thick workpieces can be demagnetized effectively by moving both the face and the back over the demagnetizer.
●These demagnetizers have good heat radiation and can withstand continuous power-on condition.
●These demagnetizers are very powerful and can demagnetize steel materials that have properties similar to magnetic steel and have large magnetism
holding power such as high-speed steel, bearing steel, nickel-chrome steel, spring steel, die steel, etc. that are usually difficult to demagnetize. (KMD-2A,
KMD-30C to 50C)
■If you plan to install the demagnetizer in the vertical direction or opposite direction, please contact us.[mm(in)]
Power Capacity Dimensions
Model Power Source Working Rate Effective Demag. Width Mass
(Current)
KMD-2A 3-phase 200 VAC, 50/60 Hz 2kVA(5.8A) 160
(6.29) 453(17.8) 245
(9.64) 140
(5.51) 30kg/66 lb
KMD-15C 140VA
(1.4A) 80
(3.15) 150(5.90) 5kg/11 lb
Single-phase 100 VAC, 50/60 Hz 120(4.72) 80
(3.15)
KMD-20C 300VA
(3.0A) 130
(5.11) 200(7.87) 7kg/15 lb
100%ED
SEPARATORS SEPARATORS
KMD-30C 0.74kVA
(3.7A) 180
(7.08) 300(11.8) 19kg/41 lb
Single-phase 200 VAC, 50/60Hz
KMD-40C 1.04kVA
(5.2A) 280 (11.0) 400(15.7) 200(7.87) 120
(4.72) 29kg/63 lb
Single-phase 220 VAC, 60Hz
KMD-50C 1.28kVA
(6.4A) 380 (14.9) 500(19.6) 37kg/81 lb
※Cable, 2 m, included. ※KMD-15C/20C come with a ground plug. ※A different-voltage type (special type) is also available.
OFF
VOLT. 1φAC100V CURR. 3/2.5A
強磁界発生,CRTや精密
DEMAGNETIZER
(L)
LTD. JAPAN
FREQ. 50/60Hz
注意
KANETEC CO.,
KMDM-20 高温になるため,
素手で触れないこと。 Therefore, the entire steel plate can be demagnetized.
●This demagnetizer is equipped with wheels and grip to ensure smooth
movement over steel plate.
[mm
(in)
]
Working Effective
Model Power Source Power Capacity Dimensions Mass
INSTRUMENTS MATERIALS
[Application]
This demagnetizer produces an alternating magnetic field on the surface by use of an AC power source, through
which workpieces are passed to remove the magnetism remaining on their surface.
[Features]
●The large demagnetizing core produces a strong magnetic field, which makes this model work well on workpieces
having properties and shapes that are difficult to demagnetize with the conventional table type.
[mm
(in)
]
280 (Effective
KMD-K1 demagnetizing width) Demagnetizing
direction Effective Dimensions
Model Power Source Power Capacity Working Rate Mass
Demag. Width
38
KMD-K1 280
(11.0)
200 VAC, 50/60 Hz (50/60Hz) (when fan running) (16.5)(15.7)(8.07) 176 lb
119 ※Cable 2 m included. ※This demagnetizer is not equipped with an ON/OFF switch.
420 400
KMD / KMDM / KMD-K / KMDY / KMDS / KMD-F
Model KMDY POWERFUL TABLE TYPE 3-PHASE AC DEMAGNETIZER
MAGNET
LIFTING
magnetic field to effectively demagnetize workpieces having properties
H
and shapes that are difficult to demagnetize with the conventional type.
●This demagnetizer especially exhibits its high-performance on ring-
shaped workpieces such as bearing-assembled products and gears.
KMDY-1
MAGBORE*
<Demagnetizing direction> ●The high heat dissipation design permits continuous operation. [mm(in)]
Dimensions
Model Power Source Power Capacity Working Rate Effective Demag. Width Mass
KMDY-1 3-phase 200 VAC, 50/60 Hz 0.43/0.36kVA(2.15A/1.8A) (50/60Hz) 100%ED 140(5.51) 200(7.87) 200(7.87) 150(5.90) 14kg/30.8 lb
※Cable 2 m included.
CONVEYANCE EQUIPMENT
Model KMDS DRIP-PROOF DEMAGNETIZER
30 ●The demagnetizers are of drip-proof construction. They will not fail if wetted by
DEMAGNETIZER EQUIPMENT
60 grinding fluid or cooling water.
B1
L2
B
L1 ●These can be incorporated in belt type grinders or other automatic and continuous
N-φd
grinders.
A ●The very strong demagnetizing force generated provides some margin for the
B
clearance on the surface to allow a belt conveyor to run over the work face.
SEPARATORS
passed to remove the magnetism remaining on their surface.
Stronger magnetic field produced [Features]
●Demagnetization is carried out by varying (sweeping) a frequency
than standard table type! lower than commercial frequencies from a lower point to a higher
point. This design has improved the demagnetizing performance
〈KMDE-1212 dimensions〉
〈 KMDE-2525/4040
dimensions 〉 needs to be applied only during demagnetization, thus saving
Le
Le Power cord 3 m
POWER ALARM
electricity.
Power cord 2 m
DBM
●The demagnetizer itself and the control unit are installed
separately. Thus, they can be installed in an easy-to-operate
h
5 6
H
4
3 7 OFF
2 8
ENVIRONMENTAL MAGNETIZER AND MAGNETIC EQUIPMENT MAGNETIC
1 9
place.
0 10
DEM ADJ.
B2
B1
B2
B1
L1
L2
DEMAGNETIZER FOR CONVEYANCE
W
H
L1
L2 L1
A larger special demagnetizer is also available.
230 280 120 120 210 85 120(4.72)× 20kg/ 180 VDC/ 15kg/ 110 140 175 260 230 Single-phase 180 VDC/ 4.7kg/
KMDE-1212 EHD-W205B
(9.05)
(11.0)
(4.72)
(4.72)
(8.26)
(3.34) 120
(4.72) 44 lb 2.1A 33 lb (4.33)(5.51)(6.89)(10.2)(9.05) 200 VAC 5A 10 lb
25%
SEPARATORS SEPARATORS
ED
400 250 250 380 150 250(9.84) × 80kg/ 180 VDC/ 75kg/
KMDE-2525 ̶
(15.7) (9.84)
(9.84)
(14.9)
(5.90) 250(9.84)
176 lb 4.8A 165 lb
※The withstand load is based on a uniform load in the work area.
[Application] L
[Features]
Be
B
121 ※KMDE-MP1013 comes with a 2 m power cord and other models with a 3 m cord.
KMDE / KMDE-MP / KMDE-V / KMDV / KMDU
Model KMDE-V STATIONARY DEMAGNETIZER FOR RING WORKPIECE
MAGNET
LIFTING
properly by changing the protective plates.
●The demagnetizer itself and the control unit are installed separately. Thus,
they can be installed in an easy-to-operate place.
※A drip-proof type is available optionally. Please contact us.
MAGBORE*
<Main unit> 〈EHD-W230B〉
Le Power cord
DEMAG CONTROLIER
POWER SOURCE
B
Be
KMDE-V2525
CONVEYANCE EQUIPMENT
h
110°
An example of demagnetization
H
Control unit required additionally L
L1
L2 W
w
DEMAGNETIZER EQUIPMENT
Applicable
Model Mass Model Power Output Mass
× Diameter Width Rating Rate Control Unit
380 400 250 250 (9.84) × φ150ー 220 180 VDC 90kg/ EHD- 190 220 175 290 250 Single-phase 180 VDC 6kg/
KMDE-V2525 EHD-W210B ̶
(14.9)
(15.7)
(9.84) 250(9.84) φ350 (8.66) /9A 10% 198 lb W210B (7.48)(8.66)(6.88) (11.4)(9.84) 200 VAC /10A 13.2 lb
640 640 390 400 (15.7) × φ250ー 350 180 VDC ED 450kg/ EHD- 500 550 400 325 850 750 3-phase 180 VDC 48kg/
KMDE-V4040 EHD-W230B
(25.1)
(25.1)
(15.3) 400(15.7) φ600 (13.7) /26A 992 lb W230B (19.6)(21.6)(19.6)(12.7)(33.4)(29.5) 200 VAC /30A 105 lb
※KMDE-V2525 comes with a 3 m power cord and KMDE-V4040 with a 5 m cord. ※EHD-W230B comes with a dedicated controller.
※For the dimensions of EHD-W210B, see EHD dimensions on page 121.
area
SEPARATORS
Demagnetizing Area Dimensions
Model Power Source Source Capacity Working Rate Mass
×
KMDV-15 Single-phase 200 VAC, 50/60 Hz 6kVA(30A) 30% ED, 30 minutes max. 150(5.90)
×216
(8.50) 450
(17.7) 440
(17.3) 310(12.2) 735(28.9) 170kg/374 lb
Demagnetization is turned on with a foot switch and turned off automatically by the timer. (Timer setting 60 seconds max.)
L
Since its magnetic flux alternates vertically, this
B0
B
model is also recommended where long and
irregularly shaped workpieces need to be
demagnetized uniformly. Further, this model
H3
[Features]
●Easy to incorporate in a conveyance system
H2
MAGNET
LIFTING
●Compact and powerful as a rare earth magnet having strong magnetic force is used at the end
of the rotary magnetic field.
KMDP-16A ●A re-chargeable battery is used as a power source of the motor. No need to replace the battery.
Power can also be supplied with the included AC adapter if the battery has reached its life.
●Simple construction and simple appearance.
MAGBORE*
●An environment friendly nickel hydrogen battery is used.
ON/OFF switch φ
φ30
35
.5
NP. Model Battery Rating Mass
KMDP-16A 2.4V2000mAh 0.3kg/0.6lb
φ15.5
DC jack
26(Demagnetizing area) ※The AC adapter (input 100 VAC, 50/60 Hz, output 2.7 VDC, 0.5 A,
CONVEYANCE EQUIPMENT
264 cord length 1.9 m) is included as a standard accessory.
DEMAGNETIZER EQUIPMENT
slide calipers. These can also be used for turned off when you release it.
demagnetizing large steel plates partially. ●The button must be held pressed while
[Features] demagnetizing is going on.
KMDH-5A ●Compact and handy. ●Turn off the demagnetizer after it has been
moved more than 100 mm away from the
Working rate 70% ED (Power on 7 minutes and pause 3 minutes) demagnetized workpiece.
[mm(in)
]
Effective Demag. Dimensions
Model Power Source Source Capacity Mass
Width Width Length Height
KMDH-5A Single-phase 100 VAC, 50/60 Hz 70VA 50(1.96) 86
(3.38) 102(4.01) 119(4.68) 2.3kg/5.1 lb
※The height is up to the grip. ※2 m cord is included. The plug is provided with a ground pin. ※A different-voltage type (special type) is also available. ※The power plug is of tracking resistance type.
SEPARATORS
VCTF (1.25 ㎟, 3-core) ●A thermo label is attached to the tip part, which warns a temperature rise due to frequent, repeated
Plug with ground pin
use. When the thermo label appears, stop using the demagnetizer until it goes out.
38
88
□21
50
50
(Demagnetizing Caution
Spec. plate Model Power Source Source Capacity Working Rate Mass
area) plate
79 161 KMDH-P21 Single-phase 100 VAC, 50/60 Hz 450VA 20% ED, 10 seconds max. 3kg/6 lb
240
※The power plug is of tracking resistance type.
KMDC-40
※Cord length 2.5 m (with curled cord). ※The power plug is of tracking resistance type.
124
MAGNETIC EQUIPMENT FOR CONVEYANCE
Model KPR-A SMALL PERMANENT MAGNETIC ROLLER
The magnetic rollers that are frequently used for conveyance (including conveyance
FOR WELDING OPERATION
MAGNETIC TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
stopping) of steel pipes and steel plates have been standardized and kept in stock.
more information.
Permanent (N)
(IN≒0.1kgf)
magnetic rollers 1000
S
KPR-1206A B b1
MAGBORE*
Holding Power
800
600
Pipe KPR-1005A
Pipe guide
400
φd 1
φd 2
φD
CONVEYANCE EQUIPMENT EQUIPMENT
CHIP & SLUDGE
Permanent
magnetic rollers KPR-0704A
200
KPR-0504A
0 2 4 6 8 10(mm)
→ Plate Thickness
ENVIRONMENTAL MAGNETIZER AND MAGNETIC EQUIPMENT MAGNETIC
70 40 20 35
KPR-0704A 1.0 kg/2.20 lb
(2.75) (1.57) (0.78) (1.37)
12 M6
(0.47) (0.23)
100 50 30 45
KPR-1005A 2.4 kg/5.29 lb
(3.93) (1.96) (1.18) (1.77)
120 60 40 16 M8 60
KPR-1206A 3.8 kg/8.39 lb
(4.72) (2.36) (1.57) (0.62) (0.31) (2.36)
This model employs a powerful electromagnet and its optimum design helps
increase the efficiency of conveyance of steel pipes and steel plates.
[Features]
●The electromagnetic rollers can easily be turned on and off or adjusted in
magnetic force for easy handling of iron products.
POWERFUL MAGNETIC MEASURING MEASURING
〈Specification〉
●For the standard type dimensions, refer to the electromagnetic pulley KER.
[Application]
Most suitable for holding thin steel sheets of 0.2 to 0.4 mm thick such as printing
rollers.
INSTRUMENTS MATERIALS
〈Manufacturing range〉
Diameter: φ100‒200mm
Length: 300‒1000mm
For a length longer than 800 mm, the diameter needs to be φ180 mm or larger.
MAGNETIC
〈Revolution〉
Air cylinder 750 rpm max.
Lifting
magnet Magnetic roller
[Application]
MAGNET
LIFTING
Recommended for such operations as vertical and inclined conveyance of filled cans and
KRA-A
empty cans, conveyance of press scraps and chips, leak inspection of aerosol cans and
belt conveyance in manufacturing processes.
[Features] Vertical conveyance Inclined
●Two types, permanent magnetic rails conveyance
MAGBORE*
and electromagnetic rails are available
according to operations. KRA-B
Magnetic
Magnetic
rail
●Easy handling of products and goods.
No fixtures are necessary and
rail
products and goods to convey are not
CONVEYANCE EQUIPMENT
damaged.
DEMAGNETIZER EQUIPMENT
Permanent magnetic rail magnetic rail Electromagnetic rail
magnetic rail Magnetic pulley
SEPARATORS
magnetic rail Permanent magnetic rail
80
MAGNETIC MEASURING
KRA-B permanent Poles of a magnet are projecting to the KRA-D electromagnetic An electromagnetic rail having rollers.
inside of a stainless steel case. The Used to prevent drooping of steel sheets
magnetic rail rail with rollers
holding power via a belt is strong. Used after shearing machines.
for magnetic conveyors that convey thin 2-M12, depth 15 ■Rectifier RH-MW type
Mounting tap M10, depth 12
steel sheets in the inverted posture. Input 200 VAC, single-phase output 0‒180 VDC,
[mm(in)
]
L1 5 A/10 A [mm(in) ]
60 L1
Model ₁ No. of Taps Mass Model ₁ No. of Taps Mass
42.5
The Magcon is a magnetic conveyor having permanent magnets arranged under ●High-performance permanent magnets and optimum design.
the belt and is mainly used to convey iron parts and press scraps upward or Practically no diminishing of the magnetic force during its life.
downward. (Magnetic force diminishes less than 2% over 10-year period)
●Simplified mechanism for trouble-free operations.
●The portable type and inclining type are employed simultaneously to
An example of Magcon fabrication 1 meet a wide variety of operations.
MAGNET
LIFTING
60°
B C 1300
D 1500
ENVIRONMENTAL MAGNETIZER AND MAGNETIC EQUIPMENT MAGNETIC
[mm
(in)
]
Model Motor
[Application] [Application]
An opener of strip coil is used for labor saving and safety of workers. This Suitable for feeding silicon steel for iron core into a baking furnace in
opener is used to automatically set the leading edge of coil in the pinch factories such as electric appliance manufacturing or feeding thin steel
rollers in various factories such as steel mills. sheets to a press machine, or for transferring cut-out or punched plates.
POWERFUL MAGNETIC MEASURING MEASURING
This opener is used in strip coil leveler lines, slitter lines, plaiting lines, [Features]
surface treatment lines, forming lines, etc. to contribute to labor saving. ●Powerful permanent magnets are employed. The magnetic force
diminishes little and no power source for excitation is required.
Applicable strip coil: ●A simplified mechanism with roller rotating motion and cylinder reciprocating
●Material: Ordinary steel plate, silicon steel, colored steel plate, plated steel, surface coated steel, etc. motion combined, which is less likely to become a cause of failure.
●Width: 10 ‒ 2,000 mm
●Each time a plate is fed out, the cylinder moves up and down. This
TOOLS
127
MAGNETIC SEPARATORS
CONVEYANCE EQUIPMENT
MAGNETIC EQUIPMENT MAGNETIZER AND ENVIRONMENTAL CHIP & SLUDGE
DEMAGNETIZER EQUIPMENT
Combustible
wastes
Aluminum cans and
nonferrous pieces
(aluminum and copper)
SEPARATORS
Suspended plate magnet
KPMJ Powerful type having larger attractive force than KPMD.
KPMF Chute-mounted type with stainless steel surface.
Plate Plate magnet
KPMT Chute-mounted type. Attracted iron pieces held firmly.
Tubular Tubular separator CPM Removal of iron pieces during transfer of bulk materials in a pipe.
Magnetic bar KGM Round, Capable of being incorporated in any place. MATERIALS INSTRUMENTS TOOLS
rectangular
Small
Grid type magnet KGM/KGM-C Collection of small iron pieces mixed in small amount. Installed at hopper outlet or in duct.
MAGNETIC MEASURING
Electromagnetic pulley KER Usable as a conveyor head pulley. For large diameter pulleys, an electromagnetic type is more effective.
Pulley
Permanent magnetic pulley KPR Usable as a conveyor head pulley. High iron removal rate.
Barrel separator KBS Barrel polishing.
Drum separator KDS Casing provided for easy installation.
Drum
Large permanent magnetic drum KPDL Works well for large iron pieces and a large amount of iron pieces to collect.
Permanent magnetic drum KPD Most suitable for removing iron from granular materials and can be incorporated in equipment.
Induction type high magnetic force separator KID-R Removal of weak magnetic granular materials. 2.6 T (26 kg) max.
High magnetic Cross belt type high magnetic force separator KID-B For small capacity. Less mixture of raw materials in removed iron.
force
electromagnetic Induction type separator KID Suitable for removing iron from casting sand.
Electromagnetic filter KIF Suitable for removing iron from fine materials (powder).
High-speed drum High-speed drum separator KHDS High grade sorting and collection of magnetic substances.
128
MAGNETIC SEPARATORS
■Examples of application of magnetic
separators in various fields
FOR WELDING OPERATION
MAGNETIC TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
Removal of iron from various kinds of raw materials and semi-finished products
and collection of iron powder are called magnetic separation. KANETEC offers
a wide variety of magnetic separators for use with lump materials, granular
materials, clay-like materials and liquids.
Steel making and mining Separation of steel materials and collection of iron in residues.
Machine, press, plant Processing of scraps and collection of flux.
Food, candy, can making Removal of iron from raw materials and foreign matter in manufacturing processes.
Pulp, paper, stone crushing Removal of iron from raw materials and protection of crushers.
Chemicals Removal of iron from raw materials and waste liquid.
Casting and nonferrous Removal of iron from casting sand and chips.
MAGBORE*
Separation on conveyor (dry) Separation by magnetic drum (dry) Separation by suspended separator (dry)
●A magnetic pulley is used. ●A magnetic drum is installed at the bottom of the hopper chute. To automatically remove iron pieces, bolts and nuts on a conveyor,
●A magnet is suspended over the conveyor. ●A magnetic drum is installed at the exit of a vibrator feeder. a suspended magnetic separator is installed to attract and remove
●A plate magnet is installed on the discharge side of a conveyor. ●A magnetic drum is installed on the discharge side of a iron pieces.
●A grid type magnet is installed on the discharge side of a conveyor. For fully automatic removal and discharge:
conveyor. ●A magnetic drum is installed at the raw material exit. BST, SPM, etc.
●A comb type magnet is installed on the conveyor. For automatic removal and manual discharge:
Magnet HEM-BS, HEM-C, KPMJ, KPMD, etc.
SEPARATORS SEPARATORS
Drum
Magnetic pulley Magnet
Magnetic
POWERFUL MAGNETIC MEASURING MEASURING
substances
Conveyor
Magnetic plate
Nonmagnetic Nonmagnetic
pulley substances
Listed on pages 135, 136, 138 & 143. Listed on pages 137 & 139. Listed on pages 133 & 134.
TOOLS
Separation in fluid (wet) High magnetic force separator (dry) Nonferrous metal separator
A coolant separator (removal of iron particles in grinding fluid, A magnetic separator generating a high magnetic force of 2.6 T (26000 G). Aluminum items can be sorted and separated from noncombustible
waste oil, cooling oil), drum separator (collection of iron ores and Used for weak magnetic substances that cannot be removed sufficiently by wastes and large crushed wastes efficiently.
iron sand materials) or plate magnet (removal of iron particles a standard separator. A permanent magnet is used as a source of magnetic field for
deposited in oil tanks) is used. sorting, which is rotated at high speed to cause eddy current to
sort materials.
INSTRUMENTS MATERIALS
Oil
Magnetic drum
squeezing roller
Sludge
(iron particles)
Inlet
Aluminum,
etc.
MAGNETIC
Combustible
wastes Nonferrous metals
such as copper
Outlet
Listed on pages 111, 112, 113, 142 & 143. Listed on pages 139, 140 & 141. Listed on pages 131 & 132.
All data in this catalog is based on the Measurement Act in Japan and KANETEC
has standardized the indication of the magnetic flux density in the units of mT and T: 0.1 mT = 1 G 1 mT = 10 G 1 T = 10000 G
129
Construction Scrap Materials Recycling System
MAGNET
LIFTING
Primary
Concrete blocks are first crushed to crusher
certain sizes (50 ‒ 60 cm square)
MAGBORE*
on the construction site and then
transported to a recycling facility.
Suspended
magnetic separator
Concrete blocks are crushed by a Vibration
Vibration
CONVEYANCE EQUIPMENT
crusher. Then foreign matters like conveyor
iron are removed by a magnet. screening
machine
DEMAGNETIZER EQUIPMENT
primary crusher are crushed by the
secondary crusher. To prevent dust
Water
and dirt produced in these spraying
processes and to prevent noise, the
machines and surrounding areas are
covered and water is sprayed. Dust
is collected by a dust collector.
Water Suspended
Materials screened to various sizes spraying magnetic
separator
Product stockyard
SEPARATORS
Suspended
Combustibles and
non-combustibles
MAGNETIC MEASURING
sorting machine
Non-combustibles
Magnetic pulley
Combustibles
Incinerating
facility
Nonferrous
metal separator
Collected magnetic
substances
Collected Nonferrous
aluminum metals
Combustibles
130
MAGNETIC SEPARATORS
Model BMR Model MES-J NONFERROUS METAL SEPARATORS
FOR WELDING OPERATION
MAGNETIC TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
Environmentally
processing plants for
high-speed rotation separates and collects
friendly
biomass power
generation also!
copper and brass as well as aluminum efficiently!
CONVEYANCE EQUIPMENT EQUIPMENT
CHIP & SLUDGE
▲Combustible wastes
ENVIRONMENTAL MAGNETIZER AND MAGNETIC EQUIPMENT MAGNETIC
magnetic field produces a strong“eddy current”in nonferrous metals, which in turn produces a
magnetic field having repulsive action against the external magnetic field. This system
employs an eccentric pole system to completely separate nonferrous metals from other
materials. This system can prevent finely shredded or crushed nonferrous metal pieces from
BMR-C50A getting caught by the belt or drum shell and if they get caught in a gap between the belt and
the shell, they are forced to move to a place where no magnetic field exists and thus can be
removed easily. (See the figures on the left side.)
There is no fear of trouble from the system point of view. No cases of failures have been
Caught iron pieces reported when the system has been used for car shredding, which is considered to be one of
Removed iron pieces
the severest conditions of use.
Concentric type Eccentric magnetic pole system The top runner motors in compliance with the Energy Conversation Act in Japan are used.
[Features] [Application]
●Highly efficient separation and collection! Suitable for separation of nonferrous metals from small pieces shredded
The consistent high-speed rotation of 2500 rpm and the surface magnetic by car shredders, electronic equipment wastes, waste slugs, waste glass
flux density over 380 mT max. ensures collection of nonferrous metals (cullet), batteries, etc.
such as copper and brass as well as aluminum. <Other applications>
TOOLS
●Eccentric magnetic structure employed! ●Molding sand for aluminum casting and nonferrous metal casting.
This structure prevents iron pieces and other foreign matter from getting ●Refrigerators, washing machines and other scrapped appliances.
caught, which helps prolong the service life of the ●Screening of aluminum from bulky refuses and recyclable wastes.
drum shells and belts. ●Separation of aluminum from plastics such as plastic bottles and screw tops.
●Maintainability improved! ●Screening of aluminum from sludge discharged from fluidized beds.
INSTRUMENTS MATERIALS
KANETEC’s original construction has improved the ※This system is installed not only in wastes processing plants, materials
maintainability around the bearing. The feeders and materials discharge machines with adjust splitter, but also
maintenance time such as periodic inspection can as part of plants such as nonferrous metal separators.
be shortened and the line stop time can be reduced.
Maintainability can be improved further by using Automatic
the“automatic greasing unit”(optional) together. greasing unit
MAGNETIC
W3
L W2 (Effective width)
W1 (Trough width)
φD
MAGNET
BMR-C100A 950
(37.4) 1000
(39.4) 1000
(39.4) 5445
(214) 2.2kW 3400kg/7497 lb
LIFTING
BMR-C125A 1200
(47.2) 1250
(49.2) 1250
(49.2) 5410
(212) 4100kg/9040 lb
5.5kW 1.96kW×2
BMR-C150A 1450
(57.0) 1500
(59.0) 1500
(59.0) 5435
(213) 4300kg/9481 lb
MAGBORE*
Magnets in existing lines may be replaced for upgrading!
D
B C
CONVEYANCE EQUIPMENT
A
DEMAGNETIZER EQUIPMENT
F
BMR-5050A
<BMR rotating unit>
W1
15
φ3
MES-J
L W2
Environmentally
processing plants for
to reduce environmental burden added to
friendly
biomass power
“BST Series”! generation also!
[Application]
Fully automatic discharge A suspended magnetic separator is suspended above a belt conveyor to continuously separate such
MAGNET
LIFTING
magnetic substances as iron pieces and lumps mixed in materials being transported on the conveyor.
This separator is most suitable for removal and collection of iron from such raw materials as slug, ore
and coal and from casting sand, bulky wastes, industrial wastes and ash after waste incineration.
[Features]
■Ideal magnet configuration realized!
MAGBORE*
Our valuable data based on experience and our pursuit to develop an optimum magnet based on
magnetic field analysis have realized a magnet configuration that exhibits the best separation and
collection performance.
To lengthen the iron piece discharge length, a general practice is to use permanent magnets together,
Oil-cooled but our original pole construction has eliminated a need of such magnets.
BST-90B-1
Selection of the oil-cooed type or the air-cooled type
CONVEYANCE EQUIPMENT EQUIPMENT
CHIP & SLUDGE
●For the full-cover specification and for operations where ambient temperature is high or for long-
hour operation, select the oil-cooled type.
●For operation in an explosion-proof area or for relatively short-time operation, select the air-
cooled type. There are other conditions to consider for selection. Please fill the Selection Data
form at the end of the catalog and send it to our sales office.
ENVIRONMENTAL MAGNETIZER AND MAGNETIC EQUIPMENT MAGNETIC
(parallel suspension) is available. (The corresponding conveyor belt width is the same.)
■Can be installed in any environment!
Compared with KANETEC’s previous model designs, the overall length and magnet height have been
minimized. BST type: The mass reduced by 30% to 40% and cooling oil amount by 10% to 50%, BST-N:
Since this type does not use cooling oil, the mass and size have been further reduced from those of BST
H
type. Thus, this model can be installed in any environment and under any conditions of installation.
B
L1
L2
B1
B2
■Easy maintenance for significant reduction in work time and running cost!
As the iron piece discharge belt drive system is directly coupled, such maintenance as chain tension
<BST type>
adjustment and lubrication, which need to be performed periodically with existing products, are no
longer necessary. BST-N type that requires no cooling oil offers running cost reduction and further
reduces the power consumption by the electromagnet by about 20% from that of the oil-cooled type.
■Trouble-free, robust magnetic separator!
SEPARATORS SEPARATORS
This highly rated system can be used continuously, day and night. The temperature rise of the
H
electromagnet is little and its influence on the performance drop is minimal. Also our original pole
construction is designed to reduce belt wear to ensure a long service life.
L1 B
L2 B1 ■A wide range of applications!
<BST-N type> B2 The robust construction allows this separator to be used outdoors under any conditions of use. It can
POWERFUL MAGNETIC MEASURING MEASURING
Conveyor Belt Width Conveyor Belt Width Overall Dimensions Electromagnet Power Consumption Applicable
Model Mass
Cross Parallel Installation ₂ Dimensions Electromagnet* Drive Control
Length ₂ Unit
Standard (BST) Air-cooled (BST-N) suspension suspension Standard Air-cooled Standard Air-cooled ₁ ₁ Standard Air-cooled motor Standard Air-cooled
450
(17.7)‒ 300(11.8)‒ 150
(5.90)
‒ 450 1640 1170 1095 610 650 650 680kg/ 625kg/
BST-65B-1.2.3 BST-N65B-1.2.3 1.5kW 1.29kW BSTR-65I
650
(25.5) 450(17.7) 200
(7.87) (17.7) (64.5) (46.0) (43.1) (24.0) 620 (25.5)(25.5) 1499 lb 1377 lb
1.5kW
600
(23.6)‒ 450(17.7)‒ 150
(5.90)
‒ 600 1790 1320 1245 585 (24.4) 800 800 970kg/ 930kg/
BST-80B-1.2.3 BST-N80B-1.2.3 2.4kW 1.97kW BSTR-80I
800
(31.5) 600(23.6) 250
(9.84) (23.6) (70.4) (51.9) (49.0) (23.0) (31.5)(31.5) 2138 lb 2050 lb
700
(27.5)‒ 600(23.6)‒ 200
(7.87)
‒ 750 1900 1500 1400 645 675 900 900 1370kg/ 1310kg/
BST-90B-1.2.3 BST-N90B-1.2.3 3.1kW 2.25kW BSTR-90I
MAGNETIC
900
(35.4) 750(29.5) 300
(11.8) (29.5) (74.8) (59.0) (55.1) (25.3) (26.5)(35.4)(35.4) 3020 lb 2888 lb
800
(31.5)‒ 750(29.5)‒ 250
(9.84)
‒ 2250 1000 1000 2070kg/ 1930kg/
BST-100B-1.2.3 BST-N100B-1.2.3 4.0kW 3.22kW BSTR-100I
1000
(39.4) 900(35.4) 350
(13.7) 900 (88.5) 1720 1565 825 (39.4)(39.4) 4564 lb 4254 lb
950
(37.4)‒ 750(29.5)‒ 250
(9.84)
‒ (35.4) 2300 (67.7) (61.6) (32.4) 1050 1050 2600kg/ 2500kg/
BST-105B-1.2.3 BST-N105B-1.2.3 4.66kW 3.73kW 2.2kW BSTR-105I
1050
(41.3) 950(37.4) (13.7)
350 (90.5) 710 (41.3)(41.3) 5732 lb 5711 lb
(37.4)
950 ‒ 850(33.4)‒ 300
(11.8)
‒ 2400 820 (27.9) 1150 1150 3100kg/ 3080kg/
BST-115B-1.2.3 BST-N115B-1.2.3 5.2kW 4.25kW BSTR-115I
1150
(45.2) 1050(41.3) (13.7)
350 1050 (94.4) 1865 1715 (32.2) (45.2)(45.2) 6834 lb 6790 lb
(41.3)
1050 ‒ 950(37.4)‒ 300
(11.8)
‒ (41.3) 2450 (73.4) (67.5) 875 1200 1200 3400kg/ 3360kg/
BST-120B-1.2.3 BST-N120B-1.2.3 5.58kW 4.5kW BSTR-120I
1200
(47.2) 1050(41.3) (13.7)
350 (96.4) (34.4) (47.2)(47.2) 7495 lb 7407 lb
(43.3)
1100 ‒ 1000(39.4)‒ 300
(11.8)
‒ 1200 2800 2150 1965 910 840 1300 1300 4500kg/ 4400kg/
BST-130B-1.2.3 BST-N130B-1.2.3 6.6kW 5.36kW BSTR-130I
1300
(51.1) 1200(47.2) (15.7)
400 (47.2) (110) (84.6) (77.3) (35.8) (33.0)(51.1)(51.1) 9921 lb 9700 lb
(51.1)
1300 ‒ 1100(43.3)‒ 300
(11.8)
‒ 2900 835 1400 1400 5200kg/ 5200kg/
BST-140B-1.2.3 BST-N140B-1.2.3 7.48kW 6.09kW 3.7kW BSTR-140I
1400
(55.1) 1300(51.1) (15.7)
400 1400 (114) 2350 2165 (32.8) 845 (55.1)(55.1) 11464 lb 11464 lb
(51.1)
1300 ‒ 1200(47.2)‒ 300
(11.8)
‒ (55.1) 3000 (92.5) (85.2) 805 (33.2) 1500 1500 5500kg/ 5390kg/
BST-150B-1.2.3 BST-N150B-1.2.3 8.7kW 6.98kW BSTR-150I
1500
(59.0) 1400(55.1) (17.7)
450 (118) (31.6) (59.0)(59.0) 12125 lb 11882 lb
1500
(59.0)
‒ 1400(55.1)
‒ 400
(15.7)
‒ 1600 3200 2570 2385 865 907 1700 1700 7500kg/ 7350kg/
BST-170B-1.2.3 BST-N170B-1.2.3 10.4kW 8.1kW 5.5kW BSTR-170I
(66.9)
1700 1600(62.9) (21.6)
550 (62.9) (126)(101.2) (93.8) (34.0) (35.7)(66.9)(66.9) 16535 lb 16203 lb
※A type that uses permanent magnets together is also available. ※A type with a dustproof cover is also available.
133 ※For overhead pulley suspension (parallel suspension), suspension fixtures need to be changed partially.※The electromagnet power consumption is based on 200 VAC (50 Hz).
※The belt conveyor width for each model is for reference only. As the model to be selected can be different depending on the flow width and volume of objects to process, please consult with us.
BST / BST-N / BSTR / SPM
Model BSTR CONTROL UNIT
A new compact type; one third of the volume of the
MAGNET
600 300 6 BSTR-65I
LIFTING
90 VDC 1.5kW
200VAC1.5kW
BSTR-80I 90 VDC 2.4kW
100
BSTR-90I 90 VDC 3.1kW
MAGBORE*
※1 1000 800 Approx. 70 kg/154 lb
※2 Indoor,
200 VAC 180 VDC 5.2kW (39.4)(31.5)
H
A
BSTR-115I 50/60Hz dustproof,
3φ wall mounttype
BSTR-120I 180 VDC 5.6kW
100
BSTR-140I 180 VDC 7.5kW
CONVEYANCE EQUIPMENT
BSTR-150I 270 VDC 8.7kW
Wiring 1200 1000
port BSTR-170I 180 VDC 10.4kW 200VAC5.5kW (47.2) Approx. 90kg/198 lb
150
50 200 (39.4)
DEMAGNETIZER EQUIPMENT
※The values are JIS Standard values.
Model Amount
(L) Model Amount
(L) Model Amount
(L)
Property Total Acid Number Flashing Point Specific Gravity Breakdown
BST- 65B 80 BST-105B 225 BST-140B 345 Manufacture (Brand) (mgKOH/g) (PM) ℃ 15/4℃ Voltage (KV)
Idemitsu Kosan
BST- 80B 100 BST-115B 265 BST- 150B 450 (Transformer Oil G)
Showa Shell Sekiyu
BST- 90B 120 BST- 120B 345 BST- 170B 570 0.02 max. 130 min. 0.91 max. 30 min.
(Shell Transformer Oil A)
JX Nippon Oil & Energy Corp.
BST-100B 235 BST- 130B 415
(High Voltage Insulating Oil K)
※Exchange oil once every five years. (The frequency varies slightly depending on ※Cooling oil used by KANETEC; Idemitsu Kosan Transformer Oil G
models and run hours.) ※By using a cooling oil having a high flashing point, it is possible to offer a product that is excluded from the
As for special models, the amount depends on sizes of electromagnets. (Increased) dangerous goods stipulated in the Fire Services Act in Japan.
SEPARATORS
●Permanent magnet type, requiring no DC power source.
●Simple but robust construction for easy maintenance.
L2 ●The weather resistant construction allows this separator to be easily installed on
existing outdoor conveyors.
Turnbuckle
●The permanent magnet system requires minimal maintenance cost.
MAGNETIC MEASURING
(Special fabrication)
L1
B2 ●An optional intrusion preventing plate is also available.
B
●The motor breaker is optionally available for simple motor ON/OFF operation and
L B1
prevention of burn due to motor overloading. (The breaker is available individually.)
※The shape of the suspending bracket is different amongSPM-100FA, 120FA, 65120A ‒ 65160A.
[mm
(in)
]
Conveyor Belt Width(※1) Conveyor Belt Width Overall Dimensions Magnet Size Power Consumption
Model Mass
Cross suspension Parallel suspension(※2) Installation Length ₁ ₂ ₃ ₁ ₂ Drive motor
SPM-30F ‒ 400(15.7) ‒ 90(3.54)‒130(5.11) 300(11.8)1000(39.4) 677(36.6) 440(17.3) 470(18.5) 400(15.7) 250(9.84) 170kg/ 374lb
248(9.76) 0.4 kW
SPM-40F 300(11.8)‒ 500(19.6) ‒ 350(13.7) 100(3.93)‒150(5.90) 400(15.7)1100(43.3) 777(30.6) 540(21.2) 570(22.4) 500(19.6) 350(13.7) 270kg/ 595lb
SPM-60FA 500(19.6)‒ 650(25.5) 300(11.8)‒ 450(17.7) 150(5.90)‒200(7.87) 600(23.6)1270(50.0)1015(39.9) 700(27.5) 770(30.3) 650(25.5) 490(19.2) 390kg/ 859lb
242(9.52)
SPM-80FA 650(25.5)‒ 800(31.5) 500(19.6)‒ 650(25.5) 700(27.5)1470(57.8)1115(43.9) 900(35.4) 870(34.2) 800(31.5) 650(25.5) 0.75kW 610kg/1344lb
SPM-100FA 800(31.5)‒1000(39.4) 650(25.5)‒ 800(31.5) 900(35.4)1900(74.8)1435(56.5) 1100(43.3)1170(46.0)1000(39.4) 800(31.5) 1150kg/2535lb
312(12.2)
SPM-120FA 1100(43.3)‒1300(51.1) 800(31.5)‒ 950(37.4) 1050(41.3)2200(86.6)1605(63.1) 1400(55.1)1320(51.9)1300(51.1) 950(37.4) 1.5 kW 1600kg/3527lb
200(7.87)‒250(9.84)
SPM-65120A ‒1050(41.3) ‒ 1870(73.6) 1000(39.4) 1200(47.2) 880kg/1940lb
SPM-65140A ‒1200(47.2) ‒ 700(27.5)2070(81.5)1147(45.1) 258(10.1) 1200(47.2) 890(35.0)1400(55.1) 650(25.5) 0.75kW 990kg/2182lb
SPM-65160A ‒1400(55.1) ‒ 2270(89.3) 1400(55.1) 1600(62.9) 1100kg/2425lb
※The outdoor specification is the standard.
(※1) The belt conveyor width for each model is for reference only. As the model to be selected can be different depending on the flow width and volume of objects to process, please consult with us.
(※2) The parallel suspension specification is optional.
134
MAGNETIC SEPARATORS
Model HEM-C ROUND ELECTROMAGNET FOR IRON REMOVAL
[Application]
FOR WELDING OPERATION
MAGNETIC TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
Air-cooled The standard suspended electromagnet designed for removing iron from
substances on conveyors. This model is suitable for removing iron from ores
and various materials (glass, ceramics, sugar, paper, chemicals, etc.) as well as
from crushed stone in crushing plants and from casting sand in casting plants.
[Features]
●Light weight and compact for easy handling.
MAGNET
LIFTING
HEM-70C
CONVEYANCE EQUIPMENT EQUIPMENT
CHIP & SLUDGE
Connection diagram
Controller
Electromagnet
for removal of iron AC 200VAC
ENVIRONMENTAL MAGNETIZER AND MAGNETIC EQUIPMENT MAGNETIC
[mm
(in)
]
Suspension hinge 3−φd Dimensions
Conveyor Conveyor Power Applicable
Model Mass
Belt Width Installation Length φ Consumption Rectifier
DEMAGNETIZER FOR CONVEYANCE
HEM-40C 350
(13.7)120
(4.72)‒150
(5.90) 400
(15.7)240
(9.44) 16
(0.62) 0.51kW 170kg/ 375 lb
KR-A208
HEM-50C 400
(15.7)130
(5.11)‒180
(7.08) 500
(19.6)300
(11.8) 0.82kW 310kg/ 683 lb
HEM-65CN 500
(19.6)150
(5.90)‒200
(7.87) 650
(25.5)320
(12.5) 22
(0.86) 1.5/1.8kW 340kg/ 749 lb HEMR-65CNI
HEM-75CN 600
(23.6)150
(5.90)‒250
(9.84) 750
(29.5)330
(12.9) 2.0/2.4kW 460kg/1014 lb HEMR-75CNI
H
HEM-90CN 750
(29.5)200
(7.87)‒300
(11.8) 900
(35.4)400
(15.7) 26
(1.02) 2.6/3.1kW 830kg/1829 lb HEMR-90CNI
HEM-110CN 900
(35.4)250
(9.84)‒350
(13.7)1100
(43.3)465
(18.3) 32
(1.25) 3.9/4.7kW 1350kg/2976 lb HEMR-110CNI
HEM-130CN 1050(41.3)300(11.8)‒450(17.7)1300(51.1)535(21.0) 36(1.41) 6.1/7.4kW 2300kg/4850 lb HEMR-130CNI
HEM-150CN 1200(47.2)400(15.7)‒550(21.6)1500(59.0)585(23.0) 42(1.65) 7.3/8.8kW 3350kg/7385 lb HEMR-150CNI
※The power consumption is based on 200 VAC, 50/60 Hz. (HEM-40C/50C consume the same amount of electricity on both 50 Hz and 60 Hz.)
φD ※The belt conveyor width for each model is for reference only. As the model to be selected can be different depending on the flow width and
volume of objects to process, please consult with us.
[Application] [Features]
Oil-cooled This model utilizes the electromagnet design taken from the ●There are no moving parts and the
suspended electromagnetic separator and is recommended construction is simple for trouble-
POWERFUL MAGNETIC MEASURING MEASURING
for use where there is a relatively small amount of mixed free operation.
iron pieces on conveyors. This model is for use on large ●The oil-cooled system can keep
conveyors as with Model BST, but is most suitable for temperature rise and heating
operations where the amount of mixed iron pieces is small below a certain level when in
and attracted iron pieces can be removed periodically. continuous operation. (For cooling
oil used, see page 134.)
TOOLS
L1 B1
●The separating capacity is about
the same as Model BST.
●The magnetic separation efficiency
is high because an effective
magnetic field is produced all over
INSTRUMENTS MATERIALS
been widened.
H
HEM-BS65 L B
[mm
(in)
]
MAGNETIC
135 ※The belt conveyor width for each model is for reference only. As the model to be selected can be different depending on the flow width and volume of objects to process, please consult with us.
HEM-C / HEM-BS / KPD / KPDL
Model KPD PERMANENT MAGNETIC DRUM
KPD-4040B−60110B
L B
1 2 3 4 B1
B
B1
MAGNET
LIFTING
φD
φd
350
φD
φd
50 50
50 50
KPD-4080B 5 5
MAGBORE*
[Application] [Features]
Used for sorting wastes and removing iron from granular materials in ●A powerful permanent magnet is used, requiring no power source.
mining, ceramic, chemical and food industries. ●The outer nonmagnetic drum is rotated to automatically discharge iron.
●The drum shell is made of nonmagnetic stainless steel.
●KPD-HA 180 mT (1800 G), HB 250 mT (2500 G), HC 300 mT (3000
CONVEYANCE EQUIPMENT
G) and HE 500 mT (5000 G) Series are also available.
●In addition to the permanent magnet type, an electromagnet type (KED)
DEMAGNETIZER EQUIPMENT
KPD- 3040B 145 45
30‒45rpm
KPD- 3050B 045㎥ /h (11.8) 468
(18.4) 500
(19.6)300
(11.8) 325
(12.8) 890
(35.0) 780 (4.72)
(30.7) (5.70)
(1.77) 100kg/ 220 lb
KPD- 3060B 055㎥ /h 568
(22.3) 600
(23.6)350
(13.7) 375
(14.7) 990
(38.9) 880
(34.6)
120kg/ 264 lb
KPD- 4040B 045㎥ /h 330
(12.9) 430
(16.9)260
(10.2) 292
(11.5) 830
(32.6) 710
(27.9)
0.4kW
KPD- 4050B 060㎥ /h 400 430
(16.9) 530
(20.8)310
(12.2) 342
(13.4) 930
(36.6) 810
(31.8) 55 150kg/ 330 lb
25‒40rpm
KPD- 4065B 075㎥ /h (15.7) 580
(22.8) 680
(26.7)385
(15.2) 417
(16.4)1080
(42.5) 960
(37.8) (2.16) 200kg/ 440 lb
KPD- 4080B 090㎥ /h 730
(28.7) 830
(32.6)460
(18.1) 492
(19.3)1230
(48.4)1110
(43.7) 100mT 250kg/ 551 lb
KPD- 5050B 080㎥ /h 430
(16.9) 530
(20.8)310
(12.2) 342
(13.4) 930
(36.6) 810
(31.8) (1000G) 215kg/ 474 lb
KPD- 5065B 105㎥ /h 500 580 (22.8) 680
(26.7)385
(15.2) 417
(16.4)1080
(42.5) 960
(37.8) 123 155 60 280kg/ 617 lb
20‒35rpm
KPD- 5080B 125㎥ /h (19.6) 730
(28.7) 830
(32.6)460
(18.1) 492
(19.3)1230
(48.4)1110 (4.84)
(43.7) (6.10)
(2.36) 345kg/ 760 lb
KPD- 5095B 880
(34.6) 980
(38.5)535
(21.0) 567
(22.3)1380
(54.3)1260
(49.6) 410kg/ 903 lb
SEPARATORS
[Features]
●The super powerful, large magnet generates a
φD
φd
L1
by large iron pieces when they are collected.
●Scrapers for complete removal and collection
MATERIALS INSTRUMENTS TOOLS
KPDL-3048A are provided.
[mm(in)
]
●The magnet position adjusting turnbuckle is
Processing Surface Recommended
Dimensions installed to enable adjustment of the collection
Capacity, Magnetic Revolution Recommended
Model Mass position as desired.
( )
MAGNETIC MEASURING
KPDL-3048A 20‒32t/h
1020 1220 1700 1980 760 100 1190
(40.1)
(48.0)
(66.9)
(77.9)
(29.9)
(3.93)
(46.8)
25‒30
rpm
1000kg/
2205 lb
■Measurements of magnet attractive force
1320 1520 2000 2280 1200kg/ (attraction distance) [mm(in)
]
KPDL-3060A 28‒40t/h 1.5kW
(51.9)
(59.8)
(78.7)
(89.7) 2646 lb
No. Test Piece to Attract Weight (g) Attraction Distance (mm)
660 930 1430 1730 1000kg/
KPDL-3636A 16‒24t/h 1 12-cm nail 10g/0.02 lb 400
(15.7)
(25.9)
(36.6)
(56.3)
(68.1) 2205 lb
2 Hex bolt M10 × 70 40g/0.09 lb 325(12.8)
950 1220 1720 2020 100mT 26‒35 1350kg/
KPDL-3648A 25‒36t/h
(37.4)
(48.0)
(67.7)
(79.5) 930 (1000G) rpm 2976 lb 3 Hex bolt M16 × 100 60g/0.13 lb 300(11.8)
1250 1520 2020 2320 (36.6) 1700kg/ 4 Hex bolt M20 × 100 280g/0.61 lb 275(10.8)
KPDL-3660A 35‒50t/h
(49.2)
(59.8)
(79.5)
(91.3) 120 1260 20‒25 3748 lb
2.2kW 5 Hex nut M20 30g/0.06 lb 150(5.90)
1550 1820 2320 2620 (4.72)
(49.6) rpm 2000kg/
KPDL-3672A 42‒60t/h 6 Round bar φ20 × 200 480g/1.06 lb 350(13.7)
(61.0)
(71.6)
(91.3)
(103.1) 4409 lb
7 Steel plate 25 × 30 × 65 350g/0.87 lb 200(7.87)
1250 1520 2180 2520 2500kg/
KPDL-4260A 40‒56t/h
(49.2)
(59.8)
(85.8)
(99.2) 1080 5512 lb 8 Steel plate 6 × 55 × 280 720g/1.59 lb 400(15.7)
3.7kW
1550 1820 2480 2820 (42.5) 3000kg/ 9 Angle 40 × 40 × 350 930g/2.05 lb 400(15.7)
KPDL-4272A 40‒65t/h
(61.0)
(71.6)
(97.6)
(111.0) 6614 lb
※Values by KPDL-3660A.
136
MAGNETIC SEPARATORS
Model KDS DRUM TYPE MAGNETIC SEPARATOR
[Application]
FOR WELDING OPERATION
MAGNETIC TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
●KDS-HA-C 180 mT (1800 G), HC-C 300 mT (3000 G), HE-C 500 mT (5000 G) Series are also
available.
Loading port
Adjust plate
MAGBORE*
Rotary
drum Magnet
CONVEYANCE EQUIPMENT EQUIPMENT
CHIP & SLUDGE
Model Mass
Capacity φ ₁ Flux Density Motor
KDS- 250C 15㎥/h 540(21.2) 700
(27.5) 725
(28.5) 250
(9.84) 250
(9.84) 90mT
( 900G) 0.2kW 125kg/ 275 lb
KDS- 300C 25㎥/h 800
(31.5) 300
(11.8) 150kg/ 330 lb
KDS- 500C 40㎥/h 590
(23.2) 950
(37.4) 800
(29.5) 300
(11.8) 450
(17.7) 230kg/ 507 lb
KDS- 600C 50㎥/h 1100
(43.3) 600
(23.6) 0.4kW 350kg/ 771 lb
KDS- 800B 75㎥/h 1000
(39.4) 680
(26.7) 100mT
(1000G) 450kg/ 992 lb
(36.6)
930 850
(33.4) 400
(15.7)
DEMAGNETIZER FOR CONVEYANCE
(L) (B)
L B
SEPARATORS SEPARATORS
B1
φD
H
H
φ
D
B1
POWERFUL MAGNETIC MEASURING MEASURING
〈KDS-B〉 〈KDS-C〉
(760)
(1084)
450 (66)
300 290
INSTRUMENTS MATERIALS
300
1370
MAGNETIC
1870
250
720
650
1315 730
137
KDS / KER / KPR
Model KER ELECTROMAGNETIC PULLEY
[Application] [mm(in)
]
MAGNET
KER- 3050C 500(19.6) 550(21.6) 1110 (43.7) 140(5.51) 490W 210kg/ 463 lb
LIFTING
single-phase 200 VAC and the output is 180 VDC. KER- 4040C 400(15.7) 450(17.7) 1030 (40.5) 55(2.16) 50(1.96) 70(2.75) 550W 380kg/ 837 lb
KER- 4045C 450(17.7) 500(19.6) 1080 (42.5) 620W 430kg/ 948 lb
400 150(5.90)
KER- 4050C 500(19.6) 550(21.6) 1140 (44.8) 680W 475kg/ 1047 lb KR-A208
(15.7) 60(2.36) 55(2.16) 16(0.62)×6(0.23)
KER- 4060C 600(23.6) 650(25.5) 1240 (48.8) 800W 560kg/ 1235 lb
80(3.15)
KER- 4075C 750(29.5) 820(32.2) 1430 (56.3) 1000W 700kg/ 1543 lb
65(2.55) 60(2.36)
MAGBORE*
KER- 5050C 500(19.6) 550(21.6) 1169 (46.0) 950W 730kg/ 1609 lb
160(6.29) 18(0.70)×7(0.27)
KER- 5060C 600(23.6) 500 650(25.5) 1279 (50.3) 1000W 900kg/ 1984 lb
70(2.75) 65(2.55)
KER- 5075C 750(29.5)(19.6) 820(32.2) 1449 (57.0) 1300W 1130kg/ 2491 lb
90(3.54)
KER- 5090C 900(35.4) 1000(39.4) 1649 (64.9) 1500W 1300kg/ 2866 lb
KER-4060C
KER- 6060C 600(23.6) 650(25.5) 1299 (51.1) 75(2.95) 70(2.75) 170(6.69) 1200W 1320kg/ 2910 lb KR-A215
600 20(0.78)×7.5(0.29)
KER- 6075C 750(29.5) 820(32.2) 1479 (58.2) 1500W 1580kg/ 3483 lb
(23.6) 100(3.93)
CONVEYANCE EQUIPMENT
KER- 6090C 900(35.4) 1679 (66.1) 80(3.15) 75(2.95) 180(7.08) 1800W 1900kg/ 4189 lb
1000(39.4)
KER- 7590C 900(35.4) 1810 (71.2) 230(9.05) 180(7.08) 2800W 1800kg/ 3968 lb
100(3.93) 90(3.54)
KER- 75100C 1000(39.4) 750 1100(43.3) 2020 (79.5) 3400W 2200kg/ 4850 lb
DEMAGNETIZER EQUIPMENT
KER-100120C 1200(47.2) 1000 1300(51.1) 2490 (98.0) 330(12.9) 5500W 4200kg/ 9259 lb LMT-A240
135(5.31)110(4.33)
KER-100150C 1500(59.0)(39.4) 1600(62.9) 2900(114.2)
φd 2
φd 1
SEPARATORS
KPR- H1645 450(17.7) 550(21.6) 780(30.7) 95kg/ 209 lb
KPR-H1635
KPR- 2230 300(11.8) 350(13.7) 660(25.9) 45kg/ 99 lb
214
KPR- 2235 350(13.7) 400(15.7) 710(27.9) 40(1.50) 35(1.37) 10(0.39)× 5(0.19) 52kg/ 114 lb
(8.42)
KPR- 2240 400(15.7) 450(17.7) 760(29.9) 68kg/ 149 lb
130(5.11) 50(1.96)
KPR- 2735 350(13.7) 400(15.7) 710(27.9) 77kg/ 169 lb
265 80mT
KPR- 2740 400(15.7) 450(17.7) 760(29.9) 45(1.77) 40(1.50) 12(0.47)× 5(0.19) 86kg/ 189 lb
(10.4) (800G)
KPR- 2745 450(17.7) 500(19.6) 810(31.8) min. 100kg/ 220 lb
φd 2 100(3.93)
KPR- 6075C 750(29.5) 820(32.2) 1300(51.1) 75(2.95) 70(2.75) 900kg/1984 lb
φd 1 φd 1 190(7.48) 20(0.78)×7.5(0.29)
KPR- 6090C 900(35.4) 600 1000(39.4) 1500(59.0) 80(3.14) 75(2.95) 1070kg/2358 lb
KPR-60105C 1050(41.3)(23.6) 1150(45.2) 1670(65.7) 120(4.72) 1230kg/2711 lb
Keyway KPR-60120C 1200(47.2) 1300(51.1) 1820(71.6)
90(3.54)
85(3.34) 1450kg/3196 lb
200(7.87)
KPR- 7575C 750(29.5) 820(32.2) 1370(53.9) 95(3.74) 25(0.98)× 9(0.35) 1200kg/2645 lb
150(5.90)
L1 B L1 L2 KPR-75105C 1050(41.3) 750 1150(45.2) 1700(66.9) 100(3.93) 90(3.54) 1650kg/3637 lb
KPR-75120C 1200(47.2)(29.5) 1300(51.1) 1950(76.7) 110(4.33) 95(3.74) 1900kg/4188 lb
L 250(9.84) 200(7.87)
KPR-75140C 1400(55.1) 1500(59.0) 2150(84.6) 120(4.72) 100(3.93) 28(1.10)×10(0.39) 2150kg/4739 lb
138
MAGNETIC SEPARATORS
Model KHDS HIGH-SPEED DRUM TYPE MAGNETIC SEPARATOR
These are high-performance magnetic separators designed
FOR WELDING OPERATION
MAGNETIC TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
An example of KHDS fabrication to easily separate and collect magnetized fine powder and
fine particles that are difficult to separate with other dry
type magnetic separators.
The effect of the magnetic force created by a unique pole
layout together with adjustment of the centrifugal force by
varying the rotation enables collection and separation of
MAGNET
LIFTING
Feed port
ENVIRONMENTAL MAGNETIZER AND MAGNETIC EQUIPMENT MAGNETIC
L 4×4‒18 drill B1
Inspection window
Magnetic
Nonmagnetic substances discharge port Outer case
substances
DEMAGNETIZER FOR CONVEYANCE
These filters work well in removing fine iron powder from pigments, glass materials, foods,
chemicals and other various kinds of powder materials.
L 220 B
Operation/control panel
Electromagnet Screen
H
MAGNETIC
Changeover plate
Cylinder
Magnetic Nonmagnetic Vibrator
Magnetic Nonmagnetic
substances substances substances
discharge port discharge port substances
discharge port discharge port
[mm
(in)
]
Processing Dimensions
Model Electromagnet Mass
Capacity
KIF-16 1.0m³/h 800
(31.5) 800
(31.5) 1300
(51.1) 0.8kW 540kg/1190 lb
KIF-20 1.5m³/h 1100
(43.3) 1000
(39.4) 1550
(61.0) 1.0kW 1000kg/2205 lb
MAGNET
LIFTING
[Application]
These separators are suitable for separation of weak magnetic substances that exist in powder and
granular materials of quartz sand (glass material), high grade casting sand and chromite sand. In addition,
these separators are used to remove iron ores from such nonferrous minerals as tungsten, manganese ore,
titanium ore, monazite, garnet and ilmenite, to remove weak magnetic oxides from casting sand (quartz
MAGBORE*
sand) and to separate weak magnetic substances from other powder and granular materials.
[Features]
●The induction roller generates 2.6 T (Tesla) max. at a sharp gradient and high magnetic flux density.
●The magnetic force can easily be adjusted according to magnetic substances in raw materials.
●The roller revolution can be varied steplessly. According to properties of raw materials, the influence of the
CONVEYANCE EQUIPMENT
centrifugal force by the roller can be adjusted for optimum separation. (Optional)
●When the 2-stage or 3-stage type is used, highly efficient separation is possible.
Processing conditions
DEMAGNETIZER EQUIPMENT
Optimum substances to process are materials that are dry and flow freely and their grain size is 8 to 150 mesh.
Capacity
The amount to process is about 200 kg/h to 1000 kg/h per induction roller width 100 mm, though it varies according to
KID-R90-3 kinds and grain sizes of substances to separate and required level of separation.
SEPARATORS
Model KID INDUCTION TYPE MAGNETIC SEPARATOR
Hopper Motor
Suitable for removing weak magnetic
substances from glass raw materials, Induction roll
140
MAGNETIC SEPARATORS
Model KID-B CROSS BELT TYPE POWERFUL MAGNETIC SEPARATOR
[Application]
FOR WELDING OPERATION
MAGNETIC TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
Suitable for separating weak magnetic substances from powder and granular
materials such as glass raw materials, casting sand and ceramic raw materials at a
high collection rate.
This model works well with dry materials of grain size 3 mm or less and the optimum
grain size is about 20 mesh.
[Features]
MAGNET
LIFTING
●High magnetic force and sharp gradient for effective separation of weak magnetic
KID-B
substances from granular materials.
●The conveyor belt speed can be varied steplessly for efficient separation at an
optimum speed.
●The mechanism that attracts magnetic substances in raw materials by a magnetic
MAGBORE*
pole above the conveyor and then discharges them ensures a high collection rate.
In particular, high-grade collection of useful magnetic substance is possible.
●By increasing the number of magnetic poles above the conveyor belt to make a
multistage construction, separation can be carried out according to the magnetic
properties of magnetic substances.
CONVEYANCE EQUIPMENT EQUIPMENT
CHIP & SLUDGE
① ④
■Examples of separation
② Removal of iron oxide from lime stone (desiccating agent)
ENVIRONMENTAL MAGNETIZER AND MAGNETIC EQUIPMENT MAGNETIC
③
Feeding
Removal rate 99.5%
① Coil Magnet
② Upper magnetic pole
Collection of biotite (weak magnetic substance) from feldspar
substan
③ Conveyor belt
④ Discharge belt Collection rate 95% or over
Nonmagnetic substances
DEMAGNETIZER FOR CONVEYANCE
An example of fabrication of
large electromagnetic drum
INSTRUMENTS MATERIALS
141
KID-B / KPM
Model KPM PLATE MAGNET
[Application]
MAGNET
LIFTING
ion ●Easy installation in any place as no power source
unct
N/O FF f is required.
No O ※Magnets with a grip and hinge are available
KPMF-1540A optionally upon request.
MAGBORE*
TO machine
CONVEYANCE EQUIPMENT
Oil 20 20 ●The whole surface is made of
Precautions for use L H
12 stainless steel (SUS304).
To use these magnets in liquids (e.g. h
●Large attractive force over a long
20
B
※A type having a flange in a
20
different position is also available.
Plate magnet
Model KPMT
DEMAGNETIZER EQUIPMENT
Separated fine iron particlesstopped ●An iron magnetic plate mounted
20 20
against the flow of materials. Plate magnet L H on the attractive face of Model
h KPMF.
20
●The holding power is applied to
An example of
the attracted iron pieces by the
iron-removing magne
B
Plate magnet magnetic plate so that they will
fine particle chute lin
not be pushed forward by
20
Plate magnet materials that follow.
Standard models
SEPARATORS
KPMF-2020A KPMT-2040
(7.87) (3.93‒5.11)(2.36‒3.15)(3.15‒3.93)
KPMF-2030A 300
(11.8) 20kg/ 44.0 lb KPMT-2050 500
(19.6) 35kg/ 77.1 lb
KPMF-2040A 200 400 (15.7) 100‒130 60‒ 80 80‒100 27kg/ 59.5 lb KPMT-2060 600
(23.6) 56.5 3.5 42kg/ 92.5 lb
KPMF-2050A (7.87) 500(19.6) (3.93‒5.11)(2.36‒3.15)(3.15‒3.93) 33kg/ 72.7 lb KPMT-3030 (11.8)(2.22)(0.13)
300 32kg/ 70.5 lb
KPMF-2060A 600
(23.6) 40kg/ 88.1 lb KPMT-3040 400
(15.7) 42kg/ 92.5 lb
55.5 3.5 300 120‒160 70‒100 100‒120
KPMF-2080A 800
(31.5) 54kg/119.0 lb KPMT-3050 500
(19.6) 53kg/116.8 lb
(2.18)(0.13) (11.8) (4.72‒6.29)(2.75‒3.93)(3.93‒4.72)
KPMF-H1530 300
(11.8) 25 3.2 8.5kg/18.0 lb KPMT-H1530 300
(11.8) 25 3.2 12.0kg/26.4 lb
KPMF-H2020 (7.87)(0.98)(0.12)
200 8.0kg/17.6 lb KPMT-H2020 (7.87)(0.98)(0.12)
200 10.0kg/22.0 lb
KPMF-H2025 200 250(9.84) 120‒160 70‒100 100‒120 10.0kg/22.0 lb KPMT-H2025 200 250(9.84) 120‒160 70‒100 100‒120 12.5kg/27.5 lb
KPMF-H2030 (7.87) 300(11.8) (4.72‒6.29)(2.75‒3.93)(3.93‒4.72)11.5kg/25.0 lb KPMT-H2030 (7.87) 300(11.8) (4.72‒6.29)(2.75‒3.93)(3.93‒4.72) 15.0kg/33.0 lb
KPMF-H2040 400
(15.7) 15.5kg/34.1 lb KPMT-H2040 400
(15.7) 20.0kg/44.0 lb
142
※Surface magnetic flux density 300 mT (3000 G) max. ※Surface magnetic flux density 500 mT (5000 G) max.
MAGNETIC SEPARATORS
Model KPMF-C PLATE MAGNET WITH IRON POWDER REMOVAL COVER
[Application]
FOR WELDING OPERATION
MAGNETIC TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
KPMF-C1530
L2
L1 4−φ9 5.2
L
[mm
(in)
]
MAGBORE*
Dimensions
Model Mass N
150
176
200
173
220
KPMF-C1530 300(11.8) 310
(12.2) 330(12.9) 303(11.9) Approx. 12.5kg/27.5 lb
S
KPMF-C1535 350(13.7) 360
(14.1) 380(14.9) 353(13.9) Approx. 14.5kg/31.9 lb
KPMF-C1540 400(15.7) 410
(16.1) 430(16.9) 403(15.8) Approx. 16.5kg/36.3 lb
CONVEYANCE EQUIPMENT EQUIPMENT
CHIP & SLUDGE
※Surface max. magnetic flux density … Magnet surface: 130 mT (1300 G) Cover surface: 100 mT (1000 G) (71)
ion [Application]
unct
N/O FF f These permanent magnets are suspended above a chute or
No O conveyor belt to attract and separate magnetic substances such
as small iron pieces and particles from raw materials in
chemical, drug and other fine particle industries.
DEMAGNETIZER FOR CONVEYANCE
[Features]
n ●Powerful attractive force. Compact and robust.
nctio ●As a permanent magnet is used, no power source is required
/OF F fu
No ON and these magnets can be used in any place.
●Very easy installation.
KPMD-2550
Precautions for use
To use these magnets in liquids (e.g. water) other than oil,
please specify“enclosed type.”
SEPARATORS SEPARATORS
Model KPMD
KPMJ-4040 L(Allowable
belt width) H
Removing iron in
Environmentally
POWERFUL MAGNETIC MEASURING MEASURING
friendly wood-processing
Attractive
plants for biomass face
B
b
power generation
also!
KPMD-3560 600
(23.6) 520
(20.4) 100kg/220.5 lb Attractive
face
■Model KPMJ
b
KPMJ-3030 300
(11.8) 200
(7.87) 82kg/180.7 lb
180‒250 120‒160
KPMJ-3040 (11.8) 400
300 (15.7) 200(7.87) 260
(10.2) 159(6.25) 112kg/246.9 lb <Suspended permanent magnet>
(7.08‒9.84) (4.72‒6.29)
KPMJ-3050 500
(19.6) 360
(14.1) 100‒130 150kg/330.6 lb ●Suspended above a chute of a conveyor
400
(15.7) 250
(9.84) (3.93‒5.11) 90kg/198.4 lb
KPMJ-4040A belt to attract and remove iron pieces.
300‒400 150‒200
KPMJ-4060A 400
(15.7) 600
(23.6) 250(9.84) 380
(14.9) 124(4.87)
(11.8‒15.7) (5.90‒7.87)
140kg/308.7 lb ●More powerful than KPMD.
KPMJ-4080A 800
(31.5) 500
(19.6) 185kg/407.9 lb ●Stainless steel (SUS304) surface.
KPMJ-5065A 490
(19.2) 650
(25.5) 300(11.8) 400
(15.7) 129(5.07) 400‒450 130‒140 200‒240 230kg/507.0 lb ●Suspension hinges in four places.
KPMJ-6580A 650
(25.5) 800 (23.6) 159(6.25)(15.7‒17.7) (5.11‒5.51) (7.87‒9.44) 400kg/881.8 lb
(31.5) 400(15.7) 600 (Diameter = φ20)
sludge!
places such as a corner in a tank or overflow area of the partition plate.
●By attaching a wire or chain through a hook hole of the hinge, it
becomes easy to take out the magnet from inside a tank.
MAGNET
LIFTING
An example of collecting sludge ●Not only deposited sludge but also floating sludge can be collected.
KPM-BW24 L
2-φ3
(S)
Hook hole
35 (23) 35
KPM-BW18
(N)
MAGBORE*
(93)
ion
unct
60
N/O FF f
No O
(S) (N)
KPM-BW12
Can be 100
9
(4.5)
installed in any [mm(in)
]
CONVEYANCE EQUIPMENT
place.
Dimensions (when opened) Surface Max.
Model Face Mass Remarks
Depth Height Magnetic Flux Density
DEMAGNETIZER EQUIPMENT
Model KPM SMALL PLATE MAGNET
Simple type 130
15
tion
120 4-φ4.5
F func
/OF
N o ON
36
52
Holding
power
60N
SEPARATORS
This can be used both dry and wet.
[Features]
●A magnet block of a construction to cause a strong
magnetic force to be concentrated on the magnetic pole.
Pump Inlet 100
PF-1A
85.5
MAGNETIC MEASURING
tion
55
func
N/OFF
No O [mm(in)
]
Model Dimensions Surface Max. Magnetic Flux Density Mass
PF-1A 206(8.11)
×100
(3.93)
×86
(3.38) 120mT
(1200G) 5.7kg/12.6 lb
<Model PF-F1>
Not allowed in liquid
[Application]
Useful as a small magnet plate to catch and collect iron pieces.
PF-F1
A powerful type using a rare earth magnet is also available.
Conveyor
[mm(in)
]
Model Dimensions Surface Max. Magnetic Flux Density Mass
PF-F1 120(4.72)
×90
(3.54)
×30
(1.18) 120mT
(1200G) 1.5kg/ 3.3 lb
PF-HF1 122(4.80)
×90
(3.54)
×26
(1.02) 1.4kg/ 3.1 lb
250mT
(2500G)
Carrying handle PF-HF2 122(4.80)
×45
(1.77)
×26
(1.02) 0.7kg/ 1.5 lb
144
MAGNETIC SEPARATORS
Model KGM / KGM-VM MAGNETIC BAR (STANDARD/POWERFUL)
A magnetic bar used in a grid type magnet. This
FOR WELDING OPERATION
MAGNETIC TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
Caution:
To use these magnetic bars in liquids
An example of usage in passage
(e.g. water) other than oil, please specify
Standard type “enclosed type.” Powerful type Usable in liquid [mm
(in)
]
[mm(in)
]
Surface Max. Magnetic Working Temp. Surface Max. Magnetic Working Temp.
Model Length Diameter Mass Model Length Diameter Mass
Flux Density Upper Limit Flux Density Upper Limit
MAGBORE*
KGM-20 194
(7.63) 0.5 kg/1.10 lb KGM-VM10 95(3.74) 0.7kg/1.54 lb
KGM-25 244
(9.60) 0.55kg/1.21 lb KGM-VM15 145(5.70) 0.9kg/1.98 lb
KGM-30 295
(11.6) 0.65kg/1.43 lb KGM-VM20 194(7.63) 1.1kg/2.42 lb
KGM-35 343
(13.5) 0.8 kg/1.76 lb KGM-VM25 244(9.60) 1.2kg/2.64 lb
φ25 Approx. 60℃ φ25 Approx. 80℃
KGM-40 393
(15.4) 130mT
(1300G) 0.9 kg/1.98 lb KGM-VM30 295(11.6) 500mT
(5000G) 1.4kg/3.08 lb
(0.98) (140°F) (0.98) (176°F)
CONVEYANCE EQUIPMENT EQUIPMENT
CHIP & SLUDGE
KGM-45 442
(17.4) 1.0 kg/2.20 lb KGM-VM35 343(13.5) 1.6kg/3.52 lb
KGM-50 493
(19.4) 1.1 kg/2.42 lb KGM-VM40 393(15.4) 1.7kg/3.74 lb
KGM-55 543
(21.3) 1.24kg/2.73 lb KGM-VM50 493(19.4) 1.9kg/4.18 lb
KGM-60 592
(23.3) 1.34kg/2.95 lb KGM-VM60 592(23.3) 2.1kg/4.62 lb
※The tapped holes are 2-M5, depth 6. ※Casing material: SUS304 ※The tapped holes are 2-M6, depth 7. ※Casing material: SUS304
ENVIRONMENTAL MAGNETIZER AND MAGNETIC EQUIPMENT MAGNETIC
KGM-H20
[mm
(in)
]
Side Length Surface Max. Magnetic Working Temp.
Model Length Mass
□ Flux Density Upper Limit
KGM-H20 195
(7.67) 0.6 kg/1.32 lb
KGM-H25 245
(9.64) 0.75kg/1.65 lb
22 Approx. 60℃
SEPARATORS SEPARATORS
KGM-H30 295
(11.6) 320mT
(3200G) 0.9 kg/1.98 lb
A magnetic bar used in a powerful grid type (0.86) (140°F)
KGM-H35 345
(13.5) 1.1 kg/2.42 lb
magnet. This bar is available individually
KGM-H40 395
(15.5) 1.2 kg/2.64 lb
also. Casing is made of stainless steel.
※The tapped holes are 2-M5, depth 6. ※Casing material: SUS304
[mm
(in)
]
These magnetic bars are heat
resistant and capable of maintaining Surface Max. Magnetic Working Temp.
Model Length Diameter Mass
Flux Density Upper Limit
the magnetic force and functioning at
KGM-T20 194(7.63) 0.5 kg/1.10 lb
certain high temperature. φ25 Approx. 150℃
KGM-T25 244(9.60) 130mT
(1300G) 0.55kg/1.21 lb
TOOLS
(0.98) (302°F)
KGM-T30 295(11.6) 0.65kg/1.43 lb
※The tapped holes are 2-M5, depth 6. ※Casing material: SUS304
Note: To use these magnetic bars in liquids (e.g. water) other than oil, please specify enclosed type.
INSTRUMENTS MATERIALS
KGM-S20
[mm(in)
]
Magnetic Bar Stand
Model Mass
Length Dia. Surface Max. Magnetic Flux Density Height Depth Width
KGM-S20 194
(7.63) φ25
(0.98) 130mT
(1300G) 54
(2.12) 60
(2.36) 170
(6.69)約0.6kg/1.32 lb
MAGNET
LIFTING
●The two-stage model having a higher iron removal capacity is also available. [mm(in)]
Surface Max. Processing No. of Dimensions
Model Type Mass
Magnetic Flux Density Capacity Magnets
KGM-2020 1-stage 4 3.5kg/ 7.7 lb
6m³/h 200
(7.87)
MAGBORE*
KGM-2020W 2-stage 7 200 6.0kg/13.2 lb
KGM-2025 KGM-2025 1-stage 4 (7.87) 4.2kg/ 9.2 lb
8m³/h 250
(9.84)
KGM-2025W 2-stage 7 6.5kg/14.3 lb
KGM-2525 1-stage 5 5.0kg/11.0 lb
Separating 10m³/h 250
(9.84)
50
KGM-2525W 2-stage 9 250 8.4kg/18.5 lb
grids
B KGM-2530 1-stage 5 (9.84) 5.6kg/12.3 lb
CONVEYANCE EQUIPMENT
25 50 12m³/h 300
(11.8)
KGM-2530W 2-stage 130 mT 9 9.5kg/21.0 lb
1-stage (1300 G)
KGM-3030 1-stage 6 6.7kg/14.7 lb
14m³/h 300
(11.8)
DEMAGNETIZER EQUIPMENT
KGM-4050 1-stage 8 13.1kg/28.8 lb
30m³/h 500
(19.6)
KGM-4050W 2-stage 15 23.6kg/52.0 lb
A powerful type of 500 mT (5000 G) is also available.
※Casing material: SUS304
50
Magnet 1-stage
25 50 2-stage [mm(in)
]
Surface Max. Magnetic Processing No. of Dimensions
Model Type Mass
SEPARATORS
Model KGM-C ROUND GRID TYPE MAGNETIC BAR UNIT
[Application]
A round type that can easily be installed at the feeding port of machines and hoppers or
chutes as a gate for iron removal.
[mm(in)
]
In recent years, a need to remove foreign matter, to improve purity and to increase the safety level has become an essential
requirement in foods making and processing. KANETEC has been offering an assistance and contribution in the fields of separating
and eliminating magnetic foreign matter by utilizing its superb magnetic technology. KANETEC also makes full use of its application
technology of rare earth magnets of strong magnetic force to enable collection of weak magnetic substances. The lineup of
MAGNET
LIFTING
separators has been expanded to meet various requirements and operations including shapes of passing foods in liquid or viscous
liquid, joint specifications, forced feed and high temperature to back up the food processing system.
PCMG-C20A
POWERFUL MAGNETIC MEASURING MEASURING
PCML-15
PCMS-T15
147
MAGNETIC TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
FOR WELDING OPERATION
PCMP-150W-S
MAGNET
LIFTING
MAGBORE*
PCMR-50-S PCMP-UD200W-S PCMP-300 PCMG-A2323
CONVEYANCE EQUIPMENT
MAGNETIC EQUIPMENT MAGNETIZER AND ENVIRONMENTAL CHIP & SLUDGE
PCMG-T2020W PCMG-A1212-S
PCMG-U2525M-S
PCMG-AC15
DEMAGNETIZER EQUIPMENT
PCMG-A1611W-S
PCMP-65W
PCMP-AR
CPM
Wear resistant PCMB-J 1.3 Tesla Highly resistant to wear and corrosion and longer life.
(176°F)
80℃
Double-pipe PCMBD-A 0.8 Tesla Double-pipe for easy cleaning of attracted iron powder.
※Note that if the separators are used in environment exceeding the working temperature upper limit, the attraction and holding power may drop due to reduction of magnetism.
[Application]
Suitable for installation as an iron-removing gate in powder materials transfer ducts or
liquid passages and tanks. Can be incorporated flexibly to expand a range of
applications.
[Features]
ENVIRONMENTAL MAGNETIZER AND MAGNETIC EQUIPMENT MAGNETIC
PCMB2-20
●High grade finish of sanitary specification.
●Various lengths are available for a desired combination.
An example of PCMB2 special fabrication ●High power magnetic bars: a powerful rare earth magnet having a property value of
1.2 T (12,000 G) or 1.35 T (13,500 G) or over is incorporated and the surface
maximum magnetic flux density is 0.8 T (8,000 G) or 1 T (10,000 G) or over.
DEMAGNETIZER FOR CONVEYANCE
※A casing pipe of SUS316 is also available. ※1 A casing pipe of φ19 is also available. ※In order to increase the surface magnetic flux density, the wall thickness of the pipe needs to be decreased. If it is
※For the models with tapped holes, the tapped hole is M6-P1.0 and 7 mm deep, located decreased, however, the strength may drop or the pipe may be deformed or broken. Therefore, for the safety reason,
in the center on each end face. A model of M5, M8, M10 or M12 is also available. pipes of thickness thinner than the current thickness will not be manufactured.
[mm
(in)
]
Model Casing Pipe Built-in Permanent Surface Max. Magnetic Working Temp.
Mass
Without tapped hole With tapped hole Length Diameter Material Surface finish Magnet Flux Density Upper Limit
PCMB-A15 PCMB2-A15 145(5.70) 0.5 kg/1.10 lb
PCMB-A20 PCMB2-A20 194(7.63) 0.7 kg/1.54 lb
PCMB-A25 PCMB2-A25 244(9.60) Nd rare earth type 0.9 kg/1.98 lb
INSTRUMENTS MATERIALS
buffed (176°F)
PCMB-U15A PCMB2-U15A 145(5.70) 0.5 kg/1.10 lb
PCMB-U20A PCMB2-U20A 194(7.63) 0.7 kg/1.50 lb
Nd rare earth type
PCMB-U25A PCMB2-U25A 244(9.60) 0.9 kg/1.98 lb
φ25.1 1.2T
PCMB-U30A PCMB2-U30A 295(11.6) SUS316L 1.1 kg/2.42 lb
(0.99) Property value (12000G)
PCMB-U35A PCMB2-U35A 343(13.5) 1.2 kg/2.64 lb
1.38T
(13,800G)
PCMB-U40A PCMB2-U40A 393(15.4) 1.4 kg/3.08 lb
PCMB-U50A PCMB2-U50A 493(19.4) 1.8 kg/3.96 lb
PCMB-U60A PCMB2-U60A 592(23.3) 2.1 kg/4.63 lb
※A casing pipe of SUS316 is also available. (Models PCMB-A) ※In order to increase the surface magnetic flux density, the wall thickness of the pipe needs to be
※For the models with tapped holes, the tapped hole is M6-P1.0 and 7 mm deep, located decreased. If it is decreased, however, the strength may drop or the pipe may be deformed or broken.
in the center on each end face. A model of M5, M8, M10 or M12 is also available. Therefore, for the safety reason, pipes of thickness thinner than the current thickness will not be
149 manufactured.
PCMB / PCMB-J
■Fine pitch powerful magnetic bar [mm(in)
]
Model Casing Pipe Built-in Permanent Surface Max. Magnetic Working Temp.
Mass
Without tapped hole With tapped hole Length Diameter Material Surface finish Magnet Flux Density Upper Limit
MAGNET
LIFTING
PCMB-AM50 PCMB2-AM50 493
(19.4) 1.8kg/3.96 lb
PCMB-AM60 PCMB2-AM60 592
(23.3) 2.1kg/4.63 lb
※A casing pipe of SUS316 is also available. ※For the models with tapped holes, the tapped hole is M6-P1.0 ※In order to increase the surface magnetic flux density, the wall thickness of the pipe needs to be decreased.
and 7 mm deep, located in the center on each end face. A model of M5, M8, M10 or M12 is also available. If it is decreased, however, the strength may drop or the pipe may be deformed or broken. Therefore, for the
safety reason, pipes of thickness thinner than the current thickness will not be manufactured.
■Semi heat-resistant powerful magnetic bar
MAGBORE*
[mm(in)
]
Model Casing Pipe Built-in Permanent Surface Max. Magnetic Working Temp.
Mass
Without tapped hole With tapped hole Length Diameter Material Surface finish Magnet Flux Density Upper Limit
PCMB-QT10 PCMB2-QT10 95
(3.74) 0.35kg/0.77 lb
PCMB-QT15 PCMB2-QT15 145
(5.70) 0.5 kg/1.10 lb
PCMB-QT20 PCMB2-QT20 194
(7.63) Nd rare earth type 0.7 kg/1.50 lb
CONVEYANCE EQUIPMENT
PCMB-QT25 PCMB2-QT25 244
(9.60) 0.85kg/1.87 lb
φ25 #400 0.8T 150℃
PCMB-QT30 PCMB2-QT30 295
(11.6) SUS304 Property value 1.05kg/2.31 lb
(0.98) buffed (8000G) (302°F)
343
(13.5) 1.2 kg/2.64 lb
DEMAGNETIZER EQUIPMENT
safety reason, pipes of thickness thinner than the current thickness will not be manufactured.
■Heat-resistant powerful magnetic bar [mm(in)
]
Model Casing Pipe Built-in Permanent Surface Max. Magnetic Working Temp.
Mass
Without tapped hole With tapped hole Length Diameter Material Surface finish Magnet Flux Density Upper Limit
PCMB-T10 PCMB2-T10 95
(3.74) 0.35kg/0.77 lb
PCMB-T15 PCMB2-T15 145
(5.70) 0.5 kg/1.10 lb
PCMB-T20 PCMB2-T20 194
(7.63) Sm rare earth type 0.7 kg/1.50 lb
PCMB-T25 PCMB2-T25 244
(9.60) 0.85kg/1.87 lb
φ25 #400 0.8T 240℃
PCMB-T30 PCMB2-T30 295
(11.6) SUS304 Property value 1.05kg/2.31 lb
(0.98) buffed (8000G) (464°F)
PCMB-T35 PCMB2-T35 343
(13.5) 1.1T 1.2 kg/2.64 lb
PCMB-T40 PCMB2-T40 393
(15.4) (11,000G) 1.4 kg/3.08 lb
PCMB-T50 PCMB2-T50 493
(19.4) 1.75kg/3.85 lb
SEPARATORS
PCMB-AT40 PCMB2-AT40 393
(15.4) (12,000G) 1.4 kg/3.08 lb
PCMB-AT50 PCMB2-AT50 493
(19.4) 1.75kg/3.85 lb
PCMB-AT60 PCMB2-AT60 592
(23.3) 2.1 kg/4.63 lb
※A casing pipe of SUS316 is also available. ※For the models with tapped holes, the tapped hole is M6-P1.0 ※In order to increase the surface magnetic flux density, the wall thickness of the pipe needs to be decreased.
and 7 mm deep, located in the center on each end face. A model of M5, M8, M10 or M12 is also available. If it is decreased, however, the strength may drop or the pipe may be deformed or broken. Therefore, for the
safety reason, pipes of thickness thinner than the current thickness will not be manufactured.
[Features]
PCMB2-J20A ●The stainless steel surface has been treated by KANETEC’s original
technology to provide high resistance to wear and corrosion.
●The surface is hardly susceptible to scratches and thus remains
An example of incorporation of PCMB-J polished and glossy, requiring less frequent replacement for
economical operations.
[mm(in)
]
Model Casing Pipe Built-in Permanent Surface Max. Working Temp.
Mass
Without tapped hole With tapped hole Length Diameter Material Surface finish Magnet Magnetic Flux Density Upper Limit
PCMB-J10A PCMB2-J10A 95(3.74) 0.3kg/0.66 lb
PCMB-J15A PCMB2-J15A 145(5.70) #400 Nd rare earth type 0.5kg/1.10 lb
PCMB-J20A PCMB2-J20A 194(7.63) buffed 0.7kg/1.50 lb
φ24.8 1.3T 80℃
PCMB-J25A PCMB2-J25A 244(9.60) SUS316L + Property value 0.9kg/1.98 lb
(0.97) (13000G) (176°F)
PCMB-J30A PCMB2-J30A 295(11.6) Titanium 1.4T 1.1kg/2.42 lb
PCMB-J35A PCMB2-J35A 343(13.5) coating (14,000G) 1.2kg/2.64 lb
PCMB-J40A PCMB2-J40A 393(15.4) 1.4kg/3.08 lb
※For the models with tapped holes, the tapped hole is M6-P1.0 and 7 mm deep, located in the center on each end face.
150
POWERFUL MAGNETIC SEPARATORS PCMBD-A / PCMB-S / PCMB-K
Model PCMBD-A SUPER POWERFUL MAGNETIC BAR (DOUBLE-PIPE)
[Application]
FOR WELDING OPERATION
MAGNETIC TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
φ65
PCMBD-A20
SUS #400 0.8 T (11.2)
(7.63) 2.4 lb
φ42
CONVEYANCE EQUIPMENT EQUIPMENT
CHIP & SLUDGE
80℃
(176°
F)
304 buffed (8000 G) min.
φ26.5
352 244 1.3kg/
PCMBD-A25
φD
(13.8)
(9.60) 100 28 2.8 lb
403 295 (3.93) (1.10)1.5kg/
Grip
PCMBD-A30
(15.8)
(11.6) 3.3 lb (6 Nylon : black)
※A type having a surface maximum magnetic flux density of 0.95 T (9500 G) is also available. (Optional)
170 [Features]
PCMB-S20 φ3 134 φ3 The sanitary magnetic bar
R8
25 (PCMB) is provided with a
φ4
4-
stand. Can be installed in a
DEMAGNETIZER FOR CONVEYANCE
8
liquid tank for collection and
60
B
removal of iron particles.
12
9
MAGNETIC
φ50
φ44
φ25
PCMB-K25
[Application] [mm
(in)
]
MAGNET
LIFTING
See the examples of fabrication Magnetic pipe
on pages 147 and 148 also. Model PCMP
P157
MAGBORE*
Rectangular grid type magnetic bar unit
Model PCMG
CONVEYANCE EQUIPMENT
Seasoning powder Red pepper,
P153 powder wasabi, flavored rice sprinkles
Magnetic filter
DEMAGNETIZER EQUIPMENT
Beverages Juice, coffee, P155‒156 Model PCMH2
dairy products, tea
Seasoning powder
Red pepper, powder wasabi,
flavored rice sprinkles
Seasoning liquid Miso,
soy source, soup Beverages Juice, coffee,
Candy raw materials/Medicine/ dairy products, tea
Model PCMS
152
POWERFUL MAGNETIC SEPARATORS
Model PCMG POWERFUL RECTANGULAR GRID TYPE MAGNETIC BAR UNIT
[Application]
FOR WELDING OPERATION
MAGNETIC TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
PCMG-2530
ENVIRONMENTAL MAGNETIZER AND MAGNETIC EQUIPMENT MAGNETIC
Magnets in action
H
behind delicious
bread and sense
DEMAGNETIZER FOR CONVEYANCE
B
of security.
Processing Dimensions Applicable Magnetic Bar Casing Surface Max. Working Temp.
Model Mass Remarks
Capacity Dia. Magnet used Qty Material Finish Magnetic Flux Density Upper Limit
PCMG-2020 6m³/h 194(7.63) 3 kg/ 6.6 lb
194(7.63) 4
PCMG-2025 8m³/h 3.6kg/ 7.9 lb
244
(9.60) Nd rare earth type
PCMG-2525 10m³/h 4.5kg/ 9.9 lb
244
(9.60) 5 SUS316
65 φ25 #400 0.8T 80℃
PCMG-2530 12m³/h Property value SUS304 5.4kg/11.9 lb version also
POWERFUL MAGNETIC MEASURING MEASURING
[mm
(in)
]
Processing Dimensions Applicable Magnetic Bar Casing Surface Max. Working Temp.
Model Mass Remarks
Capacity Dia. Magnet used Qty Material Finish Magnetic Flux Density Upper Limit
PCMG-T2020 6m³/h 194(7.63) 3 kg/ 6.6 lb
194(7.63) 4
PCMG-T2025 8m³/h 3.6kg/ 7.9 lb
244
(9.60) Sm rare earth type
PCMG-T2525 10m³/h 4.5kg/ 9.9 lb
INSTRUMENTS MATERIALS
244
(9.60) 5 SUS316
65 φ25 #400 0.8T 240℃
PCMG-T2530 12m³/h Property value SUS304 5.4kg/11.9 lb version also
(11.6) (2.55) (0.98)
295 1.1 T
buffed (8000G) (464°F)
available.
PCMG-T3030 14m³/h 6.5kg/14.3 lb
295(11.6) (11,000 G) 6
PCMG-T3040 18m³/h 8.2kg/18.1 lb
393
(15.4)
PCMG-T4040 24m³/h 393(15.4) 8 12 kg/26.4 lb
Processing Dimensions Applicable Magnetic Bar Casing Surface Max. Working Temp.
Model Mass Remarks
Capacity Dia. Magnet used Qty Material Finish Magnetic Flux Density Upper Limit
PCMG-A2020 6m³/h 194(7.63) 3 kg/ 6.6 lb
194(7.63) 4
PCMG-A2025 8m³/h 3.6kg/ 7.9 lb
244
(9.60) Nd rare earth type
PCMG-A2525 10m³/h 4.5kg/ 9.9 lb
244
(9.60) 5 SUS316
65 φ25 #400 1T 80℃
PCMG-A2530 12m³/h Property value SUS304 5.4kg/11.9 lb version also
(11.6) (2.55) (0.98)
295 1.35 T
buffed (10000G) (176°F)
available.
PCMG-A3030 14m³/h 6.5kg/14.3 lb
295(11.6) (13,500 G) 6
PCMG-A3040 18m³/h 8.2kg/18.1 lb
393
(15.4)
PCMG-A4040 24m³/h 393(15.4) 8 12 kg/26.4 lb
153 ※A 2-stage type or a type with frame is also available upon request.
PCMG / PCMG-C
Model PCMG-C POWERFUL ROUND GRID TYPE MAGNETIC BAR UNIT
[Application]
MAGNET
LIFTING
●High power magnetic bars: a powerful rare earth magnet having a property
value of 1.2 T (12,000 G) or 1.35 T (13,500 G) or over is incorporated and
the surface maximum magnetic flux density is 0.8 T (8,000 G) or 1 T (10,000
G) or over.
●These are of waterproof construction to allow installation in liquid.
MAGBORE*
PCMG-C20 ●Since permanent magnets that maintain a strong magnetic force almost
perpetually are used, the running cost can be reduced significantly.
CONVEYANCE EQUIPMENT
Magnets contributing to
DEMAGNETIZER EQUIPMENT
■An example of equipment
utilizing magnetic bars
This equipment can turn its magnetic force on and
off to remove attracted iron. When the lever is pulled,
the magnetic bars in the pipes move to the box and
ON
the pipes lose the magnetic force. When the lever is OFF
pushed in, the pipes regain the magnetic force.
SEPARATORS
PCMG-C40 17 m³/h φ396
(15.5) 8 7.8kg/17.2 lb
Processing Dimensions Applicable Magnetic Bar Casing Surface Max. Magnetic Working Temp.
Model Mass Remarks
Capacity Dia. Magnet used Qty Material Finish Flux Density Upper Limit
PCMG-AC20 4.5m³/h φ196
(7.71) 4 2.2kg/ 4.8 lb
Nd rare earth type
PCMG-AC25 7 m³/h φ246
(9.68) 5 3.6kg/ 7.9 lb
SUS316
65 φ25 #400 1T 80℃
PCMG-AC30 10 m³/h φ296
(11.6) Property value 6 SUS304 5 kg/11.0 lb version also
(2.55) (0.98) buffed (10000G) (176°F)
1.35 T available.
PCMG-AC35 13 m³/h φ346
(13.6) 7 6.5kg/14.3 lb
(13,500 G)
PCMG-AC40 17 m³/h φ396
(15.5) 8 7.8kg/17.2 lb
PCMH-25 ●A heat-resistant powerful version that can maintain its strong magnetic force without
significant deterioration when used continuously in fluids up to 150℃ is also available.
Case <PCMH Series>
φC
Magnetic bar
Ferrule B
CONVEYANCE EQUIPMENT EQUIPMENT
CHIP & SLUDGE
Ferrule A
φd
φD
ENVIRONMENTAL MAGNETIZER AND MAGNETIC EQUIPMENT MAGNETIC
Clamp ring
L
[mm(in)
]
Model Pressure Viscosity Upper Magnetic Bar Dimensions Working
Heat-resistant Material Finish Resistance Limit ofApplicable Surface max. Temp. Mass
Powerful Material Qty Upper Limit
powerful Limit Fluid (Ref) magnetic flux density
PCMH -A15 PCMH -AT15 1 ¹/₂S 35.7
(1.41) 130 114.3 330 240 10.2kg/22.5 lb
5 4 ¹/₂S
PCMH -A20 PCMH -AT20 2 S 47.8
(1.88) (5.11)(4.50)(12.9)(9.44) 11.5kg/25.0 lb
1,000kPa 1×10⁵mPa・s Super powerful
POWERFUL MAGNETIC MEASURING MEASURING
[Features]
φ25:
φd
L
welded all around and buffed for clean operations.
PCMH2-E20 ●A super powerful type and heat-resistant type are
also available. [mm (in)]
155 ※A SUS316 version is also available upon request. The standard connection method is by use of ferrules, but a screw type or flange type is also available.
PCMH / PCMH2-E / PCMH2-D-A.TD-A / PCMH2-D-B / PCMH4
Model PCMH2-D-A/TD-A MAGNETIC FILTER FOR VISCOUS AND HEAT-RESISTANT LIQUID
[Application]
Since these filters have been made by welding all around, they are suitable for food
MAGNET
Ferrule
LIFTING
Ferrule B clamp the ON/OFF operation lighter.)
H
h
●The fixing part of the outer pipe that comes in contact with liquid has been welded all around
Ferrule A
and buffed smoothly, which prevents accumulation of liquid to ensure clean operation.
●A special version having 6 magnetic bars is also available.
φd
MAGBORE*
●A super powerful magnetic filter is also available. [mm(in) ]
CONVEYANCE EQUIPMENT
4 4 ¹/₂S 13kg/28.6 lb
PCMH2-D20A 2 S 47.8
(1.88) (4.48)(12.9)(13.2)(6.02)(11.7)
80℃
PCMH2-D25A 2 ¹/₂S 59.5
(2.34)
140 420 484 179 347 (176°F)
DEMAGNETIZER EQUIPMENT
PCMH2-TD35A 3 ¹/₂S 85.1(3.35)
※A SUS316 version is also available upon request. The standard connection method is by use of ferrules, but a screw type or flange type is also available.
※A type having a surface maximum magnetic flux density of 0.95 T (9500 G) is also available. (Optional)
[Features]
●The outer pipe that comes in contact with liquid and the
(H)
FerruleB
Ferrule A
magnetic bar unit can be pulled out together, which
h
SEPARATORS
PCMH2-D15B 1 ¹/₂S 35.7
(1.41) 116 330 223 147
5 4 ¹/₂S 8kg/17.6 lb
PCMH2-D20B 2 S 47.8
(1.88) (4.56) (12.9) (8.77) (5.78)
SUS #400 500kPa 1.5×10⁴mPa・s SUS 0.8T 80℃
PCMH2-D25B 2 ¹/₂S 59.5
(2.34)
304 buffed (5kgf/cm²) (1.5×10⁴cP) 304 (8000G) 140 420 261 178 (176°F)
PCMH2-D30B 6 3 (2.84) 5 ¹/₂S
S 72.3 14kg/30.8 lb
(5.51) (16.5) (10.2) (7.00)
PCMH2-D35B 3 ¹/₂S 85.1(3.35)
Model PCMH4 MAGNETIC FILTER FOR VISCOUS LIQUID MATERIALS INSTRUMENTS TOOLS
[Application]
Most suitable for collecting magnetic substances and weak
MAGNETIC MEASURING
Density Limit φ
H
156
POWERFUL MAGNETIC SEPARATORS
Model PCMP POWERFUL MAGNETIC PIPE
[Application]
FOR WELDING OPERATION
MAGNETIC TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
These pipes are installed on the falling side of pneumatic feed lines and pipe
passages having a relatively large diameter to remove iron from flowing
PCMP-300W powder and granular materials of food raw materials and chemical powder.
[Features]
●Models of various sizes are available to meet various diameters of pipes on
which they are installed and required processing capacity.
MAGNET
LIFTING
An example of PCMP
automatic discharge type
ENVIRONMENTAL MAGNETIZER AND MAGNETIC EQUIPMENT MAGNETIC
F
E G
A
H
DEMAGNETIZER FOR CONVEYANCE
A
D C
or denaturing them.
■Powerful type [mm
(in)
]
POWERFUL MAGNETIC MEASURING MEASURING
157 ※Flanges of special dimensions are also available according to the specifications of connection. ※A type having the magnet part made of SUS316 and a type having one-stage magnet rack are also available.
PCMP / PCML / PCML-S
Model PCML L-TYPE MAGNETIC FILTER FOR LIQUID
[Features]
D 1(ID)
Ferrule C Ferrule C 1 ●Simple construction for easy
overhaul and cleaning.
●Compact and light weight,
requiring little installation
MAGNET
LIFTING
space.
D
Ferrule gasket ■An example of usage: Dairy
F
(Silicone rubber) G
products, ketchup, sausage,
φ25:Magnetic bar
honey, chili oil, fermented
MAGBORE*
D Ferrule C
soybean tare
PCML-15 E
CONVEYANCE EQUIPMENT
Material Finish Temperature Resistance ₁ ₁ ₁
Flux Density
PCML-10 0.8T Upper limit 1S 23 (0.90) 72.5(2.85)
DEMAGNETIZER EQUIPMENT
Surface Surface Working Pressure
Model Magnetic Mass
Material Finish Temperature Resistance ₁ ₁ ₁
Flux Density
PCML-T10 0.8T Upper limit 1S 23 (0.90) 72.5(2.85)
#400 500kPa 259 (10.2) 55
(2.16) 139
(5.47) 2S 47.8
(1.88) 139
(5.47) 152(5.98) Approx. 2.0kg/4.4 lb
PCML-T15 SUS304 (8000G) 150℃ 1.5S 35.7(1.41) 85.5(3.36)
buffed (5kgf/cm2)
PCML-T20 or over (302°F) 343
(13.5)110(4.33)168
(6.61) 2S 2.5S 47.8(1.88) 59.5
(2.34) 217
(8.54) 103.5(4.07) 192(7.55) Approx. 3.0kg/6.6 lb
SEPARATORS
●A powerful magnet having a property value of 1.2 T (12,000 G) or over
is incorporated and the surface maximum magnetic flux density is 0.8
PCML-15-S
T (8,000 G) or over attracts and removes iron mixed in resin.
●Since a permanent magnet that maintains a strong magnetic force
almost perpetually is used, the running cost can be reduced
significantly.
MATERIALS INSTRUMENTS TOOLS
An example of PCML special fabrication MAGNETIC MEASURING
(438)
253 (86)
Ferrule 2S
90
φ38.1
300
Ferrule
B 2 226 2 B
D1(ID)
Teflon ring
PCMS-15
D
MAGBORE*
Ferrule 3S [Features]
φ91
●A Y-type filter that can be used for straight piping. The magnetic bar
45
φ25:
Magnetic bar
116
2.
7
Surface Max.
Surface Surface Working Pressure
Model Magnetic Flux Mass
Material Finish Temperature Resistance
Density
Ferrule 1.5S 190
Upper limit
PCMY-15
SUS304 #400 0.8 T (8000 G) 80℃(176°F) 1.000kPa Approx.
60 SCS13 buffed or over Upper limit (10kgf/cm²) 4kg/8.8 lb
φ
35
PCMY-T15
150℃
(302°F)
.7
[Application]
A tubular separator incorporating a powerful columnar
permanent magnet. When this separator is installed in a
system to flow such nonmagnetic substances as powder and
POWERFUL MAGNETIC MEASURING MEASURING
CPM sanitary
h2
G
against damage by iron pieces.
●Possible spark formation of powder and granular materials
can be prevented.
h3
φD n-d ●The quality and purity can be increased and reliability can
t
D3
D2 be enhanced.
MAGNETIC
[mm
(in)
]
Processing Dimensions
Model Mass
Capacity φ φ φ -
CPM- 5 1 m³/h 61(2.40) 145
(5.70) 310(12.2) 195(7.67) 50
(1.96) 65
(2.55) 130
(5.11) 105(4.13) 200
(7.87) 6kg/13 lb
CPM-10 2.5m³/h 102(4.01) 220
(8.66) 570(22.4) 370(14.5) 70
(2.75) 130(5.11) 190
(7.48) 155(6.10) 6ーφ10
(0.39) 300
(11.8) 12.5kg/28 lb
CPM-15 6 m³/h 165(6.49) 275
(10.8) 680(26.7) 430(16.9) 150(5.90) 265
(10.4) 230(9.05) 310
(12.2) 22kg/48 lb
CPM-20 10 m³/h 216(8.50) 345
(13.5) 790(31.1) 520(20.4) 170(6.69) 320
(12.6) 280(11.0) 8ーφ10
(0.39) 390
(15.3) 30kg/66 lb
8(0.31)
CPM-25 15 m³/h 267(10.5) 435
(17.1) 950(37.4) 580(22.8) 270(10.6) 385
(15.2) 345(13.5) 12ーφ10
(0.39) 485
(19.1) 45kg/99 lb
100
(3.93)
CPM-30 20 m³/h 319(12.5) 485
(19.1) 1000
(39.4) 600(23.6) 430
(16.9) 390(15.3) 560
(22.0) 58kg/127 lb
300(11.8)
CPM-40 35 m³/h 406(15.9) 620
(24.4) 1100
(43.3) 700(27.5) 540
(21.2) 495(19.4) 12ーφ14
(0.55) 715
(28.2) 85kg/187 lb
CPM-50 55 m³/h 508(20.0) 780
(30.7) 1200
(47.2) 780(30.7) 320(12.6) 655
(25.7) 605(23.8) 885
(34.8) 110kg/242 lb
MAGNET
LIFTING
and only iron can be collected. accumulating such iron.
PCMN-Z1220
[Features]
●High grade finish of sanitary specification.
●These magnets are completely enclosed and therefore can be installed in liquid.
●Powerful as a rare earth magnet having a property value of 1.2 T is built in.
MAGBORE*
●The employment of a magnet layout having a wide attractive area produces a
PCMN-T1210 magnetic flux density that is 20% greater than that of the flat type. (PCMN-Z)
CONVEYANCE EQUIPMENT
Surface Flux Density
6
Permanent Temp.
Main Template Finish N
Flat Template Magnet Flat Template Upper Limit Flat Template
unit (PCMN-T)
DEMAGNETIZER EQUIPMENT
PCMN-1230 PCMN-T1230 340(13.3)309(12.1) 8.6kg/18.9 lb 9.5kg/21.0 lb
※These magnets can be used in liquids that do not cause chemical reaction with the material of the magnets.
6 4-6.5drill 6 4-6.5drill
9
Type of magnet staggered arrangement [mm(in)
]
6
N
Dimensions Built-in Surface Max. Working N
Surface
Model Material Permanent Magnetic Temp. Mass
Finish
118
148
118
148
Magnet Flux Density Upper Limit
PCMN-Z1212 150(5.90)120(4.72) 3.5kg/7.71 lb S S
Nd rare earth
PCMN-Z1220 230(9.05)200(7.87) SUS #400 Type 0.5T 80℃ 5.5kg/12.1 lb
PCMN-Z1225 280(11.0)250(9.84) 304 buffed Property value (5000G) (176°F) 6.5kg/14.3 lb B B
3.2 3.2
PCMN-Z1230 334(13.1)304(11.9) 1.2 T(12,000 G) 8.0kg/17.6 lb A 31 A 31
※These magnets can be used in liquids that do not cause chemical reaction with the material of the magnets. <PCMN-Z> <PCMN-T>
SEPARATORS
PCMN-HU1215 199(7.83) 159(6.26) #400 type 80℃ 6.0kg/13.2 lb
SUS304 0.45T
PCMN-HU1220 249(9.80) 209(8.22) buffed Property value (176°F) 7.1kg/15.6 lb S
1.2 T (12,000 G) (4500G)
PCMN-HU1225 300(11.8) 260(10.2) 8.2kg/18.1 lb
8
8
4-6.5drill
※These magnets can be used in liquids that do not cause chemical reaction with the material of the magnets.
Model PCMN-TF PLATE MAGNET WITH WEAR-RESISTANT COATING MATERIALS INSTRUMENTS TOOLS
115
This drum is installed in a system or casing and driven by a motor at a low speed to
continuously separate and sort out magnetic fine pieces from raw materials fed. This
drum is suitable for removing iron mixed in materials in processes of threshing,
cleaning and processing rice.
[Features]
●Types of various sizes are available according to specifications of mounting
This photo shows an image of
MAGNET
LIFTING
Mag pro
t
φd-5
ne
wheat, beans, coffee
Ap
φd
beans
φD
CONVEYANCE EQUIPMENT EQUIPMENT
CHIP & SLUDGE
6
d-
φ
F Scraper 20 ot
a ti
R
E Ld 2 pcs at 180°interval
Casing is quoted separately ng
d ir e c ti o n
L
based on specifications.
[mm
(in)
]
Max. Drum Dia. Effective Width Drum Width Dimensions Shaft Dia. Keyway
Drive Working Temp.
ENVIRONMENTAL MAGNETIZER AND MAGNETIC EQUIPMENT MAGNETIC
powder!!
weak magnetic fine particles by a strong permanent magnet.
[Features]
●The permanent magnetic pulley employs a high-performance rare earth
magnet. Weak magnetic substances such as friction particles of
stainless steel (SUS304) can be removed.
●Short length and compact, requiring a small installation space.
●The original construction facilitates belt replacement.
SEPARATORS SEPARATORS
■An example of usage: Rice, barley/wheat, beans, spice, coffee, tea, konbu (kelp), various dry PCMR-20A 1.6m3/h 0.09kW
m/min.
200(7.87)
(32.6) (27.0)
65kg/143 lb
food materials, candy materials, chemical materials, chemical products, desiccating agent, PCMR-30A 2.4m3/h 300(11.8) 80kg/176 lb
feed, plastic materials and other various granular materials. ※The width up to 600 mm is possible.
MAGNET
LIFTING
[Features]
●The case is made of reinforced plastic to provide
both light weight and durability.
●A large diameter reel to speed up winding.
●A ratchet mechanism is provided for better
MAGBORE*
operability. A safety stopper is also incorporated to
absorb unexpected shocks.
●A scale of magnet with increased magnetic force is
included.
CONVEYANCE EQUIPMENT
Parts available individually
DEMAGNETIZER EQUIPMENT
of the string.
Weight
[mm(in)
]
Mass Accessories
Model Resistance to Slide Dimensions
Body Plumb Plumb Scale String
FS-1 60N
(6kgf) 104
(4.09)
×120
(4.72)
×25
(0.98) 350g/0.8 lb 760g/1.7 lb φ55
(2.16)
×86.5
(3.40) φ36.5
(1.43)
×130
(5.11) 10m
(393.7)
※The resistance to slide is based on a test piece of mill scale iron plate, 9 mm or thicker.
SEPARATORS
SE-50
[mm(in)
]
Model Effective Length Height Width Mass
SE-50 500
(19.6) 30
(1.18) 20
(0.78) 2kg/4.4 lb
E
t
A square with one of its orthogonal reference planes magnetized. It is held by
the magnet on an inclined face, rear face and other face.
(in)
[mm ]
SK-15 Dimensions
Model Squareness Mass
A
D 100 70 20 20 2.5
SK-10 0.5kg/1.1 lb
(3.93)(2.75)(0.78) (0.78) (0.09)
150 120 24 3.0
SK-15 1.0kg/2.2 lb
(5.90) (4.72) 28 40 (0.94) (0.11) A
0.02+
(1.10) (1.57) 10000
B SK-20
200 150
(7.87) (5.90)
29
(1.14)
1.3kg/2.8 lb
4.0
250 160 20 32 (0.15)
SK-25 1.2kg/2.6 lb
C (9.84) (6.29) (0.78) (1.26)
162
MEASURING INSTRUMENTS
Model TM TESLA METER Meter in compliance with New Measurement Act in Japan
the user’s needs, this meter has been designed for easy use by anyone by
incorporating frequently used functions only.
[Application]
●Measurement of residual magnetism in machined workpieces.
AC adapter connection port ●Measurement of magnetic flux density in magnetism-applied products.
MAGBORE*
TM-801 measured.
●The high resolution measuring mode ensures highly accurate measurement.
USB cable connection port (Resolution 0.01 mT = 0.1 G)
●The use of sheet keys ensures high dustproof performance.
●The auto power off function prevents useless consumption of the battery.
ENVIRONMENTAL MAGNETIZER AND MAGNETIC EQUIPMENT MAGNETIC
●When the probe has been worn out, it can be replaced with a new one
without troublesome calibration. (Optional)
Probe
hours → 160 hours). CONT. SIDE
should be in contact Probe placed orthogonal
・3-way power supply usable: battery, AC adapter and USB feed. to lines of magnetic force.
PC free software renewed
Simplified measuring method completely
PC operation simpler and more useful
・Digital output of measured data to PC by use of USB. HOLD indication Auto power off cancelation indication
・Measurement commands controllable from PC by use of USB. AC magnetic flux Battery replacement indication
POWERFUL MAGNETIC MEASURING MEASURING
*The Measurement Act in Japan does not permit the sale of measuring instruments with mT/G
Simple and easy-to-read display
indication selection in Japan.
MAGNET
LIFTING
(An example of ※This can be used with KANETEC conventional
models TM-501, TM-610 and TM-701.
usage of TM-801 AXL)
[mm
(in)
]
Model Applicable Meter Tip Dimensions Cord Length Mass
MAGBORE*
TM-801AXL TM-801PRB ※ (T)1.0(0.03)
×(W)
3.5
(0.13)
×(L)65(2.55) 50g/0.11 lb
TM-801 1000
(39.4)
(Optional) TM-801AXL φ13
(0.51)
×55
(2.16) (including probe cap)
CONVEYANCE EQUIPMENT
For calibration and daily check of Tesla Meter! A calibration certificate is issued
upon request (for a fee).
DEMAGNETIZER EQUIPMENT
obtained, the calibration of the Tesla Meter becomes economical.
[Features]
●The closed circuit construction employing a permanent magnet that
causes less magnetic force leak is employed.
●Small and light weight. [mm(in)]
Magnetic Dimensions
Model Mass
Flux Density ※
Dia. Height
TM-SMF- 003 0.003T
( 30G) 50(1.96) Approx. 0.5kg/1.10lb
TM-SMF- 050 0.05 T
( 500G) φ43
(1.69) 40(1.57) Approx. 0.4kg/0.88lb
TM-SMF- 300 0.3 T
(3000G) 30(1.18) Approx. 0.3kg/0.66lb
TM-SMF-1000 1 T
(10000G) φ73(2.87) 74(2.91) Approx. 2.0kg/4.40lb
For axial type probe Applicable probe: KANETEC TM-601 AXL, TM-701 AXL, TM-801 AXL
SEPARATORS
TM-AMF- 300 0.3 T
(3000G) 50(1.96) Approx. 1.2kg/2.64lb
※The magnetic flux density is a nominal value. The measurement sheet included with the
TM-AMF-300 product shows the actual measured value of the product.
[Application]
In addition to screening magnetic material or checking the polarity when a magnet is installed, this can
be used as a simplified checker of residual magnetic flux density level of processed products.
[Features]
●Card size thickness, 6 mm only, for convenience of carrying.
●The results of polarity judgment are indicated by both light and sound or may be indicated by sound only.
PC-10 N Pole (red LED): Sound in short intervals.
S Pole (blue LED): Sound in long intervals
●Since this checker detects a magnetic flux density of 1 mT (10 G) or over, it can be used for checking
a demagnetized state in a simplified manner.
※For precise measurement of the magnetic flux density, please use the Tesla Meter.
[mm(in)
]
Model Dimentions Judging Capacity Indication Lamp Battery Mass Accessory
PC-10 55
(2.16)
×85
(3.34)
×t6
(0.23) N/S approx. 1 mT (10 G) or over N pole(Red LED)S pole
(Blue LED) CR2025 Button battery (included) 25g/0.055 lb Exclusive soft case
164
MAGNETIC MATERIALS
Residual Magnetic
Holding Power (BHC) ■Rubber magnet sheet
Kinds of Permanent Magnet Flux Density (Br)
Residual Magnetic
T(G) kA/m
(Oe) Holding Power (BHC)
Kinds of Permanent Magnet Flux Density (Br)
0.36‒0.42 239‒271
MAGNET
LIFTING
Anisotropic ferrite T
(G) kA/m(Oe)
(3600‒4200) (3000‒3400)
0.22‒0.23 159‒174
0.98‒1.06 477‒637 Anisotropic
Rare earth magnet samarium-cobalt (2250‒2350) (2000‒2180)
(9800‒10600) (6000‒8000)
0.14‒0.15 100‒111
1.0‒1.33 836‒995 Isotropic
Rare earth magnet neodymium (1400‒1550) (1250‒1400)
(10000‒13300) (10500‒12500)
MAGBORE*
1.28‒1.35 52‒58
Alnico magnet
(12800‒13500) (650‒726)
[mm
(in)
] [mm
(in)
]
Type Thickness Width Length Type Thickness Width Length
ENVIRONMENTAL MAGNETIZER AND MAGNETIC EQUIPMENT MAGNETIC
Plain Plain
① 0.8
(0.031) 100(3.93) 1000
(39.4) ② 0.8
(0.031) 1000
(39.4) 1000
(39.4)
① 1.0
(0.039) 100(3.93) 1000
(39.4) ② 1.0
(0.039) 1000
(39.4) 1000
(39.4)
① 1.0
(0.039) 200(7.87) 1000
(39.4) ③ 2.0
(0.078) 10(0.39) 1000
(39.4)
Isotropic
① 1.2
(0.047) 200(7.87) 1000
(39.4) ③ 3.0
(0.118) 15(0.59) 1000
(39.4)
① 1.5
(0.059) 200(7.87) 1000
(39.4) ③ 4.0
(0.157) 8
(0.31) 1000
(39.4)
DEMAGNETIZER FOR CONVEYANCE
① 1.6
(0.063) 100(3.93) 1000
(39.4) ③ 5.0
(0.197) 15(0.59) 1000
(39.4)
① 2.0
(0.078) 100(3.93) 1000
(39.4) Colored sheets (white, red, yellow, green, blue)
① 2.0
(0.078) 200(7.87) 1000
(39.4) Isotropic ② 0.8(0.031) 300
(11.8) 400S
(15.7)
Anisotropic
① 3.0
(0.118) 100(3.93) 1000
(39.4) Colored sheets (white, red, yellow, green, blue, orange)
① 3.0
(0.118) 200(7.87) 1000
(39.4) ② 0.8
(0.031) 100
(3.93) 300S
(11.8)
① 2.5
(0.098) 200(7.87) 1000
(39.4) ② 0.8(0.031) 200
(7.87) 300S
(11.8)
Isotropic
① 3.5
(0.137) 200(7.87) 1000
(39.4) ② 0.8
(0.031) 300
(11.8) 300S
(11.8)
① 4.0
(0.157) 200(7.87) 1000
(39.4) ② 0.8
(0.031) 1000
(39.4) 1000S
(39.4)
① 3.0
(0.118) 20
(0.78) 1000
(39.4) Colored sheets (white only)
④ 5.0
(0.197) 61
(2.40) 950
(37.4) ② 0.8
(0.031) 100
(3.93) 300D
(11.8)
④ 10.0
(0.393) 30
(1.18) 1000
(39.4) Isotropic ② 0.8(0.031) 200
(7.87) 300D
(11.8)
SEPARATORS SEPARATORS
② 0.8
(0.031) 1000
(39.4) 1000D
(39.4)
※①: Anisotropic one face multi poles (a lot of N・S on one face only by anisotropic)
※②: Isotropic one face multi poles (a lot of N・S on one face only by isotropic)
※③: Isotropic one face 2 poles (N・S on one face only by isotropic)
※④: Anisotropic magnetized on both faces (magnetized in the direction of thickness by anisotropic)
※ S refers to non-lustrous sheets and D refers to lustrous sheets.
POWERFUL MAGNETIC MEASURING MEASURING
■Anisotropic [mm(in)
]
Shape Diameter Thickness Shape Size Thickness
φ15
(0.59) 4.0
(0.15) 20
(0.78)
× 15
(0.59) 4.0(0.15)
φ20
(0.78) 4.0
(0.15) 20
(0.78)
× 15
(0.59) 7.0(0.27)
Round φ27
(1.06)×φ17
(0.66) 3.0
(0.11) 40
(1.57)
× 25
(0.98) 10.0
(0.39)
Rectangular
(incl. ring) φ30
(1.18) 5.0
(0.19) 40
(1.57)
× 10
(0.39) 7.0(0.27)
φ30
(1.18) 8.0
(0.31) 40
(1.57)
× 40
(1.57) 10.0
(0.39)
φ100(3.93)
×φ60
(2.36) 15.0
(0.59) 100(3.93)
×100
(3.93) 10.0
(0.39)
※ Even if a magnet of a size listed above is to be ordered, a certain quantity of such magnets may in some
cases need to be ordered at a time.
165
No.1 / No.2 / No.3 / No.4 / No.5
No.3 ALNICO MAGNET (ROUND)
●Cast magnets consisting mainly of iron, aluminum, nickel and cobalt (Fe, Al, Ni, Co). These magnets feature a
MAGNET
LIFTING
φ 6
(0.23)
× 8(0.31) φ 6
(0.23)
×12
(0.47) φ 6
(0.23)
×15
(0.59) φ 6
(0.23)
×20(0.78) φ 6
(0.23)
× 25
(0.98)φ 6
(0.23)
× 60
(2.36)
φ 8
(0.31)
×10
(0.39) φ 8
(0.31)
×16
(0.62) φ 8
(0.31)
×50
(1.96)
φ10(0.39)
×10
(0.39) φ10
(0.39)
×15
(0.59) φ10
(0.39)
×30(1.18) φ10(0.39)
×50
(1.96) φ10(0.39)
×100
(3.93)φ10(0.39)
×140
(5.51)
φ13(0.51)
×10
(0.39) φ13
(0.51)
×12
(0.47) φ13
(0.51)
×15(0.59)
φ14(0.55)
×10
(0.39)
MAGBORE*
φ15(0.59)
×70
(2.75)
φ20(0.78)
×15
(0.59)
φ25(0.98)
×15
(0.59) φ25
(0.98)
×20
(0.78)
※For sizes not listed above, please contact us.
CONVEYANCE EQUIPMENT
No.4 RARE EARTH MAGNET (RECTANGULAR/ROUND)
DEMAGNETIZER EQUIPMENT
Other sizes (not listed in the table) are also available. Please contact us.
■Rectangular [mm
(in)
]
Samarium-Cobalt Neodymium
Size Thickness Size Thickness Size Thickness
45
(1.77)
× 10 12
(0.47)
× 7(0.27) 4(0.15) 20
(0.78)
×15(0.59) 5
(0.19)
25
(0.98)
(0.39) 20
(0.78)
×12
(0.47) 5(0.19) 30
(1.18)
×30(1.18) 10
(0.39)
■Round [mm
(in)
]
Samarium-Cobalt Neodymium
Size (Diameter×Length) Size (Diameter×Length)
SEPARATORS
No.5 SIMPLE MAGNETIC HOLDER
Simple holders consisting of an isotropic ferrite permanent magnet covered by an iron yoke.
Dimensionally, the finishing accuracy is not good and these holders are not recommended for
incorporation in jigs/fixtures. When these holders are used for the purpose of holding only by
themselves, such purpose can be achieved at low cost. MATERIALS INSTRUMENTS TOOLS
■Round [mm
(in)
]
Yoke Dimensions Magnet
Model Magnet Size Mass Remarks
MAGNETIC MEASURING
Type
φ18 0.8 12.5g/
KM-FC2 φ15
(0.59)
×4(0.15)
(0.70) 5 (0.03) 0.027lb
φ24 (0.19) 0.55 23.8g/
KM-FC4 φ20
(0.78)
×4(0.15)
(0.94) (0.02) 0.052lb
Isotropic
φ31.6 4.7 0.8 38.2g/
KM-FC5 φ28
(1.10)
×φ5.5
(0.21)
×3.5(0.13) φ4.3 hole provided
(1.24) (0.18) (0.03) 0.084lb
φ36 7 97.5g/
KM-FC6 φ30
(1.18)
×5(0.19)
(1.41) (0.27) 1.6 0.214lb
φ44 8 (0.06) 122.5g/
KM-FC7 φ38
(1.49)
×φ9
(0.35)×5.7
(0.22) Anisotropic M4 tapped hole provided
(1.73) (0.31) 0.270lb
Rectangular Round
■Rectangular
t
t [mm
(in)
]
H1
Yoke Dimensions Magnet
Model Magnet Size Mass Remarks
Type
H1 20 34 7 1.6 51.4g/
KM-FK3 20
(0.78)
×30
(1.18)
×5(0.19)
(0.78) (1.33) (0.27) (0.06) 0.113lb
W1 Isotropic
55 30 8 1.5 140g/
L1 φD 1 KM-FK5 49
(1.92)
×24
(0.94)
×6(0.23)
(2.16) (1.18) (0.31) (0.05) 0.308lb
166